See all Online Master's Degrees in Health
See all Master's Degrees in Engineering
Most searched curriculums
Titulación oficial
Train as a top-level veterinarian to acquire the sector’s most demanded skills and abilities. Gain practical clinical experience by treating real patients at our Veterinary Teaching Hospital and receive intense training in the most sought-after areas of the veterinary industry, thanks to our agreements with over 70 leading companies in food safety, public health and animal health. Admissions process for the 2021-22 academic year is now open
Having educated more than 1,400 veterinarians over the course of 20 years, the UAX Veterinary Medicine Degree is renowned in the sector for providing students with comprehensive experience-based training.
Our students have the advantage of training at the UAX Veterinary Teaching Hospital, a unique 7,000m2 facility where over 9,000 patients are treated every year.
In addition to developing their skills with state-of-the-art simulators and cutting-edge medical technology, they join the veterinary team and have the opportunity to deal with cases in different animal species, obtaining a multidisciplinary approach in the different specialities: surgery, neurology, traumatology, internal medicine, sports medicine, emergencies, etc.
To complete their training, students undertake external internships at food technology companies, different livestock farms and relevant companies and associations such as Faunia, ONCE Guide Dog Foundation, Royal Canin, Colvema (Madrid Veterinary College), Anicura, FAA (Help the Animals Foundation), etc.
Our training is so appropriate to the sector, that 96% of our graduates find work in under 6 months after completing their degree.
Discover one of the five best universities in Spain for veterinary medicine, according to the El Mundo ranking.
At UAX, we aim to develop your full potential so that you can identify, diagnose, prevent and cure diseases in pets, wild and farm animals.
Your training will be based on direct contact with experts who practise on a daily basis, providing you with an up-to-date overview of the day-to-day veterinary profession. As part of your preclinical internships, you will join a real veterinary team at our Veterinary Teaching Hospital, where we treat more than 9,000 patients a year.
You will also gain knowledge of professional values, such as clinical skills, communication skills, animal health, information management, critical analysis and research.
Furthermore, throughout your training you will stay up to date with the most current issues in the veterinary industry, such as gaining an understanding of zoonosis prevention, studying how to achieve maximum performance in agricultural holdings, and mastering the important aspects of food inspections and health checks, among others.
Veterinary Degree
First Year
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0170101 | Animal Anatomy | FB | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Animal AnatomyCódigo: 0170101 Imprimir Year 1: Annual module. Foundation course. 15 credits. Profesores
Objectives Systematic and comparative anatomy of animal organs and systems. Basic topographical anatomy with a focus on clinical, production, hygiene and food processing applications. Description of embryonic development in species of veterinary interest. Embryo handling. Congenital anomalies. Prerequisites Those required for admission to the Bachelor’s degree in Veterinary Medicine Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Distinguish between the stages of embryonic and foetal development, based on the key events occurring in each stage. 2. Learn and apply the concepts of the neuromuscular system and the basic principles of locomotor statics and dynamics. 3. Acquire, in a sequential manner, basic knowledge of osteology, arthrology, myology, innervation, blood supply, lymphatic drainage and synovial and fascial structures of the back, neck, tail and thoracic and pelvic limbs. 4. To learn the fundamental knowledge in the fields of organogenesis and comparative anatomy of domestic animals, as well as a comprehensive understanding of anatomical organisation in terms of development, function and comparison. 5. To apply dissection techniques to cadavers of the main domestic species. Course content The onset of embryonic development and the origin of life. Description of embryonic development in species of veterinary interest. Guidance on embryo handling and congenital anomalies. Placentation and types of placenta. Topographical anatomy according to the different anatomical regions, in the animal species of greatest veterinary significance. Detailed study of the musculoskeletal system: bones, joints and muscles. Systematic and comparative anatomy of animal organs and systems. Study of the nervous and endocrine systems and the sense organs. Cardiovascular and lymphoid systems. Urogenital system. Guidance on the applications of anatomy in clinical practice, surgery and animal production. Training activities Sessions: Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Practical classes (laboratories) Seminars (assignments): Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures E-learning: Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries Independent study: Study. Literature review Examination: Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria Assessment of practical activities: 40% Theoretical knowledge tests: 40% Coursework (portfolio): 10% Laboratory assessments: 10% Total: 100% ANIMAL ANATOMY 0170101 The assessment criteria are designed to encourage continuous study of the module throughout the academic year. Given the scope of this module (15 ECTS), all students, including those retaking the module, are advised to aim to pass the module through a series of mid-term assessments. Continuous assessment is encouraged. The module will be divided into a total of 10 mid-term marks, each accounting for 10% of the final mark, with each mark carrying equal weight. The final mark is the arithmetic mean of the 10 marks, provided that all mid-term marks are a pass (a mark of 5 or above). The continuous assessment model will be used throughout the academic year. In addition to the 8 mid-term assessments on the material covered in class, which are detailed below, there will be 2 additional marks: 1. Practical and dissection mark. This mark comprises the average of the weekly assessments carried out during practical sessions, as well as a component based on the assessment carried out by the lecturers during the course of the subject’s practical sessions. Particular emphasis will be placed on the student’s attitude, the interest shown, the use of and contribution to the course materials, the ability to work in a team, and the work carried out during the practical sessions, particularly during dissections. Under no circumstances will this practical and dissection mark be used to compensate for failed marks. It will account for 10 per cent of the final mark, which will be the arithmetic mean of the 10 partial marks, provided that all have been passed. 2. Seminar Assignment Mark (Oral Presentations), which each student must complete in a group during the Seminar sessions. Oral presentations will be given and assessed. This will account for 10% of the final mark, which will be the arithmetic mean of the 10 partial marks. All marks carry the same proportional weighting. The course content will be divided into 8 partial assessments: 4 theoretical and 4 practical. To pass the course, all partial assessments must be passed individually. 4 theory assessments: T1 Partial Exam 1: Embryology and Arthrology: Embryology + Arthrology T2 Partial Exam 2: Myology I: Musculature, topographical anatomy. The nervous system and its most relevant innervations. T3 Mid-term 3: Myology II: Locomotor System, Cardiovascular System (including the Lymphoid and Venous Systems), Respiratory System. T4 Mid-term 4: Splanchnology: Digestive System, Urogenital System, Endocrine Glands, Mammary Glands. Sense Organs (Eye and Ear). 4 practical assessments: P1 Partial Exam 1: Osteology P2 Practical Exam 2: Head and Jaw (P1 and P2 are held on the same day during practical sessions) P3 Partial Exam 3: Myology and Dissection P4 Mid-term 4: Skeleton and overall practicals. The P4 exam will cover questions relating to all the practicals in the module as a whole. The theory mid-term exams are held during session class times, in each group’s usual classroom at the usual time. The time allowed for continuous assessment exams is 50 minutes, which is the duration of a normal class. Practical mid-term exams are to be held in Room T.201 during each group’s usual practical session times. Mid-term exams P1 and P2 are conducted using real bones, marked with labels, in Room T-201. Mid-term exams P3 and P4 are conducted using photographs. Passed mid-term exams will be retained throughout the academic year, up to and including the July resit session. Students will only need to sit the final exams for any mid-term exams they have failed. Partial mid-term exam results will not be retained during the academic year; only complete, passed mid-term exams will be retained. The final mark will be the arithmetic mean of the 10 marks from the 10 mid-term exams. To calculate the average, all mid-term exams must have been passed independently. Mid-term exams do not count towards each other; all must be passed independently. To pass this module, you must: - Pass all theoretical and practical examinations with a mark of 5 or above. - Exams will be marked on a scale of 0 to 10, with 10 being the highest mark. - Marks below 5 will be considered insufficient to pass (fail). - Honours will be awarded to students with the highest average marks over the academic year, calculated as the average of the marks obtained in all module assessments for the course throughout the academic year (excluding the ordinary June examination session and the extraordinary July examination session). Under current legislation, the maximum number of students awarded Honours must be less than 5 per cent of those enrolled. To be awarded Honours, a student’s average mark must, under current legislation, be higher than 9. - In all examinations for the module, to be considered passed and no longer subject to further assessment, a final mark of 5 or above must be obtained. - All mid-term examinations, both theoretical and practical, will be eliminatory. Passed mid-terms will remain valid throughout the academic year. - Each mid-term exam may consist of several components: multiple-choice questions, various essay-type questions, etc. The mark for each mid-term exam will be the arithmetic mean of its components. Each component of the mid-term exam must be passed (mark of 5 or above) independently in order to calculate the average. - Only complete, passed mid-term exams will be counted; individual sections or parts of mid-term exams will not be carried over. The pass mark is 5. - To pass the module, students must pass all mid-term assessments individually, either in the mid-term exams or in the final exams - If a student fails any mid-term exam for the module, it may only be resat during the final examination sessions: the Ordinary session (June) and/or the Extraordinary session (July). There will be no additional resits during the academic year. - If any student who has passed the course, or who has passed some mid-term exams, wishes to sit an exam to improve their mark, they may do so during the Ordinary examination session (June), provided they submit a request to the course coordinator at least 3 days in advance. The mark obtained in the Ordinary examination period will take precedence over any previous marks; therefore, there is also a risk that your mark may be lower. - The improved mark will be reflected in the final average mark, but will not count towards achieving a First Class Honours (MH) grade. Only the marks obtained in the mid-term exams during the academic year are taken into account for this calculation. - The course average will only be calculated if you have passed all your mid-term exams. Mid-term results will not be averaged - The final mark for the module will be the average of all the marks obtained by the student throughout the academic year. To calculate the final average, all parts of the module must have been passed - An average of 5 or above does not guarantee a pass for the course unless all parts have been passed. Each mid-term exam for the course must be passed separately - If any part of the module is failed at the end of the academic year, the module must be retaken in its entirety. - Practical work passed in previous years will NOT be carried over. We have found that doing so is counterproductive, as students lose touch with the subject, which is predominantly practical. - Any exam or part of an exam that does not clearly show the student’s first name and surname, written legibly and in full, the ‘NP’ code and the student’s signature, will be considered invalid. This will be treated as a ‘NOT SUBMITTED’ = Mark -1 - Students must write their surname(s) on examinations in CAPITAL LETTERS to distinguish it from their first name - In official marksheets, ‘not submitted’ will be represented by a numerical mark of -1 - The Moodle platform may be used to conduct anatomy examinations, utilising all its features and functions, including mechanisms to prevent examination fraud. - In both theoretical and practical examinations, all the functions and features of Moodle may be used to set questions or questionnaires, utilising all the options offered by Moodle’s technology, or other IT platforms that UAX deems appropriate for conducting examinations. - Multiple-choice exams will be marked automatically, using the appropriate technology to prevent errors or fraudulent behaviour. - Incorrect answers may be penalised in examinations, resulting in a deduction from the marks awarded for correct answers. - Exams or essay-type questions may be set, either written on paper or using computer-based methods, to be marked by the lecturer(s). - In essay-style examinations, students may be required to depict anatomical structures through drawings. Therefore, examinations will require students to draw and to answer questions posed in the examination in writing. - Both theoretical and practical examinations may be conducted ORALLY. - Real anatomical specimens may be used during examinations. - We want all students to have a thorough understanding of the subject matter. Leaving an essay question blank or scoring 0 (zero) on an exam may result in failing that part of the module. This cannot be offset by marks from other parts of the module. - In theory mid-term exams comprising a multiple-choice section and one or more essay sections, each section must be passed independently. The final exam mark will be the average (arithmetic mean) of its components (multiple-choice marks and essay marks). - The final mark for a mid-term exam will be the average of its constituent parts, provided that the mark for each part is 5 or above and no essay question has been left blank or marked 0 (zero). - Mid-term examinations held during the course will take place during lecture sessions, which are limited to 50 minutes in duration. The duration of the examination will be adjusted to suit its specific characteristics, the type of questions and the number of questions. - Practical examinations will be based on real bones or photographs of anatomical structures. Students must answer questions relating to the images displayed during the examination. - Knowledge of anatomical regions will be required in the examinations. Answering incorrectly, leaving a question blank, or confusing anatomical regions will result in disqualification and will invalidate the answer in an examination. - In the P1 practical exam: Osteology, failing to identify the name of the bone, the side (right or left), the species, or the anatomical region will invalidate the rest of the question relating to that bone. - In the P2 practical exam: Head, failing to identify the species of the head or mandible, or the anatomical region, will result in all questions relating to the head or mandible in question being marked as incorrect. - In the P3: Myology practical examination, failing to correctly identify the name of the muscle, the species or the anatomical region will invalidate the rest of the questions related to that question. - In the P4 Exam: Eplacnology: failing to correctly identify the name of the organ, the species or the anatomical region will invalidate the rest of the questions related to that question. The P4 exam will cover questions relating to the practical sessions of the module as a whole. - For practical examinations held during the academic term, during practical class hours (LB), the examination will be reviewed immediately after the practicals have been marked and the marks published, wherever possible. Students wishing to review these examinations must wait until the same day on which they were held to do so. - For examinations conducted via the Moodle platform, the examination may be reviewed, at the lecturer’s discretion, upon completion of the examination; however, this is not compulsory. For all other examinations, students may review their papers on a single occasion only, on the day and at the time officially published for this purpose, provided that current legislation permits it. - The exam format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the exam, if deemed necessary. - Measures will be put in place to prevent access to examination papers once the examination has been completed. Upon finishing an examination, students must close the examination paper completely to prevent it from being consulted at a later date. Students must show the closed examination paper to a lecturer teaching the module before leaving the classroom. - Fraudulent behaviour during assessment tests or examinations will be considered a serious offence. The UAX’s academic discipline regulations will apply in such cases. Failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities, which require the student’s physical or virtual presence, will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the ordinary examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting corresponding to it as set out in the course syllabus. Missing more than 25 per cent of the theory classes and failing to attend 100 per cent of the practical classes, or being absent without providing a valid reason, will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Primary: 1. Budras, Klaus-Dieter Atlas of Equine Anatomy Barcelona: Ediciones S, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8487736580 2. Budras; Fricke; Salazar Atlas of Canine Anatomy Interamericana McGraw-Hill. 1989. ISBN: 8476154542 3. Clayton H.M.; Flood P.F.; Rosestein D. Clinical Anatomy of the Horse Elsevier. 2007. ISBN: 9788480862 4. Dik, Kees J. Atlas of Radiological Diagnosis of the Horse: Osteopathies Barcelona: Ediciones S, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8487736599 5. Drew M. Noden, Alexander Lahunta Embryology of Domestic Animals Acribia. 2001. ISBN: 8420006777 6. Dyce K.M. Inter-American Veterinary Anatomy Inter-American. McGraw-Hill. 1999. ISBN: 9789701021668 7. DYCE, K. M. VETERINARY ANATOMY Inter-American. McGraw-Hill. 1999. ISBN: 970-10-2166-5 8. GARCÍA MONTERDE, J., GIL CANO, F. Veterinary Embryology Intermédica. 2013. ISBN: 9789505554096 9. GETTY, ROBERT, GROSSMAN, J.D. and SISSON, S. ANATOMY OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS Volumes I and II, 5th Edition Masson. 2001. ISBN: 9788445807224 10. J.S. BOYD CLINICAL ANATOMY OF THE DOG & CAT MOSBY. 1991. 11. JULIO GIL, MIGUEL GIMENO, JESÚS LABORDA, JAVIER NUVIALA DISSECTION PROTOCOLS FOR DOGS MASSON. 2005. ISBN: 84-458-0584-3 12. KONIG-LIEBICH ANATOMY OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS PANAMERICANA. 2004. ISBN: 84-200-0502-9 13. SALAZAR BELOQUI, I Veterinary Embryology University of Santiago de Compostela. Publications Service. 2013. ISBN: 9788415876168 14.- Schebitz, H. Atlas of Canine and Feline Radiographic Anatomy Barcelona: Grass-Iatros, 1994. 1994. ISBN: 8477140200 15. VEGA VILLAR SUÁREZ and FRANCISCO LÓPEZ MARTÍN DE BLAS PROTOCOLS IN VETERINARY ANATOMY BELLISCO. 2004. ISBN: 84-95279-98-3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0170102 | Biology | FB | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BiologyCódigo: 0170102 Imprimir Year 1. Annual module. Foundation course. 7 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of the module is for students to acquire basic and advanced knowledge and skills in biology as a fundamental science. Specifically, the objectives for each module are as follows: • Ethology module: to acquire skills relating to animal behaviour, the study, measurement and modification of behaviour, and animal welfare. • Zoology module: to acquire skills relating to the origin, evolution, characteristics and classification of living organisms. • Basic Biology Module: to acquire skills relating to cellular and molecular biology, the scientific method and scientific communication. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning Outcomes 1. To understand the limits of objectivity in scientific knowledge and to develop a critical and constructive attitude. 2. Be able to use and understand the range of terminology available to explain a concept and acquire the foundations for developing an appropriate academic vocabulary. 3. Understand the morphological and functional diversity of life, as well as the conceptual foundations of evolutionary biology and ecology. 4. To understand and represent phylogeny and the diversity of life graphically. 5. To acquire a phylogenetic framework upon which to structure the systematic knowledge that will be acquired in a piecemeal fashion throughout the course of their studies. 6. To develop the ability to formulate one’s own theories using bibliographic and documentary sources. 7. Basic ability to work in a biology laboratory and develop the skills required for handling biological materials in the laboratory. 8. Be able to assess and distinguish animal behaviour across different animal species. 9. Apply techniques for measuring behaviour through direct observation and the design of behavioural experiments. 10. Be able to apply the methodology for the assessment, treatment and prevention of behavioural disorders. 11. Understand the fundamentals of behaviour and its implications for animal welfare. 12. Be able to assess and improve the welfare of animals in various veterinary activities 13. Apply ethological principles to ensure quality in veterinary practice and achieve high professional standards. Course content description The module comprises three general theoretical modules: Ethology, Zoology and Basic Biology. ETHOLOGY Topic 1. Fundamentals of behaviour. Topic 2. Ontogeny. Topic 3. Evolution of behaviour. Topic 4. Feeding behaviour. Topic 5. Reproductive behaviour. Topic 6. Parental behaviour. Topic 7. Social behaviour. Topic 8. Animal communication. Topic 9. Intelligence and cognition. Topic 10. Observational method. ZOOLOGY Topic 11. Aquatic Vertebrates I. Topic 12. Aquatic Vertebrates II. Topic 13. Amphibians. Topic 14. Reptiles. Topic 15. Birds. Topic 16. Mammals. BASIC BIOLOGY Topic 17. Viruses and Bacteria. Topic 18. The scientific method. Topic 19. Molecular bases. Topic 20. Vaccines. Topic 21. Scientific communication. Topic 22. Molecular Biology Techniques I. Topic 23. Molecular biology techniques II. Topic 24. Cancer I. Topic 25. Cancer II. Teaching activities Sessions: Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Assignments: Presentation and completion of practical case studies (exercises). Laboratories and practical workshops E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Independent study: studying and practising exercises Exams: written and oral assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The module comprises two assessable components: theory and practical work. The theory accounts for 60% of the final mark, whilst the practicals account for the remaining 40%. However, to pass the module, it is essential to pass both parts independently. The mark allocation is as follows (it is very important to read the information below the table): THEORY (60%) Final January mark 30% Final mark in May 30% PRACTICAL WORK (30%) Laboratory exam Multiple-choice 20% Navas practicals Assignment 5% Faunia practicals Assignment 5% ASSIGNMENTS (10%) During the course, there will be four theory exams, one for each thematic block: - November: 1st Mid-term Exam (continuous assessment) – Ethology I. Results available from 6/10. - January: 2nd Mid-term Exam (official sitting) – Ethology II. Pass mark: 5/10. - March: 3rd Mid-term Exam (continuous assessment) – Zoology. Results available from 6 October. - May: 4th Partial Exam (official exam session) – Molecular Biology. Pass mark: 5/10 or above. The exam format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical cases, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The course coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the exam, if deemed necessary. To pass the theory component, it is essential to pass each mid-term exam individually (with a mark of 5 marks or more). The November and March mid-term exams are exempted for those scoring 6 marks or more. In other words, anyone who scores more than 6 marks in either of these exams will sit the official examination session (January and/or May) only for the remaining mid-term exam. In the official May sitting, all students will sit the 4th Partial Exam and any partial exams they have not yet passed. The final theory mark will be calculated as a weighted average of all exams, provided they have been passed. In the June supplementary examination session, students will sit resits for any mid-term exams they have not passed during the academic year. To pass the practicals, it is essential to pass the laboratory exam. If this exam is failed, it must be retaken during the ordinary examination period (May). Assignments (interactive classroom activities) may be assessed and will contribute 10 per cent of the final mark. To be eligible for this mark, it is essential to attend all assignment sessions. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Hickman, C. P. COMPREHENSIVE PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY, 14th ed. McGraw-Hill Interamericana. 2009. ISBN: 9788448168896 2. Alcock, J Animal Behaviour Salvat. 1978. ISBN: 9788424922832 3. Broom, D. M. Stress and Animal Welfare Chapman. 1993. ISBN: 97345678910 4. Carranza, J. Ethology: An Introduction to the Science of Animal Behaviour University of Extremadura. 1997. ISBN: 984591739040 5. Colmenares, F. Ethology, Comparative Psychology and Animal Behaviour Síntesis. 1996. ISBN: 9789681642785 6. Coppinger, R Dogs KNS and Ateles. 2004. ISBN: 9780606087629 7. Dawkins, M.S. Why Animals Matter: Animal Consciousness, Animal Welfare, and Human Well-being . Oxford University Press. 2012. ISBN: 9780737741476 8. Díaz, José A. Zoology: An Evolutionary Approach to Diversity and Organisation Madrid: Síntesis, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8477385912 9. Freeman Biology Pearson. 2009. ISBN: 9788478290987 10. Gradin, T. Interpreting Animals RBA. 2005. ISBN: 9788478716722 11. Jensen, P. Ethology of Domestic Animals Acribia. 2004. ISBN: 9788424922832 12. López, C. Cognitive-Emotional Dog Training Díaz de Santos. 2004. ISBN: 9788479786298 13. Mader, S. Biology McGraw Hill. 2008. ISBN: 9701065336 14. Maier, R. Animal Behaviour: An Evolutionary and Ecological Approach McGraw-Hill. 2001. ISBN: 9789589021507 15. Maillet, M Cell Biology Elsevier Masson. 2002. ISBN: 9788445811054 16. Manteca, X. Clinical Veterinary Ethology of Dogs and Cats Multimédica. 1996. ISBN: 9788424639037 17. Manteca, X. Veterinary Ethology Multimédica. 2009. ISBN: 9780101178822 18. Martin, Paul R. The Measurement of Behaviour / Paul Martin, Patrick Bateson / ; Spanish translation by: Fernando Colmenares Madrid: Alianza, reprint. 1991. ISBN: 8420626732 19. Mateos, C. Animal Welfare, Suffering and Consciousness University of Cáceres. 2003. ISBN: 9788496354012 20. Overall, Karen L. Clinical Behavioural Medicine for Small Animals / Karen L. Overall; [contributors: Deidre E. Gannon, Robin Lee Schurr Stawarsz St Louis (Missouri): Mosby, cop. 1997. ISBN: 0801668204 21.- Parker, T. Zoology: Chordates, Volume 2 Barcelona: Reverté. 1991. ISBN: 9788429118391 22. Slater, P. J. B. Animal Behaviour Cambridge University Press. 2000. ISBN: 9788448130145 23. Smith, Robert Leo Ecology. 6th ed. Addison Wesley. 2007. ISBN: 9788428207331 24. Solomon Biology 8th ed. McGraw Hill. 2008. ISBN: 9701063767 25. Storer, T. I. General Zoology Omega. 2003. ISBN: 9788428206839 26. Strasburger, E Treatise on Botany Omega. 2004. ISBN: 9788428204316 Links Spanish Society for Evolutionary Biology – The SESBE is a society whose aim is the cultural promotion of evolutionary biology and its teaching, serving as a centre for information and dissemination amongst those interested. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0170103 | Biochemistry | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BiochemistryCódigo: 0170103 Imprimir Year 1. Annual module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives • To provide students with a foundation in biochemistry that will enable them to gain a better understanding of the various biomedical aspects of their degree programme. • To equip students with basic knowledge of the key topics relevant to the development of new diagnostic and treatment methods. • To distinguish between different organic molecules and their biochemical composition. • To acquire a basic understanding of enzymology and enzyme regulation. • To understand and analyse some of the main metabolic pathways. • To be able to review and properly understand the recommended reading list. • To acquire skills in biochemistry laboratory work. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of the structure and nomenclature of organic and inorganic molecules. Basic knowledge of general chemistry. Competencies - Students must have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes certain aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. -Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the development and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. -That students have the ability to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to form judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. -Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. -Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further studies with a high degree of autonomy. - Knowledge and application of the physical and chemical principles underpinning biological processes and their applications to veterinary science. - Knowledge and application of cellular excitability and communication. - Knowledge and application of the molecular and genetic bases of biological processes. -To be able to work in a professional environment involving the processing of digital information, covering the aspects of data processing most frequently required in day-to-day practice. -Create presentations that enable students to present and defend ideas and projects. Learning outcomes -Understanding the molecular basis of the basic functions of living organisms. -Be able to recognise and represent the structure of the main biological molecules. -Be able to formulate and solve basic biochemical problems. -Understand the main catabolic and anabolic pathways. -To integrate the different metabolic pathways, appreciating the relationships between them. -To acquire, develop and practise the skills required for laboratory work and the use of basic biochemistry equipment. -Be able to use the main bibliographic sources in the field of biochemistry, enabling students to find, select and understand information. -To develop experimental skills. -The ability to prepare, present and defend a piece of work. Course content BLOCK I. THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS. • Topic 1. Carbohydrates. Structure. Monosaccharides, oligosaccharides and polysaccharides. • Topic 2. Lipids. Structure and classification. • Topic 3.- Amino acids. Peptides. Proteins. Structural levels. • Topic 4. Enzymes. Classification. Kinetics. Regulation. Enzyme inhibition. • Topic 5. Carbohydrate breakdown. Glycolysis. The Krebs cycle. Fermentation. • Topic 6. Cellular respiration. Electron transport chain and oxidative phosphorylation. Energy balance. BLOCK II. EXPERIMENTATION. • Practical sessions on protein purification and quantification. Electrophoresis. • Identification of carbohydrates. • Enzymatic activity. • Biochemical analyses of blood. • Fermentation studies. Acid-base titration. Training activities Lectures. Seminars. Laboratory practicals. Q&A sessions. Working through exercises and problems. Reflective reading. Preparation of assignments. Bibliographic research. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities (100 per cent in the case of practical sessions), which require the student’s physical or virtual presence, will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. The module is divided into two terms. The mark for each term will be calculated as follows: • First term: 25% of the mark for each of the two term tests (50% in total). 40% of the mark for the term’s practical examination. 10% of the mark for the laboratory notebook. • Second term: 25% from each of the two term tests (50% in total). 40% from the term practical exam. 10% from the laboratory notebook. The final mark for continuous assessment in the module will be calculated as the average of the final marks obtained in each term, provided that both the average mark for the terms and the mark for each exam are 3.5 or above. Practical assessment: Attendance at practical sessions is compulsory. One instance of unauthorised absence will result in the loss of 20 per cent of the practical mark. With two or more instances of absence, the practical mark will be NP (not presented). Students repeating the course who have completed and passed (with a mark of 5 or above) the work placement in the 2024/2025 academic year will retain their mark and will not be required to undertake the work placement or sit the corresponding examination. Students who have undertaken the work placement but have not passed it (a mark below 5) will not have to repeat it, but they must sit the work placement exam in the relevant week. June ordinary examination session: Students who, once the percentages described above have been applied, achieve a mark of 5 or above will have passed the module and will not be required to sit the June ordinary examination. Students whose mark is below 5 must sit an exam covering the entire term or terms in which they have failed: Theory 1Q, Theory 2Q, Practical 1Q and/or Practical 2Q. The mark for this exam will replace the marks obtained in the mid-term assessments (tests 1 and 2 of the first and/or second term and/or practical exams). For these percentages to apply, the mark obtained in each part of the June exam must be 3.5 or higher. Students who have not sat any of the examinations held during the academic year will be marked as NP (did not sit) for the term or terms in which they have received this NP mark. July resit session: In this session, students who failed the June session must sit an examination covering the entire syllabus of the module, including practical work. The final mark for the module will be the mark obtained in this examination. Important note: The examination format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical case studies, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The course coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the examination, if deemed necessary. In the case of multiple-choice questions, incorrect answers will result in a loss of marks, with a penalty of 25 per cent of the value of a correct answer generally applied, unless otherwise stated in the exam. Furthermore, each mid-term exam may include questions relating to content assessed in previous mid-term exams, with the aim of reinforcing cumulative learning in the course. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Feduchi Canosa E, Romero Magdalena C, Yáñez Conde E, García-Hoz Jiménez C. Biochemistry. Essential Concepts. 3rd ed. Médica Panamericana. 2025. ISBN: 9788491106807 Supplementary: 2. Baynes Medical Biochemistry Elsevier Mosby. 2011. ISBN: 9788480867306 3. Benito, Espino Genetics: Essential Concepts Panamericana. 2013. ISBN: 9788498354072 4. D.L. Nelson Lehninger. Principles of Biochemistry. Omega. 2014. ISBN: 978-84-282-16 5. González Hernández, A. Principles of Clinical Biochemistry and Molecular Pathology Elsevier. 2014. ISBN: 9788490224311 6. Mathews Biochemistry Pearson. 2013. ISBN: 9788490353110 7. Stryer Biochemistry Reverté. 2013. ISBN: 9788429176025 Others: 8. Scott Freeman Fundamentals of Biology Pearson. 2013. ISBN: 9788490354773 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0170104 | Physics and Chemistry for Veterinarians | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Physics and Chemistry for VeterinariansCódigo: 0170104 Imprimir Year 1. Annual module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives By successfully completing this module, students will achieve a twofold objective: With regard to the chemistry component, the aim is to convey the importance of chemistry within the field of the so-called life sciences, which include veterinary science. Chemistry is a discipline with diverse approaches, all based on the same fundamental concepts. In the field of Health Sciences, it plays an important role, given that life itself unfolds through chemical and biochemical reactions. As for the Physics component, the main aim of this module is to convey to students the importance of physics in the life sciences, providing them with the basic knowledge required to solve physics-related problems they may encounter in their professional lives, at theoretical, practical and instrumental levels. Prerequisites Those required for admission to the Bachelor’s degree in Veterinary Medicine, and a general knowledge of physics and chemistry at A-level. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning Outcomes 1. Ability to analyse, synthesise, organise and plan. 2. Ability to apply knowledge in practice and to solve problems. 3. Ability to work in a team, whether single-disciplinary or multidisciplinary. 4. Understanding and applying the scientific method in professional practice. 5. Ability to analyse and model from a general and fundamental perspective within physics. 6. Understanding of the molecular basis of the basic functions of living organisms and their main implications for biotechnology and veterinary medicine. 7. Acquiring, developing and practising the skills required for laboratory work and the use of basic equipment in physics and chemistry 8. Familiarisation with the main bibliographic sources in the fields of physics and chemistry, enabling students to find, select and understand information. Course content Topic 0 Introduction • Topic 0.1 The atom • Topic 0.2 Chemical bonding and intermolecular forces • Topic 0.3 Inorganic Nomenclature • Topic 0.4 Chemical Reactions • Topic 0.5 Organic Chemistry Topic 1 Solutions. Precipitation equilibria. Colligative properties. Topic 2 Acid–base equilibria Topic 3 Oxidation–reduction Equilibria Topic 4 Waves and radiation Topic 5 Generalised theory of elasticity Topic 6 Bioelectricity Topic 7 Fluid hydrostatics Topic 8 Fluid hydrodynamics Teaching activities 1. Lecture. Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. 1.1 ECTS. 2. Laboratory practicals Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. 1.2 ECTS 3. Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. 0.3 ECTS E-learning. Learning through interactive methodologies 0.1 ECTS 4. Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.2 ECTS 5. Independent study Study. Literature review. 2.8 ECTS 6. Examination Oral and written assessments 0.3 ECTS Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical or virtual presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all laboratory practicals. 2. Achieve a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher, as detailed below. REGULAR EXAMINATION SESSION You may pass either through continuous assessment or by sitting a final examination. Continuous Assessment The minimum attendance required for continuous assessment to be taken into account is 75 per cent of the course activities (this includes both theory and practical sessions). To pass the course, you must achieve 5 out of 10. The module is divided into two parts, Chemistry and Physics, both using the same assessment system. Both parts must achieve a mark of 5 in order to be averaged together to calculate the final mark. Chemistry • Laboratory practicals: 20% of the mark. • Two mid-term exams, each accounting for 30 per cent of the mark. Total: 60 per cent. • Coursework: 20 per cent of the mark. Physics • Laboratory practicals: 20% of the mark. • Two mid-term exams, each accounting for 30 per cent of the mark. Total: 60 per cent. • Coursework: 20 per cent of the mark. The laboratory practicals in both parts will be assessed by means of an exam to be held at the end of each practical session. To be included in the final mark, students must achieve more than 3.5 marks in each exam. Final Exam This will consist of two parts, covering Chemistry and Physics respectively. Students will only be required to sit the full, failed part of either Chemistry or Physics; the mark for the passed part will be retained. Should a student have failed the laboratory examination for either or both parts, this may also be resat in this final examination, with the mark for the passed part being retained. The mark obtained in the course activities will be retained for the calculation of the final mark. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION The criteria will be the same as those set out for the ordinary examination session. It will consist of an exam comprising two parts, corresponding to Chemistry and Physics respectively. Students need only sit the complete, failed part of either Chemistry or Physics; the mark for the passed part will be retained. If a student has failed the laboratory examination for either or both parts, this may also be retaken in this examination, with the mark for the passed part being retained. The mark obtained in the course activities will be retained for the calculation of the final mark. The exam format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical case studies, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The coordinator will provide further details on the question types prior to the exam, if deemed necessary. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Chang, Raymond Chemistry 10th ed. Mexico: McGraw-Hill, 2020. 2020. ISBN: 9780073511092 2. Sears, Francis W. University Physics 6th ed. Argentina [etc.]: Addison Wesley, 1988. 2018. ISBN: 0201640139 Supplementary: 3.- Atkins, Jones Principles of Chemistry Panamericana. 2012. ISBN: 9789500602822 Others: 4. Aguilar, J. Physics Problems: Physics Problems for Students Barcelona: Reverté, 1994. 2009. ISBN: 8429140123 Links Fluid behaviour: hydrostatic pressure and communicating vessels – How fluids behave |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0170105 | Histology | FB | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HistologyCódigo: 0170105 Imprimir Year 1. Annual module. Foundation course. 8 credits. Profesores
Objectives Understanding the structure and ultrastructure of the cell, its integration at different levels of organisation (epithelial, connective, muscular and nervous tissue), how these tissues come together to form organs, and how these organs form the various systems and apparatuses—such as the circulatory, respiratory, lymphoid, digestive, reproductive, nervous and endocrine systems, as well as the skin and its appendages—linking structure to function. Prerequisites Those required for admission to the Bachelor’s degree in Veterinary Medicine. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Programme description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021 Learning outcomes 1. Acquiring proficiency in the use of the microscope as a source of diagnostic data. 2. Understanding and applying the scientific method in professional practice. 3. To understand the structural and ultrastructural characteristics of the cells, tissues and organs of different domestic species. 4. To acquire skills for understanding, organising and analysing diagnostic data. 5. To interpret histology as the basis for understanding pathology and histopathological diagnosis. Course content Understanding of the structure and ultrastructure of the cell, its integration at different levels of organisation (epithelial, connective, muscular and nervous tissue), how these tissues come together to form organs, and how these organs form the various systems such as the circulatory, respiratory, lymphoid, digestive, reproductive, nervous and endocrine systems, as well as the skin and its appendages, relating structure to function. Teaching activities Lectures, seminars, microscopy practicals, e-learning, tutorials, independent study and examinations. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: Have completed the laboratory practicals. Pass the theory and practical examinations separately. Achieve a mark of five points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: Final exam: 70% of the final mark Coursework: 30% of the final mark Problems set and solved Continuous assessment tests Bibliographic research assignments and oral presentations Attendance, engagement and collaboration in tutorials and seminars Attitude, skills, knowledge and interaction with the practicals group Bibliography Essential: 1. Bacha Jr., William J. Colour Atlas of Veterinary Histology Buenos Aires: Intermédica, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 9505551134 2. Dellmann, H.-Dieter Cytology and Microscopic Anatomy : Williams. 1995. ISBN: 0683014676 3. Fawcett, Don W. A Treatise on Histology Madrid: Interamericana, McGraw-Hill, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 8448601076 4. Gartner, Leslie P. Text and Atlas of Histology Philadelphia: Saunders, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 9701066510 5. GARTNER, HIATT Colour Atlas of Histology Panamericana Publishers. 2005. ISBN: 84-85320-40-9 6. Gazquez - Blanco Treatise on Veterinary Histology Barcelona: Masson, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8445814133 7. GAZQUEZ ORTIZ, A.; BLANCO, A Treatise on Veterinary Histology Published by Masson. 2005. ISBN: 84-458-1413-3 8. GENESER Histology Published by Panamericana. 2000. ISBN: 84-458-1137-1 9. Geneser, Finn Histology: on the biomolecular basis Buenos Aires [etc.]: Panamericana, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8479034742 10. Junqueira, L. C. Basic Histology : Masson. 2006. ISBN: 9788445814628 11. KÜHNEL Colour Atlas of Cytology and Histology Panamericana Publishers. 2005. 12. L.C. JUNQUEIRA, JOSE CARNEIRO BASIC HISTOLOGY (13th ed.) PANAMERICANA. 2022. ISBN: 9786078546527 13. Stevens, Alan Human Histology Madrid [etc.]: Harcourt Brace, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 8481742821 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0170106 | Computer Science | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Computer ScienceCódigo: 0170106 Imprimir Year 1. Annual module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives - To understand and apply techniques for editing, layout, sharing and distribution of digital content, as well as the use of this content in a range of . -To work within a professional digital information processing environment digital information that covers the aspects of processing most frequently required in day-to-day use. -Create presentations that enable the defence of ideas and projects. -Create digital content that integrates various types of media. Prerequisites No prerequisites have been set Competencies -Students must have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes certain aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. - Students must be able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the development and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. -That students have the ability to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to form judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. -Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. -Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. -To understand and apply techniques for editing, layout, sharing and distribution of digital content, as well as the use of this content in a variety of professional and non-professional contexts. -To create presentations that enable students to present and defend ideas and projects. -Create digital content that integrates various types of media. Learning outcomes -Reports with a professional layout incorporating content from different media - Information and data analysis reports that enable the presentation of an idea or project Course description This module covers: Information systems, data analysis and retrieval, etc. Document management Document layout through the use and creation of templates and styles. Introduction to, handling, organisation and filtering of data Types of charts, options and features of data charts. Creating and configuring a complete presentation. Integrating and manipulating digital images. Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer tools. Practical sessions in a computer lab: Experimental application of the knowledge acquired E-learning: Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries Independent study: Study. Literature review. Examination: Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- For competences involving practical problem-solving skills, assessment will be based on the submission and presentation of case studies carried out in small groups, as well as on students’ performance in the classroom during practical sessions. For competencies relating to the use of tools, students will undertake practical case-study assessments in the laboratories or fieldwork carried out in groups. Submission of practical work and reports on its progress. For competences involving knowledge of the course content, a series of written examinations will be set to cover the full range of learning activities carried out in the classroom. Continuous assessment For the continuous assessment of the Computer Science module, various computer-based exercises and practical case studies will be carried out; a class attendance rate of over 70 per cent will be required; and the following practical examinations will be held (for which a minimum mark of 4 is required): - PowerPoint presentations: 30% (relating to competences C1, C4 and C5) - Excel spreadsheets: 40% (relating to competences C1, C2 and C5) - Word processing using Word: 30% (relating to competencies C1, C3 and C5) Students who meet the attendance and minimum mark requirements will have the percentages indicated for each component applied to their marks, and their final course mark will be calculated accordingly. Students who meet the requirements and ultimately achieve a mark of 5 or above in the continuous assessment will have passed the course and will not be required to sit the final exam in the ordinary examination session. Ordinary Examination Students who have not passed the course will have to sit the final exam in the ordinary examination session, for which there are two options: - Students who, having met the continuous assessment requirements (class attendance, exercises, practical tests and minimum mark), have not passed the course, may sit an exam in June for only one of the course components (PowerPoint, Excel or Word, in which they must achieve a minimum mark of 4), so that, when the relevant percentages are reapplied together with the mark for the resat component, they achieve a final pass (a mark of 5 or above) in the ordinary examination session. - Students who do not meet the criteria set out above will have to sit an exam covering the entire syllabus of the module during the ordinary examination period. Extraordinary Examination In the supplementary examination session, students must be examined on the entire syllabus of the module. The exam will include one exercise from each of the three parts (PowerPoint, Excel and Word) that make up the course, requiring a minimum mark of 4 in each of these exercises, after which the relevant percentages for each part will be applied. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Lambert, Joan. MOS 2016 study guide for Microsoft Excel: Microsoft Press. 2016. ISBN: 9780735699434 2. Microsoft Microsoft 365 Microsoft. 2022. ISBN: 9782409024351 https://support.microsoft.com/es-es/training Supplementary: 3. Charte Ojeda, Francisco Word 2016 / Anaya Multimedia. 2016. ISBN: 9788441538160 4.- CLAUDIA VALDES-MIRANDA EXCEL 2016 (ESSENTIAL HANDBOOK) Anaya Multimedia. 2016. ISBN: 9788441538023 5. Eni Microsoft Office 2019 and Office 365: Word, Excel, PowerPoint and Outlook Eni Editions. 2020. ISBN: 978-2-409-024 6. JOHN PIERCE MOS 2016 STUDY GUIDE FOR MICROSOFT WORD EXPERT Microsoft Press. 2016. ISBN: 9788441539266 7. JULIO F. CUARTERO SANCHEZ WORD 2016: STEP-BY-STEP PRACTICAL COURSE Altaria. 2015. ISBN: 9788494477607 8. Paz González, Francisco PowerPoint 2016 Anaya Multimedia. 2016. ISBN: 9788441538054 9. Peña Pérez, Rosario Office 2016: Ediciones Altaria. 2015. ISBN: 9788494404979 10. ROSARIO PEÑA PEREZ Office 2019–Office 365: Key new features Altaria. 2018. ISBN: 9788494731976 11.- VALENTIN, HANDZ EXCEL 2016 STEP BY STEP, 2nd UPDATED EDITION Ra-Ma. 2016. ISBN: 9788499646619 12. VALENTIN, HANDZ OFFICE 2016 PRACTICAL COURSE Ra-Ma. 2016. ISBN: 9788499646343 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 48 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0170107 | Statistics | FB | 6 | ||||||||||
StatisticsCódigo: 0170107 Imprimir Course 1: First-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module aims to establish and consolidate the statistical foundations required by students on the Bachelor’s degree in Veterinary Medicine. The aim is for students to master the statistical techniques that will assist them in interpreting data and/or research findings. The course also aims to encourage students to use statistical analysis techniques as a useful tool in their professional practice. Furthermore, the course aims to introduce students to the communication of statistical analysis results through the creation and presentation of graphs, tables, etc. Prerequisites Those required for admission to the Bachelor’s Degree in Veterinary Medicine Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Ability to carry out statistical and mathematical work as part of a team – whether single- or multidisciplinary – and to demonstrate respect, appreciation and sensitivity towards the work of others. 2. Ability to communicate statistical knowledge fluently, both orally and in writing, with colleagues, authorities and society at large. Course content Chapter 1: Descriptive statistics Chapter 2: Linear regression Chapter 3: Probability Chapter 4: Random variables. Probability distributions. Chapter 5: Confidence Intervals Chapter 6: Hypothesis Testing. Learning activities - Lectures or sessions: in which the theoretical concepts will be presented and examples of their application will be demonstrated by the lecturer. - Seminars or assignments: in which students will complete exercises and develop skills in interpreting the results. - Practical classes: Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. - E-learning - Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. - Independent study - Knowledge assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD - Applied theory test: two tests, each accounting for 15% (30%). - Assignments to be submitted during TRAB sessions (individual and group) (40%) - Submission of individual exercises (10%). - Final exam (20%). IMPORTANT To pass the module through continuous assessment, students must meet or exceed the minimum attendance requirement set by the University (75%). If attendance is below this level, the maximum mark achievable will be 4 out of 10. To pass the module on a course-based basis, students must have sat all examinations and completed each and every assignment. If this requirement is not met, the mark for continuous assessment will be NP. EXTRA SESSION - Final exam. (100%) Bibliography Core: 1. Guevós, E; García, M.B.; González, A. Applied Mathematics García-Moroto Editores. 2008. ISBN: 9788493629991 2. Miguel Ángel Martínez-González, Estefanía A. Toledo Atucha, Amundena Sánchez-Villegas, Javier Faulin Fajardo Biostatistics Made Easy Elsevier. 2020. ISBN: 978-84-9113-4 |
|||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 6 | ||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0170108 | Genetics | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GeneticsCódigo: 0170108 Imprimir Course 1. Second-term module. Foundation course. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide students with a sound understanding of the structure and organisation of DNA, its replication, transcription and translation, and its main alterations, including the basic models of inheritance of hereditary traits and the main factors influencing them. Knowledge and application of the molecular and genetic bases of biological processes. Knowledge and application of the basic principles of genetic biotechnology and population genetics. Prerequisites Those required for admission to the Bachelor’s degree in Veterinary Medicine. Learning outcomes 1. Demonstrate theoretical and practical knowledge of the genes and molecules that make up the immune system. 2. Identify the organs and cells involved in the immune response. 3. Understand the immune system’s response to microorganisms of clinical significance in veterinary medicine. 4. Apply and analyse specific laboratory techniques. 5. Produce scientific papers on topics or issues related to immunology and genetics. 6. Ability to carry out research in the field of immunology and genetics 7. To acquire a comprehensive understanding of current genetics when seeking to explain the causes of similarities and differences between organisms, and issues of inheritance and variation at different levels: molecular, cellular, individual and population. 8. Ability to use genetic terminology rigorously and appropriately. 9. Understanding the structural and functional characteristics of genetic material, how the expression of genetic information is regulated, and the principles governing changes in genetic material. Description of the content BLOCK I TRANSMISSION OF HEREDITARY MATERIAL Topic 1. Mendelian genetics. Mendel’s experiments. Laws. Backcrossing. Polyhybridism. Topic 2. Phenotypic exceptions to Mendel’s laws. Dominance and variations. Epistasis. Pleiotropy. Topic 3. Environmental effects and gene expression. Phenocopies. Lethal genes. Topic 4. – Linkage and recombination. Deviation from Mendel’s principle of independent assortment. Overcrossing frequency and recombination fraction. Coincidence and interference. Linkage maps. BLOCK II: MOLECULAR BASIS OF HEREDITARY MATERIAL Topic 5. – Nature of hereditary material. Structure of DNA. Double helix model. Properties. Topic 6.- Organisation of hereditary material. Eukaryotes. Prokaryotes. Viruses Topic 7.- DNA replication. Cell cycle. Characteristics. Regulation. SECTION III EXPRESSION AND CONTROL OF HEREDITARY MATERIAL Topic 8. Transcription. mRNA. tRNA. rRNA. Topic 9.- Genetic code. Collinearity. Decoding. Universality. Translation. Topic 10. Regulation in prokaryotes. Inducible and repressible systems. Operon. Topic 11.- Regulation in eukaryotes. Pre- and post-transcriptional control. Sex determination. BLOCK IV VARIATIONS IN GENETIC MATERIAL Topic 12. Genetics and cancer Topic 13. – Clinical genetics. Educational activities Lecture. Laboratory Practical. Seminars. E-learning. Individual and group tutorials. Independent study. Exam. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Continuous Assessment An examination consisting of short-answer questions will be set. The continuous assessment mark will take into account the exam mark, attendance and participation in class, as well as any other criteria the lecturer deems appropriate. Problems A problem-solving exam will be set, consisting of solving the problems explained in class. Students who miss any of the practical sessions will have 2 marks deducted from their mark for this section. Assignments Students must undertake a collaborative project assigned by the lecturer, at the end of which they will submit a final assignment and give an oral presentation. Students who miss any of the project days will have 2 points deducted from their mark for this part. Laboratory Practical Sessions An exam will be held at the end of the laboratory practicals week covering the topics covered during the practicals. The final practicals mark will be based on the exam mark as well as attendance and participation in the practicals. Students who miss any of the practicals will have 2 points deducted from their mark for this section. Theoretical Exam The theory exam will consist of two parts: - a multiple-choice questionnaire of 15–25 questions; correct answers will be worth 1 mark, unanswered questions 0 marks, and incorrect answers will result in a deduction of 1/3 of a mark. There may be short-answer questions which, if answered incorrectly, will not result in a deduction. - an essay-style exam, which will be marked on a scale of 0 to 10 The final exam mark will consist of 60 per cent from the multiple-choice test and 40 per cent from the open-ended essay questions. REGULAR GRADE To pass the module, it is an essential requirement to have achieved a mark of 3.5 out of 10 in the theory exam multiple-choice section; if a mark of less than 3.5 out of 10 is achieved, the remaining marks for the module will not be taken into account and the final mark for the module will be based solely on the multiple-choice section. The weighting of each component in the final mark will be as follows: Continuous assessment: 20% Projects and Assignments: 10% Laboratory practicals: 10% Problems: 10% Theory exam: 50% SPECIAL NOTE Grades for practicals, seminars and exercises will be carried over to July. Continuous assessment marks will not be taken into account. The theory exam will consist of two parts: - a multiple-choice questionnaire of 15–25 questions; correct answers will be worth 1 mark, unanswered questions 0 marks, and incorrect answers will result in a deduction of 1/3 of a mark. There may be short-answer questions which, if answered incorrectly, will not result in a deduction. - an essay-style exam, marked on a scale of 0 to 10 The final exam mark will consist of 60 per cent from the multiple-choice test and 40 per cent from the essay-style exam. To pass the module, it is an essential requirement to have achieved a mark of 3.5 out of 10 in the theory exam multiple-choice section; if a mark of less than 3.5 out of 10 is achieved, the remaining marks for the module will not be taken into account and the final mark for the module will be based solely on the multiple-choice section. The weighting of each component in the final mark will be as follows: Project and Assignments: 10% Laboratory Practical Work: 10% Problems: 10% Theory exam: 70% In any of the examinations, spelling mistakes will result in marks being deducted. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Benito, Espino Genetics. Essential Concepts Panamericana. 2013. ISBN: 9788498354072 2. Griffiths, Anthony J.F. Modern Genetics Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill Interamericana, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 844860279X 3. Klug, W.S. Concepts of Genetics 8th ed. Pearson. 2006. ISBN: 8420550140 4. Lewin Genes Reverté. 1996. ISBN: 8429118454 5. Puertas, M. J. Genetics: Fundamentals and Perspectives Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill Interamericana, 1998. 1999. ISBN: 8448602358 Links DNA Learning Centre – Resources and basic explanations of DNA analysis techniques (in English) PCR (Polymerase Chain Reaction) animation – Animation of the Polymerase Chain Reaction or PCR |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Second Year
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0270101 | Physiology | FB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PhysiologyCódigo: 0270101 Imprimir Year 2. Annual module. Foundation course. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives OBJECTIVES To understand how the animal organism functions, not as a collection of isolated organs and systems, but as a coordinated whole subject to numerous regulatory mechanisms, with a particular applied focus on species of veterinary interest GENERAL OBJECTIVES 1. To understand the physical and chemical principles and scientific methods of physiology that relate organic variables, control mechanisms and regulation of the various systems under study: the internal environment, excitable tissues, the respiratory system, the cardiovascular system, the digestive system, the renal system, the endocrine system and the reproductive system. 2. To learn the concepts and characteristics of how the various systems function within the animal organism, integrating knowledge of their structure and function. 3. To understand the fundamentals of the processes and mechanisms that regulate vital functions, as well as the physiological adaptations that enable acclimatisation to variations in the external and internal environments 4. To understand the relevance of the module and its relationship with other modules on the degree programme. 5. To learn how to use the bibliographic information available in this discipline. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of anatomy, embryology, histology, biology, biochemistry, physics and chemistry. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021 Learning outcomes 1. To understand the fundamentals of cellular excitability and communication. 2. Be familiar with the scientific principles and methods of physiology. 3. To understand the principles, processes and mechanisms that regulate vital functions 4. Understand homeostasis. 5. To understand and be familiar with the functioning and regulation of the body’s integrated systems in a healthy individual. 6. To be familiar with comparative physiology in domestic animals and its relevance to veterinary practice. 7. To understand and be able to perform and interpret basic analytical techniques to assess an individual’s normal functionality. Course description This module examines the normal functioning of the various organ systems for subsequent application in veterinary medicine and animal production. FIRST-DAY LEARNING OUTCOMES ODC 1.1 Understand the ethical and legal responsibilities of the veterinary surgeon in relation to the animals in their care, the environment, clients, policies and society. ODC 1.4 Communicate effectively with clients, the public, professional colleagues and the relevant authorities, using language appropriate to the audience in question and fully respecting confidentiality and privacy. ODC 1.8 Be able to critically review and evaluate literature and presentations. ODC 1.10 Use their professional skills to contribute to the advancement of veterinary knowledge and the One Health concept, with a view to improving animal health and welfare, the quality of animal care and veterinary public health. ODC 1.12 Demonstrate an awareness of personal and professional limits, and know how to seek professional advice, assistance and support when necessary. ODC 1.17 Carry out a comprehensive clinical examination and demonstrate competence in clinical decision-making. ODC 1.28 Apply biosafety principles correctly Training activities Lectures or masterclasses: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Assignments or seminars: Presentation and discussion of the practical application of theoretical principles, using IT tools and group discussion. Practical classes (laboratory): Practical application of the knowledge acquired. E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Individual and group tutorials Independent study: study and practice of exercises Assessments: written and oral tests Assessment system and criteria To pass this module, you must: 1. Have completed all laboratory practicals. 2. Achieve a minimum score of 5 marks in the theory and practical examinations (*active participation in the continuous assessment process may entitle students to exemptions from examinations with marks of 4.5 or above, at the discretion of the course coordinator) Assessment system: - Assessment of practical activities: 30% - Final knowledge test: 70% Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Primary: 1. Albino García Sacristán VETERINARY PHYSIOLOGY Tébar Flores Publishers. 2018. ISBN: 8473605713 2. B.G. Klein Cunningham’s Veterinary Physiology Elsevier. Saunders. 2014. ISBN: 9788490223178 3. D. U. Silverthorn, Human Physiology: An Integrated Approach Panamericana. 2013. ISBN: 9786079356149 4. J.E. Guyton Hall Textbook of Medical Physiology 12th ed. Elsevier. 2011. ISBN: 9788480868198 5. S. I. Fox Human Physiology McGraw-Hill. 2008. ISBN: 9788448161736 6. Tony Plant, Anthony Zeleznik Knobil and Neill’s Physiology of Reproduction Academic Press. 2014. ISBN: 9780123971753 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0270102 | Microbiology | FB | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MicrobiologyCódigo: 0270102 Imprimir Year 2. Annual module. Foundation course. 7 credits. Profesores
Objectives *To gain knowledge of the microorganisms that affect animals and those with industrial, biotechnological or ecological applications. *To distinguish morphologically between the various groups of microorganisms of veterinary interest. *To understand the mechanisms of transmission of the main infectious diseases. *Ability to use scientific vocabulary, both orally and in writing, to accurately express knowledge of microbiology. *To understand serological and molecular diagnostic methods. *Understand the appropriate sampling procedures and how samples should be preserved. *Understand how to culture, isolate and identify the microorganisms involved in various infectious diseases. *Understand how to carry out an antibiotic susceptibility test and advise on the antibiotic of choice for treatment. *Know how to prepare and interpret a microbiological report. *For students to learn, in the Microbiology laboratory, how to handle materials and apply the methods used to identify different microorganisms. *Students should understand the mechanisms of action of antimicrobial agents. *To stimulate curiosity about topics in popular science relating to microbiology and infectious diseases, particularly those concerning new diagnostic methods, emerging and re-emerging pathogens, incidence and prevalence data for various diseases in our region, and antibiotic resistance. *Students should learn to use the main bibliographic sources. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content covered in the core modules, Biology and Anatomy. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To distinguish morphologically between each of the groups of microorganisms of veterinary interest. 2. Understand the appropriate sampling procedures and how samples should be preserved. 3. Be able to culture, isolate and identify the microorganisms involved in various infectious diseases. 4. Understand the transmission mechanisms of the main infectious diseases and their significance within the One Health framework. 5. Be able to carry out an antibiotic susceptibility test and advise on the antibiotic of choice for treatment, and understand its importance within the One Health framework. 6. Understand serological and molecular diagnostic methods. 7. To have an interest in topics relating to the popularisation of science in the field of microbiology and infectious diseases, particularly those concerning new diagnostic methods, emerging and re-emerging pathogens, incidence and prevalence data for various diseases in our region, antibiotic resistance, etc. and their importance in the One Health context. 8. Be able to prepare and interpret a microbiological report. 9. Ability to use scientific vocabulary, both orally and in writing, to accurately express one’s knowledge of microbiology. Course description This module covers: morphology, biochemistry, physiology, genetics, pathogenic mechanisms and taxonomy of viruses, bacteria and fungi that cause infections in animals or are of industrial, biotechnological, ecological and public health interest. BLOCK I: GENERAL BACTERIOLOGY Topic 1. General concepts. Structure and morphology of the prokaryotic cell. Topic 2. Cell wall. Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. Topic 3. Cell membrane. Cytoplasm. Ribosomes. Bacterial genome. Plasmids. Topic 4. Glycocalyx. Flagellum. Fimbriae and pili. Spores. Topic 5. – Bacterial metabolism. Topic 6. Microbial growth. Topic 7. Bacterial genetics Topic 8. Bacterial infections. Mechanisms of bacterial pathogenicity. Zoonoses Topic 9. Laboratory diagnosis of bacterial diseases Topic 10. – Antibacterial agents Topic 11. Classification of prokaryotes. The Bergey’s Manual BLOCK II: SPECIALISED BACTERIOLOGY Gram-negative bacteria (Phylum BXII. Proteobacteria) Topic 12. – Alphaproteobacteria: Genus Rickettsia, Genus Ehrlichia, Genus Anaplasma, Genus Neorickettsia, Genus Bartonella, Topic 13.- Alphaproteobacteria: Genus Brucella Topic 14. – Betaproteobacteria: Genus Burkholderia, Genus Bordetella, Genus Taylorella. Topic 15. – Gammaproteobacteria: Genus Francisella, Genus Coxiella, Genus Pseudomonas, Genus Moraxella, Genus Vibrio, Genus Listonella, Genus Aeromonas. Topic 16. – Gammaproteobacteria: Genus Actinobacillus, Genus Haemophilus, Genus Pasteurella, Genus Mannheimia, Topic 17. – Gammaproteobacteria: Enterobacteria: General Characteristics. Escherichia coli. Topic 18. – Gammaproteobacteria: Enterobacteria: Genus Salmonella, Genus Yersinia. Opportunistic enterobacteria. Topic 19.- Deltaproteobacteria: Genus Lawsonia. Epsilonproteobacteria: Genus Campylobacter Gram-positive bacteria with low G+C content (Phylum BXIII. Firmicutes) Topic 20. – Class Clostridia: Genus Clostridium. Topic 21.- Class Mollicutes: Genus Mycoplasma, Genus Erysipelothrix. Topic 22. – Class Bacilli: Genus Bacillus, Genus Listeria. Topic 23. – Class Bacilli: Genus Staphylococcus. Topic 24. Class Bacilli: Genus Streptococcus, Genus Enterococcus Gram-positive bacteria with high G+C content (Phylum BXIV. Actinobacteria) Topic 25. – Genus Mycobacterium. Topic 26. – Genus Corynebacterium, Genus Rhodococcus Topic 27.- Actinomycetes: Genus Actinomyces, Genus Actinobaculum, Genus Arcanobacterium, Genus Nocardia, Genus Dermatophilus. Chlamydiae (Phylum BXVI. Chlamydiae) Topic 28. – Genus Chlamydophila Spirochaetes (Phylum BXVII. Spirochaetes) Topic 29.- Genus Borrelia, Genus Brachyspira, Genus Leptospira. BLOCK III: GENERAL VIROLOGY (To be covered in the seminars) Topic 30 (Seminar 1). – Definition and concept of viruses. Morphology and structure of viruses. Classification and main groups. Topic 31 (Seminar 2). – Virus replication. Stages of infection. Topic 32 (Seminar 3). – Methods for identifying and characterising viruses. Mechanisms of viral pathogenicity. BLOCK IV: SPECIALISED VIROLOGY (To be taught in the seminars) Topic 33 (Seminar 4) – Double-stranded DNA viruses: Poxviridae family and Asfaviridae family Topic 34 (Seminar 5). Double-stranded DNA viruses: Herpesviridae family, Adenoviridae family, Papillomaviridae family Topic 35 (Seminar 6) – Single-stranded DNA viruses: Circoviridae family, Parvoviridae family. Topic 36 (Seminar 7) – Viruses with reverse transcriptase: Retroviridae family. Topic 37 (Seminar 8) – Double-stranded RNA viruses: Reoviridae family, Birnaviridae family. Topic 38 (Seminar 9) – Single-stranded RNA (-): Paramyxoviridae family, Rhabdoviridae family and Topic 39 (Seminar 10) – Single-stranded RNA (-) viruses: Orthomyxoviridae family. Topic 40 (Seminar 11) – Single-stranded RNA (-) viruses: Bunyaviridae family, Bornaviridae family, Arenaviridae family. Topic 41 (Seminar 12) – Single-stranded RNA (+) viruses: Picornaviridae family, Caliciviridae family. Topic 42 (Seminar 13) – Single-stranded RNA (+) viruses: Coronaviridae family, Arteriviridae family. Topic 43 (Seminar 14). – Single-stranded RNA (+) viruses: Flaviviridae family, Togaviridae family. BLOCK V: PRIONS Topic 44 (Seminar 15). – Prions. BLOCK VI: MYCOLOGY Topic 45. – General characteristics of fungi: morphology and structure. Metabolism and reproduction. Topic 46.—Taxonomy and identification. Mechanisms of pathogenic action. Mycotoxicosis. Methods of study. Topic 47. – Fungi with coenocytic mycelium: Genus Saprolegnia, Genus Mucor, Genus Rhizopus, Genus Absidia. Topic 48. Fungi with septate mycelium: Genus Ascosphaera, Genus Aspergillus. Dermatophytes: Genus Microsporum, Genus Trichophyton. Topic 49.- Dimorphic fungi: Genus Histoplasma, Genus Coccidioides, Genus Blastomyces, Genus Sporothrix. Yeasts: Genus Candida, Genus Cryptococcus, Genus Malassezia. Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Practical laboratory sessions: Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. E-learning: Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study: Study. Literature review. Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed the laboratory practicals. 2. Achieve a mark of 5.0 or higher in each of the four mid-term exams covering the course syllabus. 3. Achieve a mark of 5.0 or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: Final exam: 70% of the final mark Laboratory practicals: 20% of the final mark Course activities: 10% of the final mark. • Problems set and solved • Continuous assessment tests • Literature review assignments and oral presentations • Attendance, engagement and collaboration in tutorials and seminars • Attitude, skills, knowledge and interpretation during practical sessions EXAM TYPE: The examinations will consist of a single section of multiple-choice questions. Students must answer 60 per cent of the questions correctly in order to rule out the statistical probability of answering correctly by chance. Incorrect answers do not result in marks being deducted. In examinations that include essay-style sections, such as practical examinations or oral presentations, any serious conceptual error may be considered grounds for a fail, regardless of the numerical mark obtained. JANUARY EXAM SESSION: The final mark for the first term will be calculated as follows: - Practical sessions (compulsory attendance and exam): 20% of the mark. - Continuous assessment: 10% of the mark. - Average of the two exams (November and January): 70% of the mark. It is an essential requirement to have passed each mid-term exam and to have completed the first term’s practical sessions. If a student has failed any of the mid-term exams, they may retake that part in the ordinary exam in May or June. MAY–JUNE REGULAR EXAM SESSION: Students must sit the fourth mid-term exam and any mid-term exams they have previously failed. The final mark will be calculated as follows: • Average of the practical work marks for the first and second terms (compulsory attendance and exam): 20% of the mark. • Average of the continuous assessment marks for both semesters: 10% of the mark. • Average of the four mid-term exams (all must be marked 5 or above): 70% of the mark. SPECIAL EXAMINATION SESSION: Students will only be required to sit the examination for the modules corresponding to the mid-term exams they previously failed. The final mark will be calculated using the same procedure as that described for the ordinary examination session. Bibliography Essential: 1. P.J. Quinn, B.K. Markey, M.E. Carter, W.J. Donnelly, F.C. Leonard Veterinary Microbiology and Infectious Diseases Zaragoza: Acribia. 2008. ISBN: 8420010499 2. Quinn, P. J. Elements of Veterinary Microbiology Zaragoza: Acribia, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 842001057X 3. Tortora, Gerard J. Introduction to Microbiology Buenos Aires: Médica Panamericana, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 9789500607407 Supplementary: 4.- Fenner, F. Veterinary Virology Zaragoza: Acribia, 1992. 1992. ISBN: 842000720X 5. Prescott, Lansing M. Microbiology 5th ed. Madrid: McGraw-Hill: Interamericana de España, D. 2004. ISBN: 844860525x 6. Vadillo Machota, Santiago Handbook of Veterinary Microbiology Madrid: McGraw-Hill: Interamericana de España. 2002. ISBN: 8448604709 Links WHO – WHO Food Safety IFST Institute of Food Science and Technology – UK Food Safety Observatory CNTA – National Centre for Food Safety and Technology. AESAN – Spanish Agency for Food Safety and Nutrition EUR-Lex – To consult European legislation MICROBIOLOGICAL STANDARDS FOR FOOD - All microbiological parameters by food type CECT – Spanish Collection of Type Cultures NCBI – Search for scientific publications ELSEVIER – Scientific publications COMBASE – The ComBase browser allows you to search through thousands of microbial growth and survival curves collected from research centres and publications ScienceDirect – Scientific publications Citation guidelines – Guidelines for citing undergraduate dissertations and doctoral theses. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0270103 | Agriculture | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
AgricultureCódigo: 0270103 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives - To provide the scientific and technical foundations of agricultural production and its interrelationship with livestock production. - To understand and distinguish between the main agricultural crops and their uses in livestock feed. - To define and analyse the main economic and market factors involved in the management of agricultural and livestock holdings. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Training Module Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To understand the characteristics of the agricultural environment and the various variables affecting agricultural production. Main agricultural products, and techniques for the conservation and utilisation of those related to livestock production. 2. To examine current issues facing the agricultural and livestock sectors, and the economic factors affecting the profitability of an agricultural holding within the context of the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP). Future prospects. 3. Ability to manage a business in the agri-food sector, including knowledge of the processes and machinery used in animal feed mills, such as the procurement of raw materials and finished feed. 4. To identify the factors influencing the sustainability of a production system. Interactions with the environment and biodiversity. Ability to minimise adverse environmental impacts. 5. Knowledge of production systems within the EU parameters for Organic Farming and Livestock Production. Course content As part of the agriculture module, this course covers: - The agricultural and livestock sector in Spain and the EU: structure and distribution. - The marketing of agricultural products: stakeholders, channels, examples. - The EU’s Common Agricultural Policy (CAP): origins, development and current situation: CAP 2023–27 - Agricultural accounting: balance sheets and profit and loss accounts of agricultural and livestock enterprises. - Financing of agricultural and livestock enterprises. Return on investment and profitability of livestock production holdings. - The ecological foundations of agricultural production: climate and soil. Soil-plant-animal relationships. Management of agricultural and livestock systems. Sustainable development within the framework of mixed farming operations. - Characteristics and description of the main agricultural crops and their uses in animal feed. - Effects of toxic plants on livestock and animals in general. Possible treatments. Training activities - Lectures. - Seminars. - Practical sessions (workshops). - Individual and group tutorials - Independent study - Exams Assessment system and criteria In the REGULAR EXAMINATION PERIOD, to pass the module it will be essential to achieve a minimum mark of five points in the final module mark, taking the following considerations into account: 1. Students must have completed and attended the practical sessions: seed workshop and laboratory sessions (crops and soils) 2. Students must have completed and submitted on time the practical assignment for the course on agricultural crops. 3. Students must have completed and submitted on time all other assignments and projects (assignment on toxic plants). 4. A minimum mark of 3.5 is required in the final exam as a whole in order to calculate an average with the other continuous assessment marks. Below this mark, the final mark will be that of the exam. A mid-term exam (which exempts students from covering that material in the final exam) will be held, and if passed, the following percentages will be taken into account to determine the final mark: 1) Final exam: 40%, comprising theoretical and practical multiple-choice questions 2) Mid-term exam: 40%, comprising theoretical and practical multiple-choice questions 3) Crop work: 10 per cent 4) Other assignments and projects: 10% In this case (where the mid-term exam has been waived), the final exam will consist of: 1) An exam with questions relating to the content of workshops and laboratory sessions (10% of the final mark). 2) An exam with questions relating to the content of the subject matter covered in sessions, assignments and projects for the part of the course not covered by the mid-term exam (30% of the final mark). If the material covered in the mid-term exam is not exempted, the following percentages will apply to calculate the final mark: 1) Final exam: 80%, comprising theoretical and practical multiple-choice questions 2) Cultivation assignment: 10 per cent 3) Other assignments and projects: 10% In this case (where the mid-term exam is not exempted), the final exam will consist of three parts, with the following weightings in the final mark for the module: 1) An exam with questions relating to the content covered in workshops and laboratory sessions (10% of the final mark). 2) Exam covering the material from the first mid-term exam (40% of the final mark). 3) An exam with questions relating to the content covered in the second mid-term exam (30% of the final mark). The remaining 20% comprises the mark for the cultivation assignment (10%) and the mark for other assignments and projects (10%). In the EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION, the final mark for the module will consist entirely of the mark obtained in this exam. The exam for the July extraordinary sitting of the module may include questions covering the entire syllabus, including assignments and practical work from workshops and laboratories. Important note: When marking multiple-choice exams, the statistical probability of answering correctly by chance will be taken into account; therefore, incorrect answers will be penalised with a negative mark equivalent to 30 per cent of the positive mark awarded for a correct answer. Assessment of practical sessions: Attendance at practical sessions (workshops and laboratories) is compulsory. If a student fails to attend a practical session for which they have been scheduled, that session cannot be made up at a later date and the absence will be recorded. One instance of non-attendance results in the loss of 25 per cent of the practicals mark. With two or more instances of non-attendance, the practicals will not be marked and the grade will be NP (not presented). Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Primary: 1. Alonso Sebastián, Ramón Economics of the Agri-Food Enterprise 2nd ed. Madrid [etc.]: Mundi-Prensa, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8484761932 2. ANDRES GUERRERO EXTENSIVE HERBACEOUS CROPS MUNDI-PRENSA BOOKS. 1999. ISBN: 9788471147974 3. Ballestero, Enrique Economics of the Agricultural and Food Sector: Production, Co 2nd ed. Madrid; Barcelona; Mexico: Mundi-prensa, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8471146363 4. David Villar and Juan Javier Otíz Díaz Toxic Plants of Veterinary Interest Masson-Elsevier. 2006. ISBN: 9788445816073 5. JOSE MARÍA MATEO BOX HANDBOOK OF AGRICULTURE: AGRICULTURAL CROPS MUNDI-PRENSA LIBROS. 2005. ISBN: 9788484762485 6. Urbano Terrón, Pedro Plant Science: Engineering of Plant Production Madrid; Barcelona; Mexico: Mundi-prensa, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8484760375 Supplementary: 7.- Porta Casanellas, Jaime Soil Science for Agriculture and the Environment 3rd ed. Madrid [etc.]: Mundi-Prensa, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8484761487 8. Urbano Terrón, Pedro Phytotechnical Applications Madrid [etc.]: Mundi-Prensa, 1990, 4th reprint 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8471142783 9. Urbano Terrón, Pedro Agricultural Systems with Crop Rotations and Alternatives Madrid: Mundi-Prensa, 1992. 1992. ISBN: 8471143763 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0270104 | Ethics, Forensic Medicine and Veterinary Legislation | FB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ethics, Forensic Medicine and Veterinary LegislationCódigo: 0270104 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Foundation module. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives OBJECTIVES, LEARNING OUTCOMES AND COMPETENCIES: - Knowledge and application of the ethical principles and foundations of the veterinary profession, including an understanding of the ethical implications within a changing global context. - Knowledge and application of the principles and foundations of veterinary legislation and regulations across their various fields - Knowledge and application of the principles and foundations of animal welfare and protection, as well as the bioethical implications of professional practice - To develop effective communication, teamwork, analytical thinking, creativity and ethical leadership from a cross-disciplinary perspective, clearly inspired by democratic principles and values, as well as the SDGs, in order to conduct oneself with integrity in the professional sphere. - Developing professional practice with respect for other healthcare professionals, acquiring skills relating to teamwork, the efficient use of resources and quality management. Prerequisites Those required for admission to the Bachelor’s degree in Veterinary Medicine. The areas covered by the module require students to adopt a receptive attitude towards studying the moral, legal and ethical principles and standards that are essential for the practice of veterinary medicine. Learning Outcomes CB1. Students should have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2. Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or vocation in a professional manner and possess the competences typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3. Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4. Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5. Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. CG5. Knowledge and application of legal, regulatory and administrative provisions in all areas of the veterinary profession and public health, including an understanding of the ethical implications of health in a changing global context. CG6. Development of professional practice with respect for other health professionals, acquiring skills relating to teamwork, the efficient use of resources and quality management. CEB18. Knowledge and application of the ethical principles of the veterinary profession. CEB19. Knowledge and application of veterinary legislation and regulations. CEB20. Knowledge and application of bioethics. Learning outcomes 1. To be familiar with the specific legal regulations governing professional conduct and the duties to be fulfilled in their professional practice as a veterinary surgeon. 2. To develop a sense of professional ethics and to understand the body of professional ethical principles applicable to the veterinary profession. 3. To understand the structure of the Spanish Veterinary Association, as well as other national and international organisations, and to be aware of the existence of organisations and groups bringing together veterinary specialists in various disciplines. 4. Understand the sources of law and know how to apply technical veterinary knowledge to the resolution of legal and judicial issues. 5. To understand the administrative, civil, commercial and criminal liabilities associated with veterinary practice. To understand the role of the veterinary surgeon as a court expert 6. To understand the structure of official veterinary services at local, regional, national, European and international levels. 7. To be familiar with the guidelines for action in the event of suspected animal health risks Course content description I. The Veterinary Profession. Veterinary Deontology, Ethics and Bioethics: A description will be provided of the veterinary profession, how it is organised, the requirements for practising the profession, the risks inherent in the profession, and the systems for maintaining safety, health and quality in the workplace. The foundations of professional ethics and deontology will be studied, with a focus on understanding the responsibilities of the veterinary surgeon across different areas, as well as the possible administrative, civil and/or criminal consequences. Students will study and apply tools for working in multidisciplinary teams, and learn how to communicate with authorities, colleagues and clients using clear, appropriate and effective language, whilst respecting privacy and confidentiality. The course will address the principles and challenges specific to the profession: how it is organised, what its duties and responsibilities are, and the implications of decision-making, as well as the environment and factors affecting professional development. Students will learn about the practice of the profession with regard to other healthcare professionals, acquiring skills relating to teamwork, the efficient use of resources and quality management. II. Forensic Medicine. With regard to Veterinary Forensic Medicine, we will cover the forensic field, the judicial process and basic concepts of civil and criminal procedure, with the veterinary surgeon acting as an expert witness, delving into forensic traumatology and thanatology. The scientific basis and principles for carrying out expert and forensic work in the context of animal abuse will be studied, laying the foundations for expert investigation. In Commercial Veterinary Law, we will examine both the conditions and the professional role of veterinarians in the animal trade, as well as in various animal shows and competitions, with a focus on anti-doping controls and animal welfare. Students will be guided in acquiring the knowledge necessary to deal with situations requiring the preparation of reports, carry out expert assessments, take samples whilst understanding and maintaining the chain of custody, as well as selecting the appropriate tests and procedures for each case and understanding the scope and implications of signing an informed consent form. We will examine professional liability and the administrative, civil and criminal consequences arising from the practice of veterinary medicine. III. Veterinary legislation. A study of European, national, regional and local regulations, as well as conventions, agreements and supranational standards that govern and affect the various areas of the veterinary profession. This analysis will be approached from a One Health perspective and will cover various areas such as animal health, public health, the production and inspection of live animals and food intended for human and/or animal consumption, veterinary medicines, environmental health (pesticides and other products, waste, etc.), animal welfare, and animal protection and conservation. The basic principles of the rule of law will be explained, and an analysis will be carried out of how the public authorities are organised within the scope of the veterinary profession or where the profession is directly or indirectly affected. Students will learn how to search for, read and understand the regulations applicable to the profession and, in addition to studying the basic aspects of their application in each of these fields, will develop critical thinking and analytical skills with regard to the theoretical and practical issues of Legal Veterinary Medicine. SYLLABUS PART I. THE VETERINARY PROFESSION. VETERINARY DEONTOLOGY, ETHICS AND BIOETHICS: Unit 1. Introduction. Ethics, Bioethics and Veterinary Professional Deontology. The concept of veterinary professional ethics. The concept and scope of ethics, bioethics, professional ethics and morality. Animal rights. Ethics committees: concept. Clinical ethics committees. Research ethics committees. Code of Ethics. Unit 2. Organisation of the Veterinary Profession. Professional bodies, associations and trade unions. Spanish Veterinary Professional Organisation. International organisations linked to the veterinary profession. Rights and obligations. The role of the vet in society. Requirements for practising the profession. Professional confidentiality. Unauthorised practice of the profession. Occupational diseases. Unit 3. The Practice of Veterinary Medicine. Professional liability. Concepts: Individual professional responsibilities. Criminal liability: concept, negligence and incompetence, and types. Civil liability: concept, types, liability of non-participants (negligence in supervision and negligence in selection). Administrative liability. Data Protection Act as applied to veterinary practice. Characteristics of informed consent. Civil liability insurance. Concept of contracts and types PART II: LEGAL AND FORENSIC MEDICINE Unit 4. Veterinary legal medicine. Concept. Basic concepts of the judicial process. Areas of legal medicine: legal framework. Classification. Role of the veterinary surgeon. Unit 5. Legal Veterinary Practice. Commercial Law relating to Animals. Trade in animals: concept, types of contracts. Defects. Arbitration in cases of nullity and rescission of sales contracts. Concept and types of animal insurance. Unit 6. Veterinary expert witness work. Expert witness testimony: Legislation. Definition and classification of the expert witness. Duties and rights. Liability of the expert witness. Acceptance and challenge. Elements of an expert report. The expert report in the various branches of law. Arbitration. Unit 7. Legal Veterinary Practice in entertainment involving animals. Examination of animals. Legislation. Doping: Concept. Substances used and their effects. Legal aspects of fraud control. Unit 8. Forensic Veterinary Medicine. Thanatology and forensic traumatology. Concepts and procedures in forensic veterinary medicine. Determination of death. Forensic post-mortem examination. Cadaveric entomology. Sample collection and chain of custody. Euthanasia. PART III: VETERINARY LEGISLATION Unit 9. General principles. Legal norms: Concept, structure, hierarchy of norms. The EU legal system. EU legislation. Primary and secondary legislation. Communications and information. Unit 10. Public Health, Food Safety and Environmental Health. Key organisations in Europe and Spain. Regulations. Official controls. Rapid Alert System for Food and Feed (RASFF). Legislation relating to the control of certain substances and their residues. Unit 11. Animal protection and animal rights. Concepts and legislative developments. Animal welfare. Concepts and legislative development. The role of the veterinary surgeon. Legislation on animal welfare and protection. Legislation on animal welfare on farms. Legislation on animal welfare during transport and animal protection at the time of slaughter. Legislation on laboratory animals. Trade in exotic animals. Unit 12. Animal identification and registers. Applicable legislation. Transport of live animals and products of animal origin. Veterinary control. Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) Unit 13. Animal Health. One Health. Notifiable diseases. Disease Control and Eradication Programme. Legislation on veterinary medicinal products. Prescription of veterinary medicinal products and medicated feed. Learning Activities ECTS Methodology Link to learning outcomes Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 0.6 Competencies: CB1, CB3, CG5–CG6, CEB18, CEB19 and CEB20 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. 0.6 Competencies: CB1–CB5, CG5–CG6, CEB18, CEB19 and CEB20 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Online learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus 0.1 Competencies: CB1, CB2, CB5, CG5–CG6, CEB18, CEB19 and CEB20 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. 0.1 Competencies: CB1–CB5, CG5–CG6, CEB18, CEB19 and CEB20. Learning outcomes: 1–7 Independent work: Study. Literature review. 1.4 Competencies: CB1, CB3, CB5, CG5–CG6, CEB18, CEB19 and CEB20 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Exams: Oral and written assessments 0.2 Competencies: CB1, CB2, CB4, CG5–CG6, CEB18, CEB19 and CEB20 Learning outcomes: 1–7 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment system for the module will be as follows: Students must pass the assessment of both theoretical and practical content and must also demonstrate practical competence by submitting a portfolio. The submission of the portfolio by each student, as well as the completion of case studies and activities set by the teaching staff in the classroom, is COMPULSORY. Students will not be able to pass the course unless they have submitted their portfolio in accordance with the instructions and deadlines set for this purpose; this part must be passed in order to sit the final exam. The mark required to pass the module must be EQUAL TO OR HIGHER THAN FIVE OUT OF TEN. In accordance with this University’s regulations, there will be two examination sessions: the ordinary session in January and the supplementary session in July. Students must be aware of the University’s requirements regarding the number of examination sessions and are solely responsible for familiarising themselves with and following the relevant procedure within the stipulated deadlines to avoid forfeiting their right to sit these sessions. Furthermore, students must be aware of the University’s requirements regarding compulsory attendance at the various sessions in which the module is taught. Failure to comply will have negative consequences, resulting in the loss of the right to continuous assessment. The final mark will be calculated as follows: In the REGULAR examination period: - Final knowledge assessment. An examination covering both the theoretical and practical components, for which a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher must be achieved to pass the module. Otherwise, the mark will not be averaged with the other marks. The assessment method will be a multiple-choice exam consisting of questions with multiple-choice answers, only one of which is correct, in accordance with the relevant section of the syllabus. Each question answered correctly will be awarded full marks; unanswered questions will not be marked, and incorrect answers will be penalised by one-third of the marks allocated to the correct answer. This examination will assess both the theoretical and practical content of the module, accounting for 80 per cent of the final mark. - Continuous assessment test. In accordance with the date scheduled by UAX, a continuous assessment test will be held covering the course content taught up to the date set for that test. The assessment will be a multiple-choice test, with questions offering four possible answers, only one of which is correct; incorrect answers will incur a penalty (one-third of the mark for the correct answer). The questions will cover the topics taught up to the date of the assessment, relating to practical case studies or theoretical issues that veterinary professionals should be familiar with in order to practise their profession correctly. - Assessment of practical activities via a portfolio During the various sessions throughout the course, the teaching staff will set the assessments that students must prepare for each unit. These may take the form of questionnaires, presentations, summaries, infographics, etc., or the resolution of case studies in groups or individually. These activities will be carried out in the classroom or as independent work by the student at home, as appropriate. All of these must be prepared and saved in a folder, and submitted in accordance with the guidelines that will be provided. Timely submission by each student via the platform, as well as the completion of the practical case studies and activities set by the teaching staff throughout the course, will be COMPULSORY in order to pass the module. Students will not be able to pass the module without having submitted their work EXTRAORDINARY EXAM SESSION If a student fails the module in the ordinary January sitting, none of the marks obtained through continuous assessment will be carried forward. Students must sit an exam covering all the content of the course syllabus, following the same multiple-choice exam format as in the Ordinary Examination Period. To pass the module, students must achieve a mark of five out of ten or higher, independently, both in the activities scheduled during the academic year (having submitted the portfolio) and in the final exam. Addendum PREREQUISITES Given the nature of the module, the novelty of the content and the language used, students must adopt a receptive attitude towards studying the ethical, moral and legal principles and standards essential for the practice of veterinary medicine. Furthermore, it is essential that students cultivate a critical mindset so that they are able to distinguish between legal obligations and technical judgement in specific cases. TEACHING METHODOLOGY The lecturer will present the theoretical topics through lectures, supported by audiovisual aids. Practical sessions will take the form of work sessions supervised by the lecturer. The case-study method will be used, working on real or fictitious cases that lead to an understanding of and the ability to carry out tasks specific to the veterinary profession. Training will be provided to enable students to independently research regulations, so that they can keep up to date throughout the course and gradually develop a critical perspective. The teaching staff will guide students on how to stay well-informed about current regulations, and Artificial Intelligence will be introduced as a complementary tool during the sessions. Furthermore, at the teaching staff’s discretion, resources may be provided, and the use of new digital or other tools may be encouraged to enable students to acquire the competences intended to be achieved in the module. Student attendance is COMPULSORY, as is the completion of practical case studies and activities set by the teaching staff. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. Calabuig Ferre, Juan Antonio Forensic Medicine and Toxicology Barcelona: Masson, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 844581415X 2. Capó Martí, Miguel Andrés Forensic Veterinary Medicine and Professional Ethics University and Technical Publications. 1989. ISBN: 848673004X 3. Esther Monterroso Casado. Legal Aspects and Responsibilities Arising from Veterinary Practice Servet Publishers, (). 2006. ISBN: 84-934736-1-8 4. Gisbert Calabuig, Juan Antonio. Forensic medicine and toxicology Masson. 2004. ISBN: 84-458-1415-X 5. John E. Cooper An Introduction to Veterinary and Comparative Forensic Medicine ACRIBIA, S.A. 2007. ISBN: 9788420011202 6. John E. Cooper, Margaret E. Cooper; María Luisa Suárez Izquierdo, translator. Introduction to Veterinary and Comparative Forensic Medicine Acribia Publishers, (). 2007. ISBN: 978-84-200-11 7. John E. Cooper, Margaret E. Cooper. Introduction to Veterinary and Comparative Forensic Medicine Blackwell, (). 2007. ISBN: 978-1-4051-11 8. Merck, Melinda. Forensic Veterinary Medicine: Investigations into Animal Cruelty Acribia. 2010. ISBN: 978-84-200-11 9. Monterroso Casado, Esther Legal Aspects and Responsibilities Arising from Veterinary Practice Zaragoza: Servet, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8493473618 10. Rollin, Bernard E. An Introduction to Veterinary Medical Ethics: Theory and Case Studies ACRIBIA S.A. 2009. ISBN: 978-84-200-11 Supplementary: 11.- Bernard E. Rollin An Introduction to Veterinary Medical Ethics ACRIBIA, S.A. 2006. ISBN: 9788420011325 12. Edited by Melinda D. Merck. Veterinary Forensics: Animal Cruelty Investigations Oxford: Blackwell. 2007. ISBN: 978-081381501 13. Leslie Sinclair, Melinda Merck, Randall Lockwood. Forensic Investigation of Animal Cruelty: A Guide for Veterinary and Law Enforcement Professionals / Humane Society Press, (). 2006. ISBN: 0-9748400-6-8 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0270105 | Epidemiology | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
EpidemiologyCódigo: 0270105 Imprimir Year 2 Course. First term. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives The study of disease at a population level in animal populations is essential in veterinary degree programmes, as it forms a very significant part of the core curriculum as well as the professional practice of all veterinarians. Knowledge of epidemiology will enable veterinarians to develop some of the competencies set out in the training programmes, such as the ability to discern the health and disease states of animals, the factors influencing the maintenance of these states, the temporal and spatial distribution of disease at a population level, aspects relating to the mathematical and biostatistical management of disease, and other medical and preventive aspects related to health and its promotion. The module serves as a foundation to assist future veterinary surgeons in decision-making regarding disease prevention, eradication and control programmes, as well as in approaching health sciences research through the scientific method. Its specific objectives include the following: • Acquiring and understanding the basic concepts of epidemiology, definitions, methods and measures • Understanding of states of health and disease, as well as the factors, determinants and mechanisms involved in their onset, transmission and persistence • Study of the methods, tools and resources required for the assessment and management of public health issues • Epidemiological strategies for assessing causality: handling, understanding and calculating statistical indices • Design of epidemiological studies • Methodology and elements of epidemiological surveys • Assessment of the quality of diagnostic tests; study and evaluation of data sources in epidemiology • Training in the management of actions and methods for the prevention, eradication and control of diseases • To provide students with the necessary academic foundations for further study in the fields of Preventive Medicine and Public Health • To work effectively as a member of multidisciplinary teams • Be able to critically review and evaluate the literature and presentations Prerequisites 1. Adequate training in basic mathematics and statistics 2. Sufficient computer skills to use computers at a user level, including navigating web environments Competencies CB1 Understand the basic concepts of population health, its definitions, and be able to assess and interpret states of health and disease CB3 Be familiar with methods for studying disease from a population perspective, including its specific terminology, tools, methods and measurement systems CG2 Understanding the determinants, factors and mechanisms involved in the onset, transmission and persistence of diseases CEC7 Be familiar with epidemiological strategies for assessing the aetiology of diseases CEC20 Be familiar with the legal regulations governing animal health CG6 Understand the sources of epidemiological data, their evaluation and their use CEC20 Understand the organisational structure of the health system from the perspective of animal health at international, national, regional and local levels. CG2 Understand the principles and methods for designing programmes for the prevention, eradication and control of infectious diseases CB2 Understand the scientific method and, through it, approach research in health sciences. CB3 Understand the usefulness of statistical significance tests. CEC18 Acquire the necessary academic foundations for in-depth study of the subjects of Preventive Medicine and Public Health CB1 To understand the methodology and components of epidemiological surveys CB3 Calculate and interpret measures of quality in epidemiological studies and diagnostic methods CB3 To understand the fundamentals of theoretical and predictive epidemiology Learning outcomes 1. Calculating and understanding the significance of statistical indices 2. Use and understanding of epidemiological terminology 3. Designing epidemiological, observational and experimental studies 4. Designing and interpreting epidemiological surveys 5. Evaluation of diagnostic tests 6. Management and appropriate handling of information relating to communicable diseases 7. Planning, problem-solving and management of epidemiological problems and situations 8. Interpretation of mathematical, statistical, clinical and biological results 9. Appropriate use of IT tools and ICTs 10. Ability to manage and search for information relating to the veterinary field 11. Communication of information, both orally and in writing, including the drafting of professional reports Description of the course content General content: History, objectives, methods. Study of causality Determinants of disease Transmission and maintenance of infections Presentation of the disease and its types Methodology: Sampling in animal populations Design of epidemiological surveys. Observational and experimental epidemiological studies Critical reading of scientific literature. Validity and evaluation of studies Assessment of the reliability of diagnostic tests Epidemiological data. Veterinary sources and databases Representation of epidemiological data Modelling Measures to combat and control diseases Zoonoses and emerging diseases Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using ICT methodology: Competencies: CB1–CB3;;;;;;;;;;;; Learning outcomes: 6, 7, 15, 16, 24, 25 Practical seminars: Mathematical and statistical solutions to epidemiological problems. Competencies: CB1, CG2, CB3, CEC18;;;;;;;;;;;; Learning outcomes: 6, 7, 15, 16, 24, 25 Computer lab seminars: Use of specific software;;;;;;;;;;;; Troubleshooting epidemiological applications using IT tools. Competencies: CB1 CB2 CB3 CG2 CG6 CEC7 CEC18 CEC20;;;;;;;;;;;; Learning outcomes: 6, 7, 15, 16, 24, 25 Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: CB1 CB2 CB3 CG2 CG6 CEC7 CEC18 CEC20;;;;;;;;;;;; Learning outcomes: 6, 7, 15, 16, 24, 25 Individual work: Study. Literature review. Competencies: CB1 CB2 CB3 CG2 CG6 CEC7 CEC18 CEC20;;;;;;;;;;;; Learning outcomes: 6, 7, 15, 16, 24, 25 Exams: Oral and/or written examinations. Competencies: CB1 CB2 CB3 CG2 CG6 CEC7 CEC18 CEC20;;;;;;;;;;;; Learning outcomes: 6, 7, 15, 16, 24, 25 Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Without prejudice to the provisions of the University’s Academic Assessment Regulations, assessment of the module is carried out as follows: 1. The REGULAR examination will consist of two parts: • THEORY (60% of the final mark): The theory assessment will be divided into two parts: - Multiple-choice exam (30% of the final mark): This will consist of between 20 and 30 multiple-choice questions, with five options per question. Incorrect answers are not penalised, and unanswered questions are neither added to nor deducted from the mark. To pass the theory section, candidates must achieve a minimum mark of 6.0 out of 10 in this multiple-choice section. - Written exam (30% of the final mark): This will include applied questions relating to the theoretical content covered in class. The assessment will focus on the ability to understand, analyse and apply the concepts. To pass the theoretical component as a whole, students must not only achieve at least 6.0 in the multiple-choice test, but also ensure that the weighted average of the multiple-choice test and the written exam is 5.0 or higher. • PROBLEM-SOLVING EXERCISES: these account for 40% of the exam mark and will consist of solving several problems related to the course syllabus. The exam is marked out of 10, with a minimum mark of 5.0 required to pass the course. The mark obtained in the ordinary examination session will account for 50% of the final mark for the module. The mark will only be averaged with the coursework and continuous assessment if the student passes. PASS: MARK OF 5.0 OR HIGHER 2. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: this will account for 30% of the final mark. During the academic year, there will be two continuous assessment exams, which will NOT count towards exemption from the subject matter covered in them. They will consist of a set of multiple-choice questions and short-answer questions. Class attendance will also be taken into account in the continuous assessment. Attendance must be at least 75% for the continuous assessment mark to be counted. 3. CLASSWORK. Research Project: Group work (2–4 STUDENTS); motivation, interest, writing skills and the application of knowledge will be assessed. This accounts for 20% of the final mark. The use or detection of Artificial Intelligence will result in a mark of 0 for the assignment. 4. EXTRAORDINARY EXAM SESSION: An exam similar to the one in the ordinary sitting will be held, comprising a theory section (60%) and a problem-solving section (40%). The mark obtained in this exam will be the student’s final mark; in this case, neither the continuous assessment nor the research project will be taken into account. PASS: MARK OF 5.0 OR HIGHER Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading list Core: 1. Contreras de Vera, A. Veterinary Epidemiology Murcia: DM: University of Murcia, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8484253422 2. Martin, S. Wayne Veterinary Epidemiology: Principles and Methods Zaragoza: Acribia, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 8420008281 3. Noordhuizen et al Application of Quantitative Methods in Veterinary Epidemiology Wageningen, The Netherlands: Wageningen Pers, 200. 2001. ISBN: 9074134890 4. Smith, Ronald D. Veterinary clinical epidemiology Boca Raton [etc.]: Taylor. 2006. ISBN: 9780849315664 Supplementary: 5.- Argimon Pallas, Josep María Methods of clinical and epidemiological research / Josep Mª Argimon Pallás, Josep Jiménez Villa Madrid: Elsevier, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 8481747092 6. Daniel, Wayne W. Biostatistics: Foundations for the Analysis of the Life Sciences Mexico: Limusa, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 9681861647 7. Fletcher, Robert H. Clinical Epidemiology: Fundamental Aspects / Robert H. Fletcher, Suzanne W. Fletcher, Edward H. Wagner; [translated by Bibiana Lienas Massot, scientific review by Miquel Porta Serra] Barcelona [etc.]: Masson, DL 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8445811878 8. Levy, Paul Solution Manual to Accompany ‘Sampling of Populations: Methods’ New York [etc.]: Wiley Interscience, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9780470401019 9. Milton, J. Susan Statistics for Biology and Health Sciences Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill Interamericana, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8448603214 10. Petrie, Aviva Statistics for Veterinary and Animal Science Oxford [etc.]: Blackwell, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 9781405127813 Others: 11. Carrasco de la Peña, José Luis Statistical Methods in Medical Research Madrid: Ciencia 3, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 848620464X 12. Goldberg, Marcel Effortless Epidemiology / Marcel Goldberg; with the collaboration of Yves Charpak...[et al.] Madrid: Díaz de Santos, D.L., 1994. ISBN: 8479781521 13. Vargas García, Raúl Commonly Used Terms in Veterinary Epidemiology Mexico: Plaza y Valdés Editores, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 9688567655 Links National Serological and Epidemiological Study of SARS-CoV-2 Infection in Spain (ENECOVID) - National Serological and Epidemiological Study of SARS-CoV-2 Infection in Spain (ENECOVID) Confounding variables. Recommended reading – This link refers to an article that explains in detail what a confounding variable is |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0270106 | Immunology | FB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ImmunologyCódigo: 0270106 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Foundation module. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives Basic principles of the immune response, its mechanisms and its diagnostic and therapeutic applications in veterinary medicine. Prerequisites 1. To have completed the modules in Biology, Biochemistry and Microbiology 2. Ability to relate concepts and draw conclusions in order to solve the problems presented. 3. Knowledge of, and ability to carry out, the basic experimental techniques used in a biology laboratory Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021 Learning Outcomes 1. Demonstrate theoretical and practical knowledge of the molecules that make up the immune system. 2. Identify the organs and cells involved in the immune response. 3. Understand the immune system’s response to microorganisms of clinical significance in veterinary medicine. 4. Application and analysis of specific laboratory techniques. 5. Produce scientific papers on topics or issues related to immunology. 6. Ability to carry out research in the field of immunology Course content PHYSIOLOGY OF THE IMMUNE RESPONSE Topic 1 INTRODUCTION TO IMMUNOLOGY. Basic concepts in immunology. The concepts of antigenicity, immunogenicity and specificity. Cells and tissues of the immune system. Innate immunity: phagocytes and complement. Adaptive immunity: lymphocytes. Topic 2 THE INNATE IMMUNE RESPONSE. Characteristics of the innate immune response. Key components of the innate immune response: phagocytes and the complement system. Characteristics and function of phagocytic cells. Characteristics and activation mechanisms of the complement system: classical pathway, alternative pathway, lectin pathway. Functions of the complement system. Regulation of the complement system. Inflammatory response: characteristics, components and function within the innate immune response. Topic 3 B LYMPHOCYTES AND THEIR ANTIGEN RECEPTOR. Origin and development: phenotypic changes during development. Phenotype: the B-lymphocyte antigen receptor and other markers of differentiation. BCR generation: genetic mechanisms involved in receptor diversity. Differentiation: negative selection of immature B lymphocytes. Function: antigen recognition and antibody production. Cell activation. Topic 4 ANTIBODIES AND THEIR RECEPTORS. Structure of antibodies: type and function of the different domains. Structural variations in the immunoglobulin molecule: isotypes, allotypes and idiotypes. Classes of immunoglobulins: function, characteristics and distribution of each class. Antibody synthesis: generation of diversity in the antibody repertoire. Immunoglobulin receptors: structure and function. Topic 5 T LYMPHOCYTES AND THEIR ANTIGEN RECEPTOR. Origin and development: phenotypic changes during development. Phenotype: the T lymphocyte antigen receptor and other markers of differentiation. TCR generation: mechanisms of rearrangement and expression of antigen receptor genes. Function: cell-mediated immunity and cytotoxicity. Differentiation: positive and negative selection of immature T lymphocytes. Topic 6 HISTOCOMPATIBILITY MOLECULES. Types of histocompatibility antigens: Class I and II. Structure of MHC molecules. Tissue expression of MHC molecules. Genetic characteristics: organisation and polymorphism. Function: the concept of MHC restriction. Processing of exogenous and endogenous antigens. Topic 7 LYMPHOCYTE ACTIVATION. Recognition and effector mechanisms of adaptive immunity. T-lymphocyte activation. Activation signals for B-lymphocytes: generation of plasma cells and memory cells. Superantigens. Cellular immunity: types and development of cytotoxicity: the role of T-lymphocytes and NK cells. Apoptosis. Leukocyte trafficking IMMUNOPATHOLOGY: CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR BASES Topic 8 IMMUNE DYSFUNCTION: AUTOIMMUNITY. The concept of immunological tolerance. Acquisition of self-tolerance. The concept of autoimmunity: general characteristics. Types of autoimmunity. Animal models. Topic 9 IMMUNE EXCESSES: ALLERGIES. Hypersensitivity. Concept and classification. Immediate hypersensitivity (Type I). Concept of anaphylaxis and atopic allergy. Type II hypersensitivity: antibody-dependent cytotoxicity. Type III hypersensitivity: immune complex formation and the Arthus reaction. Type IV hypersensitivity: delayed hypersensitivity. Topic 10. IMMUNISATION AND DISEASE CONTROL: PASSIVE IMMUNISATION AND VACCINES. Concept and characteristics of passive immunisation. Production of therapeutic antisera. Preparation, storage and administration of antisera. Concept of a vaccine. Nature of vaccines. Bacterial and toxin vaccines. Autovaccines. Adjuvants. Preparation, evaluation and control of vaccines. Viral vaccines. Live attenuated vaccines. Methods of attenuation. Production and control of live vaccines. Potency and safety. Inactivated vaccines. Production and methods of inactivation. New-generation vaccines: synthetic vaccines and DNA vaccines Supplement 1: CELLULAR COMMUNICATION: CYTOKINES AND ADHESION MOLECULES Supplement 2: THE INFLAMMATORY RESPONSE: MECHANISMS AND IMPORTANCE WITHIN THE RESPONSE TO PATHOGENS. COMMONLY USED DRUGS Supplement 3: IMMUNITY IN ACTION: DEFENCE AGAINST VARIOUS PATHOGENS. PATHOGEN EVASION MECHANISMS Training activities Lectures (six sessions) Practical sessions (laboratories) E-learning Individual and group tutorials Independent study Knowledge tests Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- One mid-term exam (a multiple-choice test comprising 30 questions) will be held. This exam will take place during the lecture period, and a mark of 5 or above is required to pass. The scheduled date for the exam is 20 October. Students who have passed this mid-term exam will not be required to sit the exam for the section they have already passed during the February examination session. February exam: a multiple-choice exam comprising 50 questions (30 questions for students who have passed the mid-term exam). To pass the course, students must achieve a mark of 5 or above in this ordinary session exam To pass the module, it is MANDATORY to complete the module’s work placement (at least 1 year; this is not required for students repeating the module) Overall mark for the ordinary examination session: The final mark for the module, provided the February ordinary examination has been passed, will be determined as follows: Practical examination: 10% of the final mark Theory exam: 90% of the final mark (each part of the theory accounts for 50% of the theory mark) Provided the final mark is 5 or above, it may be increased by a further 1 mark, depending on the course-related activities undertaken by the student Extraordinary examination session: Students who have not passed in the ordinary examination session must sit an examination covering the entire syllabus of the module in the extraordinary examination session. The examination will consist of 50 multiple-choice questions. The mark for the resit will be 100 per cent of the mark obtained in the resit examination. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Gómez-Lucia, Blanco, Doménech Manual of Veterinary Immunology Pearson. 2007. ISBN: 9788483223581 2. Regueiro, López-Larrea, González, Martínez Immunology: Biology and Pathology of the Immune System 3rd ed. Panamericana. 2003. ISBN: 8479037075 3. Tizard Veterinary Immunology 6th ed. McGraw-Hill Interamericana. 2003. ISBN: 9701035623 Supplementary: 4. Abbas, Lichtman, Pober Cellular and Molecular Immunology McGraw-Hill Interamericana. 2004. ISBN: 8448604059 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0270107 | Nutrition I | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nutrition ICódigo: 0270107 Imprimir Year 2 Course. First semester module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand the digestive processes of livestock and companion animal species, as well as the characteristics of plant-based animal feed, through the chemical and nutritional composition of the feed. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Training Module. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes - Knowledge and application of raw materials for animal feed: characteristics, production and preservation - Knowledge and application of the fundamentals of animal nutrition, ration formulation and feed production Both learning outcomes lead to an understanding of the importance and impact of animal nutrition on i) farm profitability, ii) animal health and welfare, and iii) production and reproductive performance. To acquire the ability to design nutritional programmes for monogastric and ruminant animals and in aquaculture, to formulate rations using linear programming, and to critically evaluate existing programmes. Course content Topic 1: Introduction to Animal Nutrition in Veterinary Medicine. Topic 2: Digestion, Absorption and Metabolism. General Principles. Topic 3. – Digestion, Absorption and Metabolism II. Specific differences: monogastric and ruminant animals Topic 4. – Digestibility. Concept and definition. Methods used to determine digestibility. Actual and apparent digestibility. Factors affecting digestibility. Topic 5. – Energy I. Gross energy. Digestible energy. Energy loss via urine and gases. Topic 6. – Energy II. Energy loss in the form of heat: the thermal increase. Metabolisable energy and net energy. Topic 7. – Feed. Concept and classification. Feed databases and matrices. Topic 8. Sampling and chemical analysis of feed. Composition, types and quality parameters. Analytical techniques. Topic 9. Water. Requirements in different species. Functions in the body. Regulation of intake. Quality. A biosecurity perspective. Topic 10. Forage: Forage processing and preservation systems. Hay. Silage. Straw. Leaves and stems of trees and shrubs. Pastures, grasslands and oak pastures. Topic 11.- Concentrated feeds. Cereal grains. Cereal by-products. Animal protein concentrates. Dairy products. Fats and oils. By-products from the agri-food industry. Topic 12.- Additives in animal feed. Training activities Sessions: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. 15 hours Assignments: Presentation and completion of practical case studies (exercises). 7 hours Visit: a visit to an animal feed factory E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Independent study: studying and practising exercises Exams: written and oral tests Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the ordinary examination period (except for students retaking the course). In this case, the examination to be held during the official period established by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The assessment for the module consists of: - Assessment of practical activities: 35% - Coursera course 10 per cent, applied exercise 5 per cent - Final knowledge test 50% Practical activities will be assessed through exercises based on the content of the assignments and the field trip. Completion of the Coursera course accounts for 10 per cent and the applied practical exercise for 5 per cent The final knowledge test is a multiple-choice exam (in which incorrect answers are penalised to negate the effect of chance). This exam covers the content of the sessions, and a mark of 5 or above is required to pass in order to be assessed for the module. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. McDONALD, P.; EDWARDS, R.; GREENHALGH, J.; MORGAN, C.A. Animal Nutrition 7th ed. Acribia Publishers, Zaragoza. 2013. ISBN: 8420010707 Supplementary: 2.- Arturo Anadón Navarro Additives in Animal Feed: A Regulatory Compendium Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food. 2000. ISBN: 8449104602 3.- J.P.F. D’Mello Farm Animal Metabolism and Nutrition CABI Publishing. 2000. ISBN: 0851993788 4. Michael R Bedford, Gary G Partridge Enzymes in Farm Animal Nutrition CABI Publishing. 2001. ISBN: 0851993931 5. P. C. Garnsworthy, J. Wiseman Recent Advances in Animal Nutrition 2001 Nottingham University Press. 2001. ISBN: 1897676085 Others: 6. Carlos Buxadé Carbó Feed and Rationing Mundi-Prensa. 1995. ISBN: 8471145650 7. Carlos de Blas Beorlegui, Gonzalo G Mateos; Paloma García Rebollar FEDNA Tables on the Composition and Nutritional Value of Feedstuffs for the Manufacture of Compound Feed Madrid: Spanish Foundation for the Development of Animal Nutrition. 2003. ISBN: 846078620X 8.- Pond, W. G. Fundamentals of Animal Nutrition and Feeding Limusa Wiley. 2003. ISBN: 9681852990 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0270108 | Parasitology | FB | 4,5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ParasitologyCódigo: 0270108 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. First term. Foundation module. 4.5 credits. Profesores
Objectives - For students to become familiar with the main parasites of veterinary interest and to relate them to their hosts - For students to be able to identify the morphology of the main parasites of veterinary interest at all their life stages, distinguishing the characteristic structures of each taxonomic group. - For students to recognise notifiable parasitic diseases and parasitic zoonoses. - Students will be able to identify the parasites present in products of animal origin intended for human consumption. - Students should acquire the necessary knowledge in parasitology to enable them to contribute to animal welfare and improve public health - Students should be familiar with the life cycles of the main parasites and their mechanisms of transmission. - Students should be able to relate the stages of life cycles to the clinical manifestations of the parasites. - Students should be able to handle Parasitology laboratory equipment skilfully and gain an introduction to diagnostic techniques. - For students to learn to use the main bibliographic sources critically and to appreciate the importance of keeping abreast of new developments in parasitology. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content covered in the core subjects, Biology and Anatomy. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To distinguish morphologically between each of the groups of parasites of veterinary interest. 2. Understand the appropriate method for taking samples and how they should be preserved. 3. Be able to isolate and identify the parasites involved in various parasitic diseases. 4. Understand the transmission mechanisms of the main parasitic diseases and their significance within the One Health framework. 5. Understand the life cycles of the main parasites of veterinary interest and their significance within the One Health framework. 6. Understand serological and molecular diagnostic methods. 7. To have an interest in topics relating to the popularisation of science in the field of parasitology and parasitic diseases, particularly those concerning new diagnostic methods, emerging and re-emerging pathogens, and data on the incidence and prevalence of various diseases in our environment, etc. and their importance within the One Health framework. 8. Be able to prepare and interpret a parasitological report. 9. Ability to use scientific vocabulary, both orally and in writing, to accurately express knowledge specific to parasitology. Course content Module 1. – INTRODUCTION TO PARASITOLOGY Topic 1. Definition of parasitism. Types of biological associations. Types of parasites and hosts. Taxonomy in Parasitology. Topic 2. Life cycles. Routes of infection. Concepts of epidemiology and pathogenesis. Block 2. – PROTISTS Topic 3. General overview of protists. Classification. Topic 4. Intestinal and genital protists. Phylum Metamonada and Amebozoa. Topic 5. Haemoflagellate protists. Phylum Euglenozoa. Class Kinetoplastea. Topic 6. Intestinal and tissue-dwelling apicomplexan protists. Phylum Apicomplexa. Coccidia. Topic 7. Dipteran-transmitted apicomplexan protists. Phylum Apicomplexa. Haemosporidia. Topic 8. Apicomplexan protists transmitted by ixodid ticks. Phylum Apicomplexa. Piroplasms and others. Topic 9. Ciliated protists (Phylum Ciliophora) and microsporidia (Phylum Microsporidia). Genera of uncertain taxonomic status (Blastocystis and Pneumocystis) Block 3. – HELMINTHS Topic 10. General characteristics of helminths. Classification. Platyhelminthes. Trematodes. Subclass Monogenea. Subclass Digenea. Hepatic trematodes. Topic 11. Subclass Digenea. Trematodes of the digestive tract, genital tract and blood. Topic 12. General characteristics and classification of cestodes. Order Pseudophyllidea. Topic 13. Order Cyclophyllidea. Family Taeniidae. Topic 14. Order Cyclophyllidea. Families Anoplocephalidae, Dilepididae, Mesocestoididae, Hymenolepididae, Thysanosomidae and Davaineidae. Topic 15. General characteristics and classification of nematodes Topic 16. Order Enoplida. Superfamilies Trichuroidea and Dioctophymatoidea. Topic 17. Order Strongylida. Superfamily Trichostrongylioidea. Topic 18. Order Strongylida. Superfamily Strongyloidea. Topic 19. Order Strongylida. Superfamily Ancylostomatoidea. Topic 20. Order Strongylida. Superfamily Metastrongyloidea. Topic 21. Order Ascarida. Superfamily Ascaridoidea. Nematodes causing anisakidosis. Topic 22. Order Rhabditida. Superfamily Rhabditoidea. Order Oxyurida. Superfamily Oxyuroidea. Topic 23. Order Spirurida. Non-filaroid spirurids. Topic 24. Order Spirurida. Superfamily Filaroidea. Topic 25. Phylum Acanthocephala. Block 4. – ARTHROPODS 1. General characteristics of Arthropods 2. Order Acariformes 3. Order Parasitiformes 4. Order Siphonaptera 5. Order Phthiraptera 6. Order Diptera Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Practical laboratory sessions: Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. E-learning: Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study: Study. Literature review. Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria To pass this module, students must: • Have completed the laboratory practicals. • Achieve a mark higher than 4.5 in each part of the module. • Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: 1. INTRODUCTION AND PROTISTA module (20% of the final mark). A test will be held during the term; a mark of 5 or above is required to pass. 2. Attendance and completion of questionnaires on ARTHROPODS as part of the ASSIGNMENTS module (15% of the final mark). 3. LABORATORY PRACTICALS (20% of the final mark for the module). Attendance at practicals is compulsory. 4. HELMINTHS module (35% of the final mark). The examination for this section will take place during the ordinary and/or supplementary examination periods. 5. ULab (10% of the final mark) The final mark for the module will take into account the student’s attitude, attendance and participation in class. REGULAR EXAM SESSION: Students will be examined on the syllabus covering Helminths and on those parts of the module which they failed or did not sit during the term. The mark for the ordinary examination period will be calculated based on the percentages for each activity only if all of them have a mark of 4.5 or higher. For students who do not pass all their examinations in the ordinary examination period, the mark for the failed examination will be recorded. SUPPLEMENTARY SESSION: Students will be examined on those parts of the module which they have not passed through continuous assessment and/or the ordinary examination session. The mark for the extraordinary examination session will be calculated in the same way as for the ordinary session. Students who do not undertake the practical placement will not be eligible to sit the ordinary and/or extraordinary examination sessions. EXAMINATION FORMAT: • Theory exams: These will consist of short-answer questions, multiple-choice questions and/or essay questions. Serious spelling mistakes and errors regarding key concepts may result in a mark deduction for each question. Exams will be held in person on paper or online, depending on the activity. • Practical Examination: The practicals will be assessed through an examination in which students must identify and describe five samples. Attendance at practical sessions is compulsory. Each instance of unexcused absence will result in a deduction of two marks from the final practicals mark. Each of the course’s components (Protists, Helminths, Projects (Arthropods), Practical Sessions) must be passed independently in order to pass the course. Students who have passed the practicals but fail the theoretical part of the module will have their practicals mark carried over for one academic year. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Bowmann, DD Georgi. Parasitology for Veterinarians 11th ed. Elsevier. 2022. ISBN: 9788413822501 2.- Cordero del Campillo, M. and Rojo Vázquez, F.A. Veterinary Parasitology McGraw-Hill. 1999. ISBN: 8448602366 3. Mehlhorn, H Fundamentals of Parasitology Acribia. 1993. ISBN: 8420007382 4. Taylor MA et al Veterinary Parasitology Wiley-Blackwell. 2015. ISBN: 9780470671627 Supplementary: 5.- Gállego Berenguer, J Manual of Parasitology University of Barcelona. 2007. ISBN: 8447531414 6.- Meana Mañes, A and Rojo Vázquez, FA 60 Q&As on Bovine Parasitology Servet. 2013. ISBN: 9788494101458 7. Meana Mañes, A and Rojo Vázquez, FA 87 Q&As on Equine Parasitology Servet. 2010. ISBN: 9788492569359 8. Valcarcel, F Atlas of Sheep Parasitology Servet. 2009. ISBN: 9788492569052 Links University of Kansas – Parasite images from the University of Kansas Companion Animal Parasite Guides – ESCCAP (European Scientific Council on Companion Animal Parasites) Guides |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 20.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0270109 | General Pathological Anatomy | FB | 3,5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General Pathological AnatomyCódigo: 0270109 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. Second term. Foundation module. 3.5 credits. Profesores
Objectives The course fosters critical thinking, the ability to adapt to change and the rigorous management of the diagnostic process, from the collection and preservation of samples to the interpretation of results and collaboration with specialist services. Effective communication skills with clients, colleagues and authorities are developed, including the appropriate use of technical language and respect for confidentiality. Furthermore, students are trained to carry out euthanasia with sensitivity, post-mortem examinations and food inspection and post-mortem tasks on farm animals. Prerequisites Extensive knowledge of Cytology and Histology, Physiology and Biochemistry, as well as a general understanding of Immunology, Microbiology and Parasitology. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Understand the concept of a lesion and distinguish it from a post-mortem change. 2. Understand the major categories of lesions (dystrophies, dysplasias, inflammations, growth abnormalities and tumours). 3. To understand the aetiology of these processes (causes), the morphopathological changes they induce (lesions) and the functional changes to which they give rise (consequences). 4. Understand the morphological and pathogenic characteristics of lesions in different animal species. 5. To know the causes of pathologies in organs, apparatuses and systems 6. To recognise the physiological repercussions that occur when an organ, apparatus or system is disrupted, without delving into specific pathologies 7. To recognise the symptoms resulting from the dysfunction of an organ, apparatus or system 8. To learn the scientific terminology used to describe specific disorders, symptoms or clinical signs. 9. Apply knowledge of lesions and pathogenesis to the most common diseases in domestic animals, learning how to make a correct morphopathological diagnosis Course content Description and pathogenesis of general alterations in the structure and function of cells, tissues, organs and systems. Learning activities Lectures, microscopy practicals, seminars, e-learning, tutorials, independent study and examinations. Assessment system and criteria The assessment of the module will take into account both the knowledge and the skills acquired on an ongoing basis throughout the term. The various assessed components are detailed below, with their weighting towards the final mark expressed as a percentage. - Continuous assessment 50%: Students will undertake various activities throughout the term (P1, P2, P3 and P4) which contribute to the final mark as set out below. In addition, they will be provided with self-assessment questionnaires which, although not marked, will enable them to track their learning progress. Assessment of practical activities 35% • P1 30 per cent: Theoretical and practical continuous assessment test. This will take place halfway through the term and may be oral or written (essay-style, short-answer, matching or multiple-choice questions). • P2 5%: Average mark for the theoretical and practical activities carried out in each TRAB. Laboratory notebook 15%: • P3 5%: Average mark for the theoretical and practical questionnaires completed in the LB sessions. • P4 10%: Assigned activities. Throughout the term, various activities will be set, including a collaborative practical workbook, use of reference materials and interactive microscopic atlases. The activities will carry different weightings in the mark depending on their complexity. - Final knowledge assessment 50%: • P5 30%: Theoretical and practical examination to be held during the standard examination period. This may be oral or written (essay-style, short-answer, matching or multiple-choice questions). • P6 20%: Final practical examination. Problem-based case studies, description and diagnosis through the examination of images and/or histological preparations. This will take place upon completion of all practical sessions. Points to bear in mind regarding assessment: - If passed, the P1, P5 and P6 assessments are eliminatory until the supplementary examination session. Students must pass these assessments individually in order to pass the module. - Attendance at laboratory practicals is compulsory for all students (including those repeating the module). Failure to attend more than two practicals will result in students being unable to sit tests P3, P4 or P6, and therefore the mark for these activities will be 0. - In both the regular and supplementary examination sessions, students will have the option to sit any P1, P5 and P6 tests that they have not previously passed. The final mark will take into account the weighting of the various assessed activities as outlined above. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. James F. Zachary Pathologic Basis of Veterinary Disease Elsevier. 2011. ISBN: 9780323075336 2. James Zachary Pathologic Basis of Veterinary Disease, 7th Edition 7th ed. ELSEVIER. 2021. ISBN: 9780323713139 https://www.elsevier.com/books/pathologic-basis-of-veterinary-disease/zachary/978-0-323-71313-9 3.- Robbins, Stanley L. Structural and Functional Pathology Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill: Interamericana, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 8448601130 Supplementary: 4.- KIERSZENRAUM, ABRAHAM L HISTOLOGY AND CELL BIOLOGY. An Introduction to Pathological Anatomy ELSEVIER. 2008. ISBN: 9788480863131 Links University of Córdoba Atlas – University of Córdoba Atlas Atlas of Pathological Anatomy in Portuguese - Atlas of Pathological Anatomy in Portuguese Atlas of Pathological Anatomy, University of Valencia - Atlas of Pathological Anatomy, University of Valencia |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0270110 | Ethnology and business management in the veterinary field | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ethnology and business management in the veterinary fieldCódigo: 0270110 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. Second term. Foundation module. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To gain an understanding of the various external regions of domestic animals. 2. To gain an understanding of the external morphology of domestic animals. 3. To gain an understanding of the basic productive characteristics of each species. 4. To acquire knowledge of the breed characteristics of domestic animal species. 5. To gain knowledge of the catalogue of native Spanish animal breeds, other breeds present in Spain and the most important foreign breeds. 6.- To acquire knowledge of the productive characteristics of the different breeds of domestic animals and their use in animal production. 7. To acquire knowledge of the business management of veterinary services, both in clinical practice and in animal production. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of anatomy, physiology and genetics. Competencies 1. Students must have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes certain aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. 2. Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. 3. That students have the ability to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. 4. That students are able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. 5. Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. 6. Knowledge and application of ethnological and productive characteristics, with particular reference to management. 7. Knowledge and application of marketing and business management in both general and veterinary contexts. Learning outcomes 1. To understand the biological significance of the concept of breed and the importance of breed conservation. 2. To be familiar with the anatomical terms for the animal’s body parts, the importance of morphological structure in functionality and productive performance, and the challenges of morphological assessment. 3. To be familiar with the methods available to achieve perfect individual differentiation and the challenges of traceability in the agricultural and livestock sector. 4. To recognise and distinguish between livestock breeds, understand their utility and variability, and learn how to differentiate between them and assess their value 5. Ability to carry out work related to marketing and business management in both general and veterinary contexts. Course content description Physical characteristics of domestic animals, age assessment, identification of different coat types and distinctive features. Animal identification techniques and methods. Breed classification systems. Identification and differentiation of the main breeds of veterinary interest in relation to their different aptitudes. Business policy regarding product, price, distribution and communication. Economic and financial management of veterinary businesses. MODULE 1: ETHNOLOGY: CONCEPT, CONTENT AND OBJECTIVES. BREED: CONCEPT. IMPORTANCE OF BREED IN LIVESTOCK FARMS. ROLE OF INDIGENOUS BREEDS IN ANIMAL PRODUCTION. BREED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS: ETHNIC CHARACTERISTICS, CONCEPT AND TERMINOLOGY. PLASTIC, PHENOMENOLOGICAL AND FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS. MODULE 2: EXTERIOR OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS. CONCEPT OF BEAUTY AND DEFECT. STANCE, BEHAVIOUR AND GAIT. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN EXTERIOR AND FUNCTIONALITY. BODY REGIONS OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS. TERMINOLOGY USED FOR THE VARIOUS SPECIES. OVERVIEW OF COAT COLOURS IN EQUINES. OVERVIEW OF COAT COLOURS IN CATTLE. OVERVIEW OF HORN STRUCTURE IN CATTLE. CHRONOMETRY. DETERMINING AGE IN EQUINES, CATTLE, SHEEP AND DOGS. NAMING ANIMALS ACCORDING TO THEIR AGE. ANIMAL IDENTIFICATION: NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL METHODS. GENERAL ASPECTS OF GENETIC-BASED IDENTIFICATION. MODULE 3: OFFICIAL CATALOGUE OF LIVESTOCK BREEDS IN SPAIN. (CATTLE, SHEEP, GOATS, PIGS AND HORSES). INDIGENOUS BREEDS (THOSE UNDER DEVELOPMENT AND THOSE UNDER SPECIAL PROTECTION). INTEGRATED BREEDS, EUROPEAN UNION BREEDS AND BREEDS FROM THIRD COUNTRIES. HERD BOOKS. MODULE 4: CATTLE BREEDS: DAIRY BREEDS. BEEF BREEDS. WORKING AND SHOW BREEDS. MIXED BREEDS. INDIGENOUS CATTLE BREEDS: BREEDS UNDER DEVELOPMENT (ASTURIANA DE LOS VALLES, AVILEÑA NEGRA IBÉRICA, LIDIA, MORUCHA, PIRENAICA, RETINTA AND RUBIA GALLEGA). INTEGRATED CATTLE BREEDS: (CHAROLESE, FLECKVIEH, FRISIAN, LIMOUSIN, BROWN AND BLONDE OF AQUITAINE). INDIGENOUS BREEDS UNDER SPECIAL PROTECTION: (ALBERA, ALISTANA-SANABRESA, ASTURIANA DE LA MONTAÑA, RED BERRENDA, BLACK BERRENDA, BETIZU, CACEREÑA WHITE, PYRENEAN BROWN, CACHENA, CALDELANA, CANARY, ANDALUSIAN CÁRDENA, FRIEIRESA, LIMIANA, MALLORQUINA, MARISMEÑA OR MOSTRENCA, MENORQUINA, MONCHINA, MURCIANA-LEVANTINA, NEGRA ANDALUZA, PAJUNA, PALMERA, PASIEGA, SAYAGUESA, SERRANA DE TERUEL, SERRANA NEGRA, TERREÑA, TUDANCA, VIANESA). MAIN FOREIGN CATTLE BREEDS: (ABERDEEN ANGUS, AYRSHIRE, BELTED GALLOWAY, BLUE BELGIAN, CHIANINA, DEXTER GALLOWAY, GASCONE, GUERNSEY, HEREFORD, HERENS, HIGHLAND, JERSEY, MAREMMANA, NORMAN, PIAMONTESE, SWEDISH RED, ROMAGNOLA, SALERS, SHORTHORN, SIMMENTHAL, SOUTH DEVON, TEXAS LONGHORN, WAGYU, WATUSI. ZEBU BREEDS AND HYBRIDS: BRAHMAN AND NELLORE. SANTA GERTRUDIS, BRANGUS, BRAFORD, CHARBRAI, SIMBRASIL AND OTHERS. MODULE 5: SHEEP BREEDS: WOOL-PRODUCING BREEDS, MEAT BREEDS, DAIRY BREEDS, FUR BREEDS. HIGH-FERTILITY BREEDS. THE MERINO AND ITS DERIVATIVES. INDIGENOUS SHEEP BREEDS UNDER DEVELOPMENT: CARRANZANA, CASTELLANA, CHURRA, LACHA, MANCHEGA, NAVARRA, OJINEGRA DE TERUEL, RASA ARAGONESA, SEGUREÑA. INDIGENOUS SHEEP BREEDS WITH SPECIAL PURPOSES. INTEGRATED BREEDS: BERRICHONA DE CHER, CHARMOISE, FLEISCHAFF, ILE DE FRANCE, LANDSCHAFF, EARLY-MATURING MERINO. EUROPEAN UNION BREEDS: LACAUNE SYNTHETIC BREEDS: SALZ THIRD-COUNTRY BREEDS: ASSAFF MAIN FOREIGN BREEDS: AWASSI, BORDER LEICESTER, CHEVIOT, CORRIEDALE, DORSET HORN, HAMPSHIRE DAWN, KARAKUL, LANDRACE FINESA, LINCOLN, ARGENTINE MERINO, AUSTRALIAN MERINO, MILCHSCHAFT, NORFOLK, POLL DORSET, ROMANOV, ROMNEY MARCH, SARDA, SOUTHDOWN, SUFFOLK, TEXEL. MODULE 6: GOAT BREEDS: INDIGENOUS BREEDS UNDER DEVELOPMENT: MAJORERA, MALAGUEÑA, MURCIANA-GRANADINA, PALMERA AND TINERFEÑA. INDIGENOUS BREEDS WITH SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS: (OVERVIEW). EU DAIRY BREEDS: ALPINE, MALTESE, SAANEN AND TOGGENBOURG. MAIN FOREIGN BREEDS: ANGLO-NUBIA, ANGORA, BOER, CASHMERE MODULE 7: PIG BREEDS: THE IBERIAN PIG: BREEDS UNDER DEVELOPMENT (RETINTO AND ENTREPELADO). SPECIAL-PURPOSE BREEDS: (LAMPIÑO, TORBISCAL AND MANCHADO DE JABUGO). INDIGENOUS BREEDS WITH SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS: CELTA, CHATO MURCIANO, EUSKAL TXERRÍA, GOCHU ASTURCELTA, MALLORQUÍN NEGRO, NEGRO CANARIO. INTEGRATED BREEDS: BELGIAN WHITE, DUROC, HAMPSHIRE, LANDRACE, LARGE WHITE, PIETRAIN. OTHER IMPORTANT BREEDS WORLDWIDE: BERKSHIRE, LARGE BLACK, MANGALICA, POLAND CHINA, SPOTTED POLAND, TAMWORTH, VIETNAMESE, MEISHAN AND OTHERS. PIG HYBRIDS. MODULE 8: BREEDS OF EQUINE LIVESTOCK: ENGLISH THOROUGHBRED, ARABIAN. SPANISH THOROUGHBRED. INDIGENOUS BREEDS AT RISK OF EXTINCTION: ASTURCÓN, BURGUETE, HISPANO-BRETÓN, LOSINO, OTHERS. HYBRID BREEDS: ARABIAN, ANGLO-ARABIAN, PSI, SPANISH TROTTER. DRAWING BREEDS: ARDENNES, BELGIAN, BOLOGNESE, BRETON AND PERCHERON. MAIN FOREIGN BREEDS: APPALOOSA, CLEVELAND BAY, CLYDESDALE, WELSH COB, CONNEMARA, QUARTER HORSE, FALABELLA, FREDERIKSBORG, FRISIAN, HACKNEY, HAFLINGER, HANNOVERIAN, HUNTER, KLADRUBER, KWPN, LIPIZAN, LUSITANO, MORGAN, MUSTANG, OLDENBURG, PALOMINO, PASO FINO, TENNESSEE PAE, ENGLISH PONY, TARPAN, ORLOV TROTTER. BREEDS OF DONKEYS: ANDALUSIAN, CATALAN, ZAMORANO-LEONESE, BALEARIC, ENCARTACIONES, MAJORERO. HYBRIDS. MODULE 9: BIRD BREEDS: HENS NATIVE BREEDS: SPANISH FIGHTING CHICKEN, BLACK CASTILIAN, PRAT, BLUE ANDALUSIAN, BLUE EXTREMADURAN. EMPORDANESE, EUSKAL OILOA, LEÓN INDIO, LEÓN BROWN, MALLORQUIN, MENORQUIN, MOS HEN, MURCIAN. PENEDESENCA, PITA PINTA, PITA ROXA, UTRERANA, VALENCIANA DE CHULILLA. FOREIGN MEAT BREEDS: PLYMOUTH, CORNISH AND OTHERS. MIXED FOREIGN BREEDS: RHODE ISLAND, SUSSEX AND OTHERS. FOREIGN LAYING BREEDS: LEGHORN AND OTHERS. BREEDS AND HYBRIDS GEESE: NATIVE BREEDS: EMPORDANESA AND EUSKAL ANTZARA FOREIGN BREEDS: EMDEN, TOULOUSE, CRIOLLA, ROMAN, CHINESE, DANUBE CURLY GOOSE AND OTHERS. DUCKS: GENERA ANAS AND CAIRINA. UPRIGHT AND DROOPING-HEADED DUCKS: BERBER, INDIAN RUNNER, KHAKI CAMPBELL, MOULARD, PEKING, ROUEN. MODULE 10: RABBIT BREEDS FUR AND SKIN-PRODUCING BREEDS: ANGORA, BEAVER REX, CHINCHILLA REX, ALBINO REX, CHAMPAGNE SILVER, RUSSIAN. MEAT BREEDS: SPANISH GIANT, FLANDERS GIANT, BELIER, PAPILLON, NEW ZEALAND, CALIFORNIA, BURGUNDY FAWN, COMMON FAWN. PET BREEDS: LIONHEAD, LOP (MINI LOP, ENGLISH LOP, HOLLAND LOP, AMERICAN FUZZY LOP), MINI REX, MODULE 11: DOG AND CAT BREEDS: MAIN SPANISH DOG BREEDS: SPANISH ALANO, MALLORCAN SHEEPDOG (CA DE BESTIAR), SPANISH GREYHOUND, CATALAN SHEEPDOG (GOS D’ATURA), PYRENEAN MASTIFF, SPANISH MASTIFF, BURGOS RETRIEVER, SPANISH WATER DOG, PODENCOS (IBICENCO, ANDALUSIAN, CANARIAN, GALICIAN), CANARIAN PRESA, ANDALUSIAN CELLAR RAT Catcher, SPANISH HUNTING DOG. MAIN INTERNATIONAL DOG BREEDS: ARIEDALE TERRIER, AKITA INU, ALASKAN MALAMUTE, AMERICAN PIT BULL TERRIER, BASSET HOUND, BEAGLE, MALTESE, BLOODHOUND, BOBTAIL, BOXER, FLANDERS HERDING DOG, GERMAN SHORT-HAIRED POINTING DOG, BULL TERRIER, BULLDOG, BULL MASTIFF, POODLE, CHIHUAHUA, CHOW CHOW, COCKER SPANIEL, COLLIE, DALMATIAN, DOBERMANN, DOGO ARGENTINO, FOX TERRIER, GOLDEN RETRIEVER, GORDON SETTER, GREAT SWISS MUNCHHAUSEN, GREAT DANES, GRIFFONS, LABRADOR RETRIEVERS, AFGHAN HOUNDS, LHASA APSOS, NEAPOLITAN MASTIFFS, GERMAN SHEPHERDS, BELGIAN SHEPHERDS, BRIARD SHEPHERDS, PEKINGESE, PINSCHERS, POINTERS, POMERANIAN, ROTTWEILER, SAMOYED, SAINT BERNARD, SCHNAUZER, SCOTTISH TERRIER, ENGLISH SETTER, IRISH SETTER, SHAR PEI, DACHSHUND, NEWFOUNDLAND, YORKSHIRE TERRIER AND OTHERS. MAIN CAT BREEDS: ABYSSINIAN, ANGORA, RUSSIAN BLUE, BIRMAN, DEVON REX, FOLDEX, HIMALAYAN, EUROPEAN PERSIAN, SIAMESE, SIBERIAN AND OTHERS. MODULE 12: BUSINESS MANAGEMENT IN THE VETERINARY SECTOR THE BUSINESS: MISSION, OBJECTIVES, TYPES AND STRUCTURE. FINANCIAL RESOURCES, MATERIAL RESOURCES AND HUMAN RESOURCES. THE COMMERCIAL FUNCTION. SALARIED VETERINARIANS AND VETERINARIAN ENTREPRENEURS. BUSINESS ENVIRONMENTS FOR VETERINARIANS. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. MARKETING FOR SERVICE COMPANIES. THE VETERINARY CLINIC AS A BUSINESS. REVENUE STRUCTURE. TYPES OF COSTS AND EXPENSES. THE REVENUE AND PROFIT EQUATION. PROFITABILITY. INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL CUSTOMERS. THE BUSINESS PLAN FOR A VETERINARY CLINIC. THE FINANCIAL PLAN. THE HUMAN RESOURCES PLAN. THE MARKETING PLAN. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT OF A VETERINARY CLINIC. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT IN ANIMAL PRODUCTION CENTRES. Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Competencies: CB1, CB3, CEB6, CEB22. Learning outcomes: 1–5. Practical classes: Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Competencies: CB1–CB5, CEB12, CEB22. Learning outcomes: 1–5. Subject-related visits: Visits to companies related to the subject. Competencies: CB1–CB5, CEB12, CEB22. Learning outcomes: 1–5. Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Competencies: CB1–CB2, CEB12. Learning outcomes: 1–5. E-learning: Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Competencies: CB1, CB2, CB5, CEB12, CEB22. Learning outcomes: 1–5. Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Competencies: CB1–CB5, CEB12, CEB22. Independent study: Study. Literature review. Direct information search. Competencies: CB1, CB3, CB5, CB12, CEB22. Learning outcomes: 1–5. Exam: Written tests. Competencies: CB1, CB2, CB4, CEB12, CEB22. Learning outcomes: 1–5. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all compulsory practical sessions and assignments. Two external practical sessions will be carried out, each involving the completion of an assignment to be uploaded to the campus. Failure to submit such an assignment or assignments will result in a deduction of 1 or 2 marks from the final mark. 2. Achieve a final mark of five points or higher, calculated by adding together the percentages set out below: · Theoretical exam: 40% of the final mark (Relates to learning outcomes CB1–CB5, CEB12). · Practical exam: 50% of the final mark (Relates to learning outcomes CB1–CB5, CEB12). · Course activities: 10% of the final mark. _ Continuous assessment _ Literature review assignments and oral presentations. The continuous assessment exam will account for 20% of the final mark for the ordinary examination session, whilst the percentages allocated to the theory exam and the practical exam remain unchanged. Thus, the total mark for the June sitting will be the sum of the mark obtained for coursework and activities (up to 1 mark), plus the continuous assessment (up to 2 marks), plus the final June exam (up to 7 marks). For the July sitting, the final mark will be the sum of the mark obtained for coursework and activities (up to 1 mark), plus the mark for the exam itself (up to 9 marks). The theoretical questions in the exam will consist of a series of short-answer questions (with marks deducted directly and exclusively for spelling mistakes and/or serious errors) and/or a multiple-choice test with marks deducted for incorrect answers (three incorrect answers count as one correct answer) and/or one or more essay questions (with marks deducted directly and exclusively for spelling mistakes and/or serious errors). The practical questions in the exam will be based on the projection of images, on which a series of questions will be asked; these may be supplemented by other tests carried out using one of the animal species studied during the course. The same penalty criteria for errors apply as for short-answer questions, depending on the severity of the errors and the presence of spelling mistakes. Students who miss one or more practical sessions for any reason must sit an additional practical examination covering the material covered in all of those sessions, which must be passed with a mark of 5. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Fuentes García, F.C.; Sánchez Sánchez, J.M.; Gonzalol Abascal, C. Treatise on Animal Ethnology: Breeds of Ruminants and Monogastrics Diego Martin (DM) Librero Editor. 2006. ISBN: 978-84-8425-4 2. Rodríguez Montesinos, A. COATS AND HORN STRUCTURES OF THE FIGHTING BULL General Council of Veterinary Associations of Spain. 1994. ISBN: 8460517527 3. Rodríguez Montesinos, Adolfo BREED PROTOTYPES OF FIGHTING CATTLE MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE, FISHERIES AND FOOD. 2002. ISBN: 978-84-491-05 0. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0270111 | Pharmacology I | OB | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pharmacology ICódigo: 0270111 Imprimir Year 2 Course. Second term module. Compulsory. 5 credits. Profesores
Objectives The Pharmacology module aims to provide students with meaningful learning and an integrated education. It seeks to instil in students the value of continuous professional development in pharmacology throughout their careers and over time, as pharmacology is a constantly evolving science. Successful completion of the module requires active participation in both theoretical and practical learning; consequently, as this is a single-module course, students must pass both components to pass the module. Prerequisites Structure and function of healthy animals. Fundamentals of animal breeding, improvement, management and welfare. Physical, chemical and molecular bases of biological processes, as well as analytical and diagnostic techniques of veterinary interest. Knowledge of the basic aspects of the various biological agents of veterinary interest. Knowledge of alterations in the structure and function of the animal organism. To successfully study this module, students must have a firm grasp of biochemistry, physiology, microbiology and parasitology. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to use the basic terminology of the subjects comprising this course correctly and with confidence. 2. Understand veterinary prescribing and know how to prescribe medicines responsibly. 3. Be able to confidently apply the appropriate dosages and routes of administration throughout the course of treatment, both for individual animals and in group settings. 4. Possess the skills to identify clinical interactions that affect the response to pharmacological treatment. 5. Prevent the occurrence of adverse reactions resulting from professional malpractice and minimise the risk of harmful effects inherent in the use of medicines. 6. Be able to lead interdisciplinary teams involved in the study of the safety of medicines in food. Course content In this module, we will study the general principles of pharmacokinetics. We will examine the pharmaceutical forms, pharmacokinetics, mechanism of action and effects of the main pharmacological groups of analgesics and anti-inflammatories, as well as those used to modify behaviour... We will study the physical, physiological and pharmacological bases of anaesthesiology, as well as the techniques used to administer it (local, regional and general (inhalation or injection)). Teaching activities Lectures: explanation of theoretical principles, using audiovisual aids and IT tools. Seminars and practical sessions: problem-solving, practical scenarios and clinical case studies. Laboratory practicals with content directly related to the theoretical aspects. Consultation sessions: guidance and clarification of queries. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the corresponding weighting as specified in the course syllabus. With regard to the examination, the format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical case studies, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the examination, if deemed necessary ---- Assessment criteria The module consists of a practical component and a theoretical component. Students must pass both components to pass the module The final mark for the module will be calculated as follows: - Assessment of practical activities: 35% - Laboratory notebook: 15% - Final knowledge test: 50% Pass: a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher in each component. THEORY: Includes the syllabus covered in LECTURES and ASSIGNMENTS - Continuous Assessment (CA): if you opt for this method of assessment, you will sit a first CA exam in March covering the theoretical material taught up to that point. If you pass this, you will have completed that section of the syllabus, and you will sit a second CA exam, which will coincide with the Ordinary Examination Period and cover the remainder of the theoretical material. If you do not pass this second CA exam, you must sit an exam on ALL the theoretical material in the Extraordinary Examination Session. The final theory mark for students who have passed both EC exams with a mark of 5 or above will be the average of those marks. - Ordinary Assessment (EO) and Extraordinary Assessment (EEO): these cover the entire theoretical syllabus. The final theory mark for students sitting these assessments will be the mark obtained in the exam. Theory exam: Each continuous assessment exam will consist of between 10 and 25 varied questions: description of terms, filling in tables with different sections, multiple-choice questions, matching exercises, problem-solving, drawing up or completing diagrams, short definitions, problem-solving, etc. Any serious conceptual error, significant spelling mistakes or any other factor that the lecturer deems appropriate may result in the exam being failed, regardless of the numerical mark obtained. In the ordinary and supplementary examination sessions, students will sit an exam comprising between 10 and 25 questions for each section not previously passed, and each of these will be marked out of 10 independently. PRACTICAL SESSIONS: includes material covered during practical sessions. 100% attendance is compulsory. - Practical exam: covers all practical material. This accounts for 35 per cent of the final practical mark. It may be taken during the regular examination period and/or the supplementary examination period. - Practical exercises/assessment: accounts for 15% of the final practical mark. The final practical mark for students who have passed the practical examinations and exercises with a mark of 5 or above will be the average of those marks. Practical exams: A practical exam will be held during the ordinary and supplementary examination periods, consisting of between 1 and 10 varied questions, with a structure similar to the theory exams described above. Teaching methodology The lecturer will deliver the theoretical component of the course in the designated classrooms, supported by audiovisual resources. Assignments and laboratory sessions will be held at the relevant locations. Participation in and performance during these sessions will be taken into account in the final mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Primary: 1. Botana López, Luis Miguel Veterinary Pharmacology: 2nd ed. Editorial Médica Panamericana. 2022. ISBN: 9788491109402 2. Goodman and Gilman The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics McGraw-Hill-Interamericana. 2006. ISBN: 9701057392 3. Jesús Flórez Human Pharmacology, 6th edition 5th ed. Elsevier. 2013. ISBN: 9788445818619 4. Marcelo Raúl Rubio; Juan Carlos Boggio Veterinary Pharmacology Veterinary Chair Series. EDUCC. 2004. ISBN: 9871203039 5. Richard H Adams Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics Acribia. 2003. ISBN: 9788420010007 6. Sumano López, Héctor S. Veterinary Pharmacology 3rd ed.: McGraw-Hill. 2006. ISBN: 9701056965 Links Spanish Agency for Medicines and Health Products – Link to the agency where students can consult technical data sheets for veterinary medicines PubMed – Digital scientific library |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0270112 | Pathophysiology | FB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PathophysiologyCódigo: 0270112 Imprimir Year 2, Course 2. Second term. Foundation module. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives Knowledge and understanding of the basic physiological abnormalities affecting the main organs and systems in animals, and their clinical context as revealed by basic diagnostic tests Prerequisites To have completed or had the following GVE modules recognised as equivalent: Anatomy, Histology, Physics and Chemistry, Biology and Biochemistry Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To understand the aetiology of processes (causes), the morphopathological changes they induce (lesions) and the functional changes to which they give rise (consequences). 2. To identify the causes of pathologies in organs, apparatuses and systems. 3. To recognise the physiological repercussions that occur when an organ, apparatus or system is affected, without delving into specific pathologies 4. To recognise the symptoms that result from an alteration in an organ, apparatus or system. 5. To learn the scientific terminology used to describe specific alterations, symptoms or clinical signs. Description of the content SYLLABUS Haematology: disorders of the erythrocyte series Haematology: disorders of the white blood cell series Haematology: haemostasis and coagulation disorders Cardiovascular pathophysiology: myocardial disorders Cardiovascular pathophysiology: endocardial and pericardial disorders Cardiovascular pathophysiology: congestive heart failure Electrocardiogram: tachyarrhythmias and bradyarrhythmias Shock syndromes Pathophysiology of thermoregulation Pathophysiology of the thyroid and adrenal glands Pathophysiology of the urinary system: acute kidney injury Pathophysiology of the urinary system: chronic kidney disease Pathophysiology of the urinary system: urinary disorders Polyuria and polydipsia Urinalysis Pathophysiology of the respiratory system: protective mechanisms, cough and dyspnoea Pathophysiology of the respiratory system: respiratory failure Pathophysiology of the respiratory system: circulatory syndromes, pulmonary oedema Pathophysiology of the respiratory system: emphysema and atelectasis Blood gas abnormalities, acid-base balance and their consequences Respiratory pathophysiology: pleural abnormalities Abnormalities in water-salt balance: water and solutes, dehydration and hyperhydration Electrolyte imbalances Pathophysiology of minerals Pathophysiology of vitamins Pathophysiology of carbohydrate metabolism Pathophysiology of the digestive tract: disorders of swallowing, grasping, mastication and salivation Pathophysiology of the upper digestive tract: vomiting and regurgitation Pathophysiology of the intestinal tract: diarrhoea, stenosis, ileus Pathophysiology of the pancreas Pathophysiology of the liver Pathophysiology of nutrition: hypo- and hypernutrition Pathophysiology of the equine digestive tract I Pathophysiology of the equine digestive tract II Pathophysiology of the digestive tract in ruminants / indigestion Pathophysiology of the nervous system 1 Pathophysiology of the nervous system 2 Cytology and quantitative analysis of fluid samples Endotoxemia Laminitis Training activities See Excel file for timetable Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass the module, students must: - Have completed 12 of the 13 practical sessions. - Achieve a mark of 5 points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: 1. Laboratory notebook, to be handed in at the end of the academic year: 15% 2. End-of-term practical examination, covering all material covered in the laboratory sessions: 35% 3. Theoretical exam on the material covered in the sessions: 50% Approximately halfway through the course, a continuous assessment theory exam will be held, covering the material taught in the sessions. If a mark of 5 or above is achieved, this exam will exempt the student from further assessment of that material and will contribute 25% towards the theory mark. The remaining 25% will be contributed by the ordinary or supplementary exam, provided a mark of 5 or above is achieved. Students who do not qualify for exemption through continuous assessment will be examined on the entire syllabus in the ordinary examination session, as well as in the supplementary session should they fail the ordinary one. PASS = MARK OF 5 OR HIGHER OUT OF 10 - Each component of the module – the laboratory workbook, practical examination and theory examination – must be passed separately, with a mark of 5 or above, in order for them to contribute their respective percentages to the final mark for the module. The exam format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical case studies, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The course coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the exam, if deemed necessary IMPORTANT: Students repeating the course who have already passed the practicals may choose not to attend the lectures, but the material covered in these lectures will be included in the exam. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1.- Laso Guzmán, Francisco Javier Introduction to Clinical Medicine Elsevier. 2020. ISBN: 9788491133520 2. Pérez Arellano, JL Sisinio de Castro. Handbook of General Pathology 8th ed. Elsevier. 2019. ISBN: 9788491131236 Links www.ivis.org - Veterinary information portal. You can find articles, carry out searches, access books, etc. Access is free for students. It is a good bibliographic database |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 20.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Third Year
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0370101 | Special Pathological Anatomy | OB | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Special Pathological AnatomyCódigo: 0370101 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 9 credits. Profesores
Objectives 1. To describe, recognise, explain and systematise post-mortem, developmental, circulatory, metabolic, inflammatory, parasitic and neoplastic changes in the various animal organs and systems. 3. Apply knowledge of lesions and their pathogenesis to the most common diseases in domestic animals, learning to make a correct morphopathological diagnosis. 4. To become familiar with post-mortem examination techniques for various animals, particularly those most frequently encountered by veterinarians: mammals, birds and fish, and to draw up the corresponding report. 5. To be familiar with the technique of taking samples for analyses complementary to the post-mortem examination: bacteriological, virological, serological, parasitological, toxicological, etc. 6. To understand the fundamentals and terminology of histopathological techniques so as to be able to interpret the results of sample analysis. 7. Be able to interpret and summarise the results of a morphopathological study, coordinating them with the results of other supplementary analyses, in order to make a correct definitive diagnosis and determine the cause of the animal’s death or disease. 8. To obtain and utilise basic information relating to the subject. ODC Subjects: 1.6 Work effectively as a member of a multidisciplinary team in the provision of services. 1.10 Use their professional skills to contribute to the advancement of veterinary knowledge and the ‘One Health’ concept, with the aim of improving animal health and welfare, the quality of animal welfare and veterinary public health. 1.11 Demonstrate the ability to cope with incomplete information, deal with contingencies and adapt to change. 1.14 Participate in self-assessment and peer review processes to improve performance. 1.22 Communicate clearly and collaborate with referral and diagnostic services, including providing an adequate case history. 1.24 Recognise the signs of potential notifiable and zoonotic diseases, as well as abuse, and take appropriate action, including reporting to the relevant authorities. 1.33 Carry out a thorough and systematic post-mortem examination, record observations, take tissue samples, and store and transport them. 1.34 Carry out ante-mortem inspection of animals intended for the food chain, paying attention to welfare-related aspects; correctly identify conditions affecting the quality and safety of products of animal origin, in order to exclude those animals whose condition renders their products unfit for the food chain. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Basic Training Module. Competencies 1. That students have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in a field of study building on the foundations of general secondary education, typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. 2. Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or vocation in a professional manner and possess the skills typically demonstrated through the development and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. 3. That students have the ability to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to form judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. 4. That students are able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. 5. Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further studies with a high degree of autonomy. 6. The prevention, diagnosis and treatment – whether individual or collective – of animal diseases, and the fight against such diseases, whether considered individually or as a group, particularly zoonoses. 7. The development of professional practice with respect for other health professionals, acquiring skills relating to teamwork, the efficient use of resources and quality management. 8. Identification of emerging risks in all areas of the veterinary profession. 9. Knowledge and application of post-mortem examination techniques. 10. Knowledge and application of the recognition and diagnosis of different types of lesions and their association with pathological processes. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to present clinical cases orally after documenting them. 2. To describe, recognise, explain and systematise post-mortem, developmental, circulatory, metabolic, inflammatory, parasitic and neoplastic abnormalities in the various animal organs and systems. 3. Apply knowledge of lesions and their pathogenesis to the most common diseases in domestic animals, learning to make a correct morphopathological diagnosis. 4. To be familiar with post-mortem examination techniques for various animals, particularly those most commonly encountered by veterinarians: mammals, birds and fish, and to draw up the corresponding report. 5. To be familiar with the technique of taking samples for analyses complementary to the post-mortem examination: bacteriological, virological, serological, parasitological, toxicological, etc. 6. To understand the fundamentals and terminology of histopathological techniques, so as to be able to interpret the results of sample analysis. 7. Be able to interpret and summarise the results of a morphopathological examination, coordinating them with the results of other supplementary analyses, in order to make a correct definitive diagnosis and determine the cause of the animal’s death or disease. 8. To acquire and utilise basic information relating to the subject. Course description This module covers: Pathological changes in cells, tissues and organs, grouped into systems for the differential diagnosis of animal diseases. Learning activities Lectures, macroscopic practicals, post-mortem practicals, seminars, e-learning, tutorials, independent study and examinations. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official examination period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all scheduled practical sessions. Failure to attend practical sessions in accordance with the University’s criteria will prevent students from sitting the practical examinations in the early May examination session. 2. Have achieved a minimum mark of five in the theoretical and practical examinations. Once each theoretical/practical examination has been passed, the corresponding mark will be retained until the July examination session. 3. The final mark will be calculated by adding together the percentages set out below: Assessment of practical activities: 35 per cent. Final knowledge test: 40 per cent. Total: 75% The assessment of practical activities and the final knowledge test will take the form of theoretical-practical examinations: 75 per cent of the final mark will be based on the four mid-term examinations. The theoretical-practical examinations will consist of multiple-choice questions, with or without accompanying images. This type of examination is designed to be administered online in the classroom. Should a mandatory switch to a paper-based examination be decided, the appropriate adjustments will be made to this format, and students will be informed in good time. Laboratory notebook/portfolio: 25 per cent. Completion of clinical case studies for each laboratory session or workshop. This activity will be introduced at the start of each laboratory session or workshop and assessed throughout the session. Aspects such as participation and behaviour during the practical session may also be taken into account in the assessment. Should a student fail to submit or pass this activity, they will be required to sit and pass a clinical case examination. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Dahme, Erwin Special Veterinary Pathological Anatomy Zaragoza: Acribia, 1988. 1988. ISBN: 8420006483 2. J. E. van Dijk, E. Gruys and J. M. V. M. Mouwen. Colour Atlas of Veterinary Pathology. Saunders-Elsevier. 2007. ISBN: 9780702027581 3. James F. Zachary. Pathologic Basis of Veterinary Disease. Elsevier. 2022. ISBN: 9780323713139 4. M. Grant Maxie. Jubb, Kennedy & Palmer’s Pathology of Domestic Animals: Volume 1. Elsevier. 2015. ISBN: 9780702053177 5. M. Grant Maxie. Jubb, Kennedy & Palmer’s Pathology of Domestic Animals: Volume 2. Elsevier. 2015. ISBN: 9780702053184 6. M. Grant Maxie. Jubb, Kennedy & Palmer’s Pathology of Domestic Animals: Volume 3. Elsevier. 2015. ISBN: 9780702053191 7. Vinay Kumar and James A. Perkins. Robbins and Cotran, Structural and Functional Pathology. Elsevier Spain. 2021. ISBN: 9788491139119 Supplementary: 8. Andrés J. Marcaccini Carpio, Noemí López and David Sardón Ruiz. Practical Veterinary Cytology: From Cellular Examination to Diagnosis. La Voz de la Verdad. 2020. ISBN: 9788409178421 9. Blowey, Roger W. A Colour Atlas of Diseases and Disorders of Cattle Madrid: Elsevier, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8481747270 10. Donald J. Meuten. Tumours in Domestic Animals. Iowa State University Press. 2017. ISBN: 9780813821795 11. Elena Martínez de Merlo. Atlas of Clinical Cytology in Dogs and Cats. Servet. 2022. ISBN: 9788418706684 12. Jason W. Brooks. Veterinary Forensic Pathology. Volume 1. Springer. 2018. ISBN: 9783319671703 13. Jason W. Brooks. Veterinary Forensic Pathology. Volume 2. Springer. 2018. ISBN: 9783319671734 14. Natàlia Majó and Roser Dolz. Atlas of Avian Post-Mortem Examination: Macroscopic Diagnosis: Sample Collection. Servet. 2018. ISBN: 9788417640057 15. Wilkinson, George T. Colour Atlas of Small Animal Dermatology Madrid: Harcourt Brace, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 8481741450 Links Pathological Anatomy Atlas, University of Córdoba. – Macroscopic images. Atlas of Pathological Anatomy, University of Lisbon. – Macroscopic images. In English. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0370102 | Breeding | OB | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BreedingCódigo: 0370102 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 7 credits. Profesores
Objectives To acquire knowledge of population genetics. To acquire the knowledge necessary for the genetic evaluation of breeding stock and its application in breeding programmes. Use of molecular information in animal breeding. Prerequisites It is recommended that students have taken the genetics module, which provides the necessary knowledge of Mendelian and molecular genetics. Basic knowledge of statistics (regression, variance, etc.) Basic principles of using computers in the Windows and MS-DOS environments Attendance at practical sessions is essential to pass the module. Weekly tutorial sessions will be held, during which students will be able to explore in greater depth and/or improve their understanding of the theoretical or practical aspects covered in lectures. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning Outcomes 1. Ability to understand the principles of genetics and their applications in genetic improvement. 2. Ability to understand the principles of a genetic improvement programme, taking into account sustainability, biodiversity and animal welfare. 3. Knowledge of the forces that can cause genetic traits within a population to vary. Inheritance model for traits of production interest. Course content Topic 1. GENETIC STRUCTURE OF A POPULATION AND CHANGES IN GENE FREQUENCIES Topic 1.1 Gene and genotype frequencies. Hardy-Weinberg principle. Mutation, migration and selection. Genetic drift. Topic 2. QUANTITATIVE GENETICS TOPIC 2.1 Quantitative traits. Phenotype. Mean effect of a gene. Breeding value, dominance and epistatic interaction. TOPIC 2.2 Phenotypic variability: genetic and environmental. Genetic components of variance: additive, dominance and epistatic. TOPIC 2.3 Environmental variance. Repeatability: estimation and applications. Multiple measurements. TOPIC 2.4 Resemblance among relatives. Genetic and environmental causes. TOPIC 2.5 Heritability: Estimation and applications. Response to selection: Selection intensity, prediction and limits. Topic 3 EVALUATION OF BREEDING STOCK TOPIC 3.1 Selection for a single trait: Individual, family and intra-family evaluation. TOPIC 3.2 Selection for more than one trait. Correlated traits. Estimation of genetic correlation. Correlated response and applications: Indirect selection. TOPIC 3.3 Selection methods for a single trait: Individual and relative performance. Selection indices. TOPIC 3.4 BLUP methodology for breeding stock selection. TOPIC 3.5 Selection methods for more than one trait: Global Selection Index, tandem selection or selection by independent levels. Topic 4 CROSSING SYSTEMS TOPIC 4.1 The concepts of breed, strain, line and family. Inbreeding and inbreeding depression. Changes in gene and genotype frequencies: Sampling and inbreeding. TOPIC 4.2 Hybrid vigour and crossbreeding. Crossbreeding systems. Topic 5 BREEDING PROGRAMMES TOPIC 5.1 Design of breeding programmes. TOPIC 5.2 Breeding programmes in the main livestock species. Topic 6 Molecular Genetics: 6.1 Genomics: Organisation of DNA: Genic and extragenic DNA, unique and repetitive sequences. 6.2 Mutation and polymorphism. 6.3 Molecular markers. 6.4 Biotechnology: Techniques for the detection and analysis of mutations. 6.5 Gene editing: CRISPR technology. 6.6 Effects of genes. Genes responsible for productive traits. Clinical genetics: Genes responsible for diseases. Training activities THEORY Each thematic block will be accompanied by the necessary resources for its effective delivery, including visual aids (slides, transparencies, etc.) and photocopied materials (exercises, supplementary material, etc.). In addition, there will be weekly student support sessions where students can explore in greater depth and/or improve upon the theoretical or practical aspects covered in the lectures. The theoretical component will be complemented by the course’s practical sessions, the main aim of which will be the practical application of the theoretical concepts. PRACTICAL SESSIONS: DNA manipulation techniques will be carried out in the laboratory, focusing on the diagnosis of hereditary diseases and the study of genes of agricultural interest. Problems relating to parameter estimation, heritability and selection intensity. Computer lab sessions: Genetic evaluation of breeding stock. Searching for and applying molecular information available on the internet and its application to clinical practice. SEMINARS The seminars will reinforce and explore in greater depth the most important aspects covered in the theoretical part, encouraging student participation through the development and/or presentation of projects. SUPPLEMENTARY LECTURES The most important aspects covered in the theoretical section will be reinforced and explored in greater depth Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- THEORY AND ASSIGNMENTS FEBRUARY: The theory will be assessed by means of a written examination on the material covered in class, divided into two parts: a multiple-choice test and long-answer questions. The multiple-choice section will consist of between 12 and 25 questions; each correct answer is worth +1, each unanswered question is worth +0, and each incorrect answer is worth -1/3 of a mark. This section may include short open-ended questions; if these are answered incorrectly, no marks will be deducted. The final mark for the exam will be the average of the multiple-choice section and the open-ended questions. The coursework component will be assessed through the written resolution of applied questions. REGULAR SESSION: In the regular session, students who have passed the February exam will only be examined on the material covered in the second term. Those who have not passed the February exam or did not sit it will be examined on the entire course or on one of the terms. Students may average marks across the two terms provided they achieved a mark of 4 or above in February. The theory will be assessed via a written exam on the material covered in class, divided into two parts: a multiple-choice test and long-answer questions. The multiple-choice section will consist of between 12 and 25 questions; each correct answer is worth +1, each unanswered question is worth +0, and each incorrect answer is worth -1/3 of a mark. This section may include short-answer questions; if these are answered incorrectly, no marks will be deducted. The final exam mark will be the average of the multiple-choice section and the open-ended questions. The coursework component will be assessed via a written test based on a practical case study. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION: In the supplementary examination session, students who have not passed either of the two semesters, or who have not passed the semesters in previous examination sessions of the academic year, will be examined on the entire course. Students may average marks across the two semesters provided they achieved a mark of 4 or above in February or in the ordinary examination session. The theory component will be assessed via a written examination covering the material taught in class, divided into two parts: a multiple-choice test and long-answer questions. The multiple-choice section will consist of between 12 and 25 questions; each correct answer is worth +1, each unanswered question is worth +0, and each incorrect answer is worth -1/3 of a mark. This section may include short open-ended questions; if these are answered incorrectly, no marks will be deducted. The final mark for the exam will be the average of the multiple-choice section and the open-ended questions. The coursework component will be assessed by means of a written test based on a practical case study. For the July exam, any modules passed in the February and/or May examination sessions will be carried forward. PRACTICAL SESSIONS The practicals will consist of laboratory work and external visits to livestock farms. At the end of the practicals, there will be a written examination covering the topics covered during the practicals. Attendance at practicals is COMPULSORY and ESSENTIAL for passing the module. Students who miss one day of practicals will have 2 marks deducted from their practicals mark. Failure to attend two days of practicals will result in a mark of 0 for the practical component. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT An exam consisting of theoretical questions will be held. The continuous assessment mark will take into account the exam mark, attendance and participation in class, as well as any other criteria the lecturer deems appropriate. FEBRUARY GRADE The weighting of each component in the final mark will be as follows: Continuous assessment: 20% Exam: 80% Case studies: 20% Theory test: 40% Open-ended theory question: 20% OVERALL MARK The weighting of each component in the final mark will be: First term (if sitting the exam in this session): 50% Assignments: 25% Theory test: 50% Open-ended theory question(s): 25% Second term: 50 per cent Practical work: 10% Continuous Assessment: 20% Theory test: 35% Open-ended questions: 35% EXTRA GRADE First term: 50% Case Studies: 25% Theory test: 50% Theory open-ended questions: 25% Second term: 50% Practical work: 10% Theory test: 45% Open-ended questions: 45% In any of the examinations, spelling mistakes will result in marks being deducted. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Falconer, D. S. Introduction to Quantitative Genetics Zaragoza: ACRIBIA, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 8420009490 2. Fontdevila, Antonio An Introduction to Population Genetics Madrid: Síntesis, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 8477386919 3. Freeman, Scott Evolutionary Analysis Madrid: Prentice Hall, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 013017291X 4. Nicholas, F. W. Introduction to Veterinary Genetics Zaragoza: ACRIBIA, 1998. 1998. ISBN: 8420008621 5. Strachan, Tom Human Genetics Mexico: McGraw-Hill, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 9701051351 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0370103 | Parasitic Diseases | OB | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Parasitic DiseasesCódigo: 0370103 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 9 credits. Profesores
Objectives The overall objective of this module is for students to acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to recognise, diagnose and control parasitic diseases in the main animal species. This includes the study of their aetiology, epidemiology, pathogenesis, clinical signs and lesions, diagnosis and control. To this end, students must achieve the following specific objectives: a) Recognition and identification of the most important parasitic diseases in domestic animals b) To acquire skills in the techniques of medical history-taking, clinical examination, and clinical and laboratory diagnosis of parasitic diseases. c) Management and interpretation of clinical and epidemiological data, as well as laboratory results, relating to these diseases. d) Learning about specific treatments and measures for prophylaxis and control e) Ability to design strategies for the control of parasitic diseases in various circumstances. f) Understanding the significance of parasitic diseases at the individual level, in livestock production and in the context of public health. g) Development of personal skills for data collection and management, including knowledge of information sources and the scientific evaluation of new clinical, diagnostic and therapeutic advances relating to parasitic diseases Prerequisites Students taking this module must have a solid grounding in parasitology. Furthermore, to follow the module effectively, students must have knowledge of pathological anatomy, general pathology, clinical methodology and epidemiology. Learning Outcomes Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To be able to recognise, identify and diagnose the main parasitic diseases in animals. 2. Understand the aetiology, epidemiology, pathogenesis, clinical presentations, lesions, diagnostic and treatment methods, and measures for the prevention, eradication and control of parasitic diseases in animals. 3. Understand the principles governing the use of the therapeutic arsenal required for the treatment of parasitic diseases, both at an individual and collective level. 4. Understand, and be able to apply and interpret, the laboratory procedures used in the diagnosis of parasitic diseases 5. Be able to draft medical records, protocols and reports relating to parasitic diseases in animals 6. Become familiar with the use of instruments and general techniques of the scientific method 7. Understand the essential safety standards for the collection, transport and processing of biological samples in a clinical laboratory 8. Be able to participate in campaigns and programmes for the control and eradication of parasitic diseases. 9. Identify the main emerging and re-emerging diseases, and their significance within the One Health framework. Course content description The course content will be delivered in modules, each covering the different learning outcomes that students are expected to achieve. MODULE 1: GENERAL OVERVIEW Topic 1: Parasitic disease: concept, nomenclature. Types of parasitic infections: primary and secondary. Significance of parasitic diseases. Aetiology, epidemiology, pathogenesis and pathology of parasitic infections. Topic 2: Diagnosis of parasitic diseases: importance of the clinical history, epidemiological survey, type of livestock holding, parasitological samples, transport, sample processing, results obtained Topic 3: Control of parasitic diseases: interpretation of laboratory results and comprehensive antiparasitic control: importance of the epidemiological triad MODULE 2: PARASITIC DISEASES OF EQUIDES Topic 29: Intestinal protozoan infections: eimeriosis. Intestinal cestodosis: anoplocephalosis Topic 30: Gastrointestinal nematodoses: strongyloidiasis, strongyloidosis, parascariasis, oxyuriasis and trichostrongyloidosis Topic 31: Myiasis: gastrophylosis Topic 32: Bronchopulmonary nematodoses: dictyocaulosis. Cutaneous nematodoses: filariasis, habronemiasis. Tissue nematodoses: trichinellosis Topic 33: Haematological protozoan infections: babesiosis, theileriosis Topic 34: Systemic protozoan infections: toxoplasmosis, sarcosporidiosis. Larval cestodosis: hydatid disease Topic 35: Cutaneous arthropod infections: scabies, infections caused by ticks and insects MODULE 3: PARASITIC DISEASES OF CARNIVORES Topic 21: Digestive protozoan infections: coccidiosis, giardiasis and amoebiasis Topic 22: Intestinal trematodoses and cestodoses Topic 23: Intestinal nematode infections: ascariasis, hookworm infection, strongyloidiasis, trichuriasis, capillariasis Topic 24: Cardiopulmonary nematode infections: dirofilariasis, angiostrongyloidosis, aelurostrongyloidosis Topic 25: Systemic protozoan infections: toxoplasmosis, neosporosis, babesiosis, hepatozoonosis Topic 26: Protozoan infections of the mononuclear phagocytic system: Leishmaniasis Topic 27: Other parasitic diseases: linguatulosis, thelaziosis, other filariasis Topic 28: Cutaneous arthropod-borne diseases: scabies, tick and insect infections MODULE 4: PARASITIC DISEASES OF RUMINANTS Topic 4: Digestive protozoan diseases: cryptosporidiosis, eimeriosis Topic 5: Intestinal trematode infections: Fasciolosis. Intestinal cestode infections: Moneziosis Topic 6: Gastrointestinal nematode infections: trichostrongyloidiasis, nematodiriasis, chabertiosis, bunostomiasis, oesophagostomiasis, strongyloidiasis, ascariasis, trichuriasis, capillariasis and oxyuriasis Topic 7: Bronchopulmonary nematode infections: Dictyocaulosis and protostrongyloidiasis Topic 8: Haematological protozoan infections: Babesiosis, theileriosis Topic 9: Tissue protozoan infections: toxoplasmosis, neosporosis, sarcocystosis, besnoitiosis Topic 10: Genital protozoan infections: trichomoniasis Topic 11: Larval cestodoses: hydatid disease, cysticercosis and cenurosis Topic 12: Myiasis: oestrosis, hypodermosis Topic 13: Cutaneous arthropod infections: scabies, tick and insect infections MODULE 5: PARASITIC DISEASES OF SUIDES Topic 14: Digestive protozoan infections: cryptosporidiosis, coccidiosis, balantidiasis Topic 15: Digestive nematodoses: ascariasis, hiostrongyliasis, oesophagostomiasis, spiruriasis, strongyloidosis, capillariasis, trichuriasis Topic 16: Bronchopulmonary nematode infections: metastrongyloidosis Topic 17: Systemic nematode infections: trichinellosis Topic 18: Systemic protozoan infections: babesiosis, toxoplasmosis, sarcocystosis. Systemic trematode infections: agamodistomiasis. Larval cestode infections: cysticercosis, hydatid disease Topic 19: Cutaneous arthropod infections: scabies, infections caused by ticks and insects Topic 20: Other parasitic diseases: dictyophimosis, stephanurosis, acanthocephalosis MODULE 6: PARASITIC DISEASES OF BEES Topic 36: Parasitic diseases in bees: varroasis and others Teaching activities The course content will be delivered through the following learning activities: Lectures: in which the theoretical and practical fundamentals will be taught using audiovisual aids and a workbook, which will be used in all the course’s teaching activities. Practical laboratory sessions: where the main techniques for parasitological diagnosis, interpretation of results and decision-making will be applied Supplementary lectures: a summary will be provided of the most important aspects of the main parasitic diseases affecting both farm animals and pets Seminars: these will focus on the main parasitic diseases, emerging diseases and endemic parasitic infections in the Iberian Peninsula, as well as the search for and interpretation of information through the use of popular science journals, scientific articles and specialist books. Workshops: Use of the workbook, resolution of clinical cases and application of the key theoretical and practical concepts that students need to apply the knowledge acquired in their professional practice Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. In order to achieve the learning outcomes described in the module and pass it successfully, students will be assessed as follows: A theoretical exam on the knowledge covered in the lectures, to be held at the end of each session, which will account for 70% of the mark. In each term, there will be a first mid-term exam, which counts towards the final mark, held halfway through the term, and a second mid-term exam during the official examination period (January/May). In total, there are four mid-term exams, and students must achieve a mark of 5 or above in each and every one of them to pass this part of the course. In terms of coursework, students will be required to undertake activities to enhance their learning, completing the tasks set in the classroom during each session, as well as completing the UAX SKILL SCHOOL (Coursera) course, which will be available in the virtual classroom during the weeks it is accessible in the first term. Accounting for 10 per cent. The laboratory practicals account for 20 per cent of the final mark, and it is essential to achieve a mark of 5 or above in this section to pass the module. To pass the module, students will sit a theoretical and practical examination at the end of the course covering the skills acquired during the practical sessions, as well as a practical examination in the laboratory involving the resolution of clinical cases and the identification of parasitic aetiological agents. To this end, students must be familiar with the main parasitological diagnostic techniques and their application in each specific case, as well as being able to recognise and identify the parasitic forms that may be detected using these techniques. Attendance at a minimum of 70 per cent of the practical sessions is compulsory. To pass the module, students must have passed both the theoretical component (achieving a mark of 5 or above in each of the four mid-term assessments) and the practical component (achieving a mark of 5 or above in the relevant practical examinations). Please note that a minimum attendance rate of 70 per cent for practical sessions is required in order to sit the examination. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Primary: 1. Aránzazu Meana Mañes, Francisco A. Rojo Vázquez 60 Q&As on Bovine Parasitology Servet. 2013. ISBN: 978-84-941014 2. Bowman, D. D. Georgis: Parasitology for Veterinarians Elsevier. 2011. ISBN: 9788480867054 3. Cordero del Campillo, M. and Rojo Vázquez, F.A. Veterinary Parasitology McGraw-Hill. 1999. ISBN: 8448602366 4. Frontera Carrión, Eva Ma Porcine Parasitic Pathology in Pictures Servet. 2009. ISBN: 9788492569120 5.- Meana Mañes, A and Rojo Vázquez, FA 87 Q&As on Equine Parasitology Servet. 2010. ISBN: 9788492569359 6. Valcarcel, F Atlas of Sheep Parasitology Servet. 2009. ISBN: 9788492569052 Supplementary: 7.- Eva María Frontera Carrión Porcine Parasitic Pathology in Pictures Servet. 2009. ISBN: 978-84-92569- 8.- Taylor MA, Coop RL, Wall RL Veterinary Parasitology Blackwell Publishing. 2012. ISBN: 978-1-4051-19 9.- Valcárcel F Atlas of Ovine Parasitology Servet. 2013. ISBN: 978-84-92569- Others: 10.- A. Meana, E. Calvo and F.A. Rojo Vázquez Internal parasites of grazing sheep Schering-Plough Animal Health. 2000. 11. Gary R Mullen, Lance A Durden Medical and Veterinary Entomology Academic Press, Elsevier. 2019. ISBN: 978-0-12-8140 12. Leland D. Shapiro Pathology and Parasitology for Veterinary Technicians DELMAR Cengage Learning. 2010. ISBN: 978-1-4354-38 13. Montoya Alonso, José Alberto Heartworm disease: clinical management guidelines Multimédica. 2012. ISBN: 9788496344440 14. Peter Holdsworth AO. Maggie Fisher Epidemiology in small animal parasitology: climate change, economic and political factors Servet. 2020. ISBN: 978-84-18020- |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0370104 | Animal Production | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Animal ProductionCódigo: 0370104 Imprimir Year 3. Annual module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives To study the different production systems for the various animal species and breeds used by humans for food, labour and industrial purposes. The course also covers species and breeds used for sporting, recreational and socio-cultural purposes. Each species is examined comprehensively, looking at its breed base, production and reproductive cycles, farming systems, housing, stock surveys and production structure. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Training Module, particularly in Ethnology, Anatomy, Physiology, Nutrition, Genetics, Agronomy and Agricultural Economics. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To understand the different biological cycles and farming systems of animal species primarily used for food production: pig farming, egg-laying and meat poultry farming, dairy and beef cattle farming, sheep farming, goat farming, rabbit farming and aquaculture. 2. Population, distribution and characteristics of each production subsector worldwide, in the European Union and in Spain 3. To understand the facilities and housing arrangements for each production species. 4. Understand the factors influencing animal welfare in each type of production 5. To identify the factors influencing the sustainability of a production system. Interactions with the environment and biodiversity. Ability to minimise adverse environmental effects. 6. Understanding of production systems within the EU parameters for organic livestock farming. 7. Be able to identify critical points and the source of potential zootechnical, hygiene and animal health problems within the framework of general welfare on livestock farms. 8. Be able to provide advice on achieving the pre-set objectives on a livestock farm, having knowledge of the production indicators to be considered in line with production targets. 9. To detect or predict problems that may arise on a livestock farm by evaluating and analysing the farm’s production data, and to propose possible solutions. 10. Be able to provide advice on the appropriate management of animals to reduce their stress and maximise production profitability. Course description This module covers: The fundamentals of livestock farming worldwide, as well as the coordination of various physiological and zootechnical elements in the practical management of animals, livestock facilities, environmental sustainability, and waste and pollutants associated with livestock farming. The fundamentals of agricultural production: climate and soil; soil-plant-animal relationships; management of agricultural and livestock systems; sustainable development within the context of mixed farming operations. Aquaculture. River and marine farms. Management. Relationship with the environment. The digestive processes of food and companion animal species, as well as those used in sporting and socio-cultural activities, teaching students to design feeding programmes for the species of greatest zootechnical importance. The agricultural and livestock sector in Spain and the EU: structure and distribution. The marketing of agricultural products and the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP). Agricultural accounting: balance sheets and profit and loss accounts of livestock farming enterprises: the profitability of investments and livestock production operations. The characteristics of plant-based livestock feed. Chemical and nutritional composition of feed. Genetic applications in breeding programmes: Elimination of lethal and sublethal factors to improve productivity and disease resistance. COURSE SYLLABUS: ANIMAL PRODUCTION ACADEMIC YEAR 2016–2017 SYLLABUS MODULE 1. INTRODUCTION. Concepts in Animal Science and Animal Production. Animal husbandry systems. Objectives, determining factors and relationships with other sciences. MODULE 2. CATTLE PRODUCTION. -DAIRY CATTLE PRODUCTION: Anatomical and physiological overview of the udder. Mechanism of lactation. Quantity and composition of milk. Lactation curve. Factors affecting milk production and quality. Dairy cattle production: Geographical distribution. Global significance. Dairy cattle in Spain and the EU. Cattle censuses. Basic concepts in dairy cattle production. Overview of the main dairy breeds. Farming methods and systems. Farm buildings and housing. Milking management. Feeding management. Assessment of body condition. Management of dairy cows. Reproduction in dairy cattle. Rearing and rearing-on techniques for dairy cattle. Animal welfare. Management of dairy farms. Buffalo milk production. -BEEF CATTLE PRODUCTION: Production of beef cattle. Breeds, crossbreeds and hybrids. Protection and promotion of native breeds. Types of production. Feed management during rearing, weaning and fattening. Grazing in beef cattle production. Yields and types of carcass conformation. Official quality standards for beef carcasses and their commercial cuts. Production of white, pink and red meat. -BULLFIGHTING CATTLE PRODUCTION: The bullfighting breed. Breed prototypes. Rearing and management of bullfighting cattle. Selection within the bullfighting breed. Feeding of bullfighting cattle. Production of bullfighting cattle for different types of bullfighting events. Veterinary involvement in the production of fighting cattle and in bullfighting events. The meat-producing suitability of the fighting breed. The importance of the fighting breed in the conservation of dehesa ecosystems. -PRODUCTION OF WORK CATTLE. Production of oxen for the management of bullfighting estates. Production of oxen for draught and hauling work. MODULE 3: SWINE PRODUCTION Population figures and distribution. Breeds, crossbreeds and hybrids. Structure and classification of pig farms. Structure of intensive pig production. Reproductive indices. Management of breeding stock and control of reproduction. Weaning of sows and piglet management. Structure of closed-cycle pig farms and batch management. Management standards for breeding, rearing, fattening and replacement. Technical and economic management of pig farms. Housing. Management systems. Hygiene and health prevention. Manure treatment and legal regulations. Age and weight at slaughter. Carcass grading and valuation. Extensive pig farming. The Iberian pig and its crossbreeds. Management of extensive rearing and fattening systems. Health issues. MODULE 4: SHEEP FARMING: Milk sheep production. Breeds and crossbreeds. Basic concepts in milk sheep production. Buildings and housing. Milking management. Feeding management. Reproduction in dairy sheep. Breeding and rearing techniques for dairy sheep and goats. Sheep meat production. Commercial types. Breeds and crossbreeds. Sheep meat production in Spain. Intensive production. Artificial rearing. Early fattening. Lamb fattening units. Buildings and facilities. Carcass assessment and grading. Hygiene and disease prevention. Grazing. MODULE 5: GOAT FARMING: Dairy goat production. Main breeds. Basic concepts in dairy goat production. Buildings and housing. Milking and feeding management. Reproduction in goats. Rearing and rearing-on techniques for goats. Goat meat production. Hygiene and disease prevention. Grazing. Utilisation of marginal lands and mountain areas. Goat hair production (mohair and cashmere fibres). MODULE 6: CONVENTIONAL POULTRY FARMING: Structural evolution of poultry farming. Types and production systems. Chicken breeds, crossbreeds and hybrids. Commercial layers and free-range hens. Overview of the reproductive system. Ovulation and oviposition. Structure and characteristics of the egg. Laying curve. Physiology of incubation. Brooding. The incubation process. Types of incubators. Hygiene in rearing. Management of breeding stock. Housing and facilities. Management during breeding and rearing. Management of laying hens. Forced moulting. Laying control. Commercial eggs: classification, storage and marketing. Factors affecting egg production. Broiler chickens. Rearing and management. Slaughter, processing and marketing. Disease prevention. MODULE 7: ALTERNATIVE POULTRY FARMING: Production of turkeys, ducks, geese, guinea fowl, pheasants, quails, partridges and ostriches. Other poultry production. MODULE 8: EQUINE SCIENCE: Prospects for equine production. Economic importance. Main breeds and crossbreeds. Types of production. Housing and facilities. Reproduction, rearing and young stock management. Handling, breaking in and training. Selection of sport horses. Breeding of Purebred Spanish Horses (P.R.E.). Breeding of riding and draught horses, ponies and equine meat production. Breeding of donkeys and hybrids. Hygiene and health standards. MODULE 9: RABBIT FARMING Farming systems and production factors. Breeds used. Structure and zootechnical organisation of farms. Breeding programmes. Mating systems. Pregnancy diagnosis. Management of young rabbits. Fattening. Selection and replacement. Hybrids for meat. Carcass quality. Housing and mechanisation. Control of environmental factors. Lighting management. Production of fur, hides and manure. MODULE 10: AQUACULTURE Current situation and future prospects. Cultivable species. Salmonids. Cyprinids. Marine fish farming (gilthead seabream and sea bass). Other marine aquaculture. Farming systems. Pathological aspects. Control of the aquatic environment. Hygiene and prophylaxis. Present and future. MODULE 11: PRODUCTION OF GAME SPECIES Production of big game. Species used. Rearing, housing and facilities. Production of small game. Species used. Rearing, housing and facilities. MODULE 12: THE COMMON AGRICULTURAL POLICY. History of the CAP. The CAP from its origins to 2013. The 2013 reform of the CAP. The current CAP model. Spain’s position regarding the CAP. MODULE 13: BEEKEEPING AND OTHER PRODUCTION SECTORS: Beekeeping. Study and types of hives. Management. Honey production. Production of laboratory animals. Species and breeds used. Sericulture, earthworm farming and others. RECOMMENDED BIBLIOGRAPHY: ANIMAL PRODUCTION: FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMAL PRODUCTION. VOLUMES V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV AND XV. PUBLISHED BY MUNDI PRENSA. 1995. VARIOUS AUTHORS. Training activities Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Practical sessions: Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Field visits: Visits to companies relevant to the subject. Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. E-learning: Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus. Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study: Study. Direct research into information. Exam: Written tests. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass the module, students must: 1- Have completed all compulsory external placements, laboratory sessions, practical sessions at the experimental farm (LB), lectures and visits to agricultural and livestock holdings scheduled during the academic year. Students who have missed one or more of these activities for any reason not adequately justified must sit a specific practical examination during the ordinary or supplementary examination period. 2- Achieve a mark of 5 or above by adding together the percentages set out below: - June final exam: 70% of the final mark (relating to the learning outcomes (CB1–CB5, CG3–CG4, CEP1–CEP8). - Course activities: 30% of the final mark (each activity will be weighted according to the teaching and learning methodology used and the teaching workload involved) (relating to the learning outcomes CB1–CB5, CG3–CG4, CEP1–CEP8). .Formative assessment .Compulsory assignments/projects and oral presentations .Attendance, engagement and collaboration in tutorials and seminars .Attitude, skills, knowledge and interaction with the practical work group. A continuous assessment test will be held halfway through the first term, accounting for 20 per cent of the term mark; this is not a fail-or-pass assessment. In the second term, another termly assessment will be held with the same weighting and will not result in a fail-or-pass outcome. Collaborative assignments carried out as part of the external placements will be marked in both terms. In each term, these will account for 10 per cent of the term mark. In the July examination session, the final mark will consist of 90 per cent of the mark obtained by the student in the examination itself and 10 per cent of the average mark for all collaborative work on the external placements. The termly and final theory examinations will consist of a series of short-answer questions and/or a multiple-choice test with penalty marks for incorrect answers (three incorrect answers cancel out one correct answer) and/or problem-solving and/or essay-style questions. In all cases, there will be a direct penalty for spelling mistakes and serious errors. In the June examination session, students will only be required to sit the examination on the material covered during the second term, provided they have passed the first-term assessment; the final mark will be the average of both terms. Offsetting between the two terms is permitted if the February mark is higher than 4. The average mark will only be calculated if the mark obtained in either of the two terms is higher than 4. Students will also have the option of sitting the exam for one of the two terms in this sitting and the other in the supplementary sitting. In the July sitting, for those students who have passed a term in either the February or June sitting, the mark will be retained and the average of the two terms will be calculated provided that at least one term has a mark of 4 or above. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. BUXADE CARBO, C. Equine and Fighting Bull Production (Animal Science, Volume XI) Mundi-Prensa. 1996. ISBN: 847114638X 2.- BUXADÉ, CARLOS ANIMAL SCIENCE: FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMAL PRODUCTION MUNDI PRENSA. 1995. ISBN: 8471145979 3. Caravaca FP et al. Fundamentals of Animal Production University of Córdoba. 2017. ISBN: 9788447207640 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 37 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0370105 | Pharmacology II | OB | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pharmacology IICódigo: 0370105 Imprimir Course 3. First-semester module. Compulsory. 5 credits. Profesores
Objectives The Pharmacology module aims to provide students with meaningful learning and an integrated education. It seeks to instil in students the value of continuing professional development in pharmacology throughout their careers and over time, as pharmacology is a constantly evolving science. Successful completion of the module requires active participation in both theoretical and practical learning. Consequently, as this is a single module, passing the module requires students to pass both components. Prerequisites Structure and function of healthy animals. Fundamentals of animal breeding, improvement, management and welfare. Physical, chemical and molecular bases of biological processes, as well as analytical and diagnostic techniques of veterinary interest. Knowledge of the basic aspects of the various biological agents of veterinary interest. Knowledge of alterations in the structure and function of the animal organism. To successfully complete this module, students must have a firm grasp of biochemistry, physiology, microbiology, parasitology and pharmacology I. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to use the basic terminology of the subjects comprising this module correctly and with confidence. 2. Be able to confidently apply the appropriate dosages and routes of administration throughout the course of treatment, both in individual and group settings. 3. Possess the skills to identify clinical interactions that affect the response to pharmacological treatment. 4. Prevent the occurrence of adverse reactions resulting from professional malpractice and reduce the risk of harmful effects inherent in the use of medicines. 5. Be able to lead interdisciplinary teams involved in researching the safety of medicines in food. 6. Design a treatment plan. 7. Knowledge of medicated premixes as a means of medicating farm animals. Course content description In the Pharmacology II module, we will continue to deepen our understanding of the various therapeutic groups. We will explore the pharmacological treatment of infectious diseases in greater depth, through the study of antibiotics, antivirals, antifungals and antiparasitics. The main medicines used to treat diseases affecting the respiratory system, the cardiovascular system, the digestive system and the renal system will be discussed. We will examine fluid therapy in the management of hydro-electrolytic disorders. We will analyse the treatment of endocrine disorders and be introduced to the treatment of cancer in animals using chemotherapy. We will also begin to explore the medicines used in animal reproduction. Training activities Sessions: explanation of theoretical principles and an update on key concepts Assignments: problem-solving and challenges related to the subject Practical sessions: dose calculations and the design of treatment protocols in practical scenarios, Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. With regard to the examination, the format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical case studies, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the examination, if deemed necessary. ---- ASSESSMENT CRITERIA: The module consists of a practical component and a theoretical component. Both components must be passed independently in order to pass the module. The final mark for the module will be calculated as follows: - Assessment of practical activities: 35% - Laboratory notebook: 15% - Final knowledge test: 50% Pass: a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher in each part. THEORY: Includes the syllabus covered in LECTURES and ASSIGNMENTS - Continuous Assessment (CA): if you opt for this method of assessment, you will sit a first CA exam in November covering the theoretical material taught up to that point. If you pass this, you will have completed that section of the syllabus, and you will sit a second CA exam, which will coincide with the Ordinary Examination Period and cover the remainder of the theoretical material. If you do not pass this second CA exam, you must sit an exam on ALL the theoretical material in the Extraordinary Examination Session. The final theory mark for students who have passed both EC exams with a mark of 5 or above will be the average of those marks. - Ordinary Assessment (EO) and Extraordinary Assessment (EEO): these cover the entire theoretical syllabus. The final theory mark for students sitting these assessments will be the mark obtained in the exam. Theory exam: Each continuous assessment exam will consist of between 10 and 25 varied questions: description of terms, filling in tables with different sections, multiple-choice questions, matching exercises, problem-solving, drawing up or completing diagrams, short definitions, problem-solving, etc. Any serious conceptual error, significant spelling mistakes or any other factor that the lecturer deems appropriate may result in the exam being failed, regardless of the numerical mark obtained. In the ordinary and supplementary examination sessions, students will sit an exam comprising between 10 and 25 questions for each section not previously passed, and each of these will be marked out of 10 independently. PRACTICAL SESSIONS: includes material covered during practical sessions. 100% attendance is compulsory. - Practical exam: covers all practical material. This accounts for 35 per cent of the final practical mark. It may be taken during the regular examination period and/or the supplementary examination period. - Practical exercises/assessment: accounts for 15% of the final practical mark. The final practical mark for students who have passed the practical examinations and exercises with a mark of 5 or above will be the average of those marks. Practical exams: A practical exam will be held during the ordinary and supplementary examination periods, consisting of between 1 and 10 varied questions, with a structure similar to the theory exams described above. Teaching methodology The lecturer will deliver the theoretical component of the course in the designated classrooms, supported by audiovisual resources. Assignments and laboratory sessions will be held at the relevant locations. Participation in and performance during these sessions will be taken into account in the final mark. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Bonagura, J.D.; Twedt, D.C. KIRK, CURRENT VETERINARY THERAPY, XIV Elsevier. 2009. ISBN: 9788480864640 2. GOODMAN, L.S. and GILMAN, A The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics Published by McGraw-Hill/Interamericana. 2006. ISBN: 9701038797 3. Jesús Flórez Human Pharmacology, 6th edition 5th ed. Elsevier. 2013. ISBN: 9788445818619 4. Manuel San Andrés Larrea Antimicrobials and Antiparasitics in Veterinary Medicine Inter-Médica. 2007. ISBN: 9789505553242 5. Richard H Adams Veterinary pharmacology and therapeutics Acribia. 2003. ISBN: 9788420010007 6. SUMANO, H. and OCAMPO, L. Veterinary Pharmacology McGraw Hill-Interamericana. 2006. ISBN: 9701056965 Supplementary: 7.- Botana, L Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics McGraw-Hill/Interamericana. 2002. ISBN: 9788448604714 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0370106 | Toxicology | OB | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ToxicologyCódigo: 0370106 Imprimir Course 3. First-semester module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives SPECIFIC LEARNING OBJECTIVES AND SKILLS - To understand the ethical and legal responsibilities of a veterinary surgeon in relation to the animals in their care, the environment, clients, policies and society. To introduce students to this multidisciplinary science, which is essential for their future development as healthcare professionals. - To acquire skills in the search for, selection, organisation and analysis of information on toxicology. - To promote, monitor and maintain health and safety within the veterinary environment - To communicate effectively with clients, the public, professional colleagues and the relevant authorities, using language appropriate to the audience in question and fully respecting confidentiality and privacy. - To prepare accurate clinical and client records, and case reports where necessary, in a manner that is satisfactory to colleagues and understandable to the public - Be able to critically review and evaluate literature and presentations - Work effectively as a member of a multidisciplinary team in the provision of services - Understand the mechanisms of uptake, transformation and excretion of chemical contaminants, as well as the molecular and cellular mechanisms underlying toxic processes and the methods used to assess toxicity. - To study the risks to animal health arising from exposure to various toxins, and to study the risks to human health arising from the use, production and utilisation of animals and their products, through the completion of assignments and seminars by the student. - To understand and apply the principles of clinical governance and practise evidence-based veterinary medicine - Obtain an accurate and relevant history of an individual animal or group of animals, and their environment - Carry out a comprehensive clinical examination and demonstrate competence in clinical decision-making - Develop appropriate treatment plans and administer treatment in the best interests of the animals in their care, taking into account the resources available - Respond to emergencies and provide first aid to common animal species - Collect, preserve and transport samples; select appropriate diagnostic tests; interpret and understand the limitations of test results - Respond to emergencies and administer first aid to common animal species - Recognise when euthanasia is appropriate and carry it out with respect for the animal, using an appropriate method, showing sensitivity to the feelings of owners and others, whilst taking due account of the safety of those present; advise on the disposal of the carcass - Demonstrate a capacity for lifelong learning and a commitment to professional learning and development. This includes recording and reflecting on professional experience and taking steps to improve performance and competence. - Carry out food and feed inspections, including post-mortem inspection of animals intended for food production and inspection in the field of related food technology - Use their professional skills to contribute to the advancement of veterinary knowledge and the One Health concept, with a view to improving animal health and welfare, the quality of animal care and veterinary public health - Acquire the clinical skills required for the diagnosis and treatment of toxicological conditions. - Acquire skills in oral communication, and the synthesis and analysis of scientific information. Competencies CB1. Students should have demonstrated that they possess and understand knowledge in an area of study building on the foundations of general secondary education; this is typically at a level which, whilst drawing on advanced textbooks, also includes some aspects requiring knowledge from the cutting edge of their field of study. CB2. Students should be able to apply their knowledge to their work or profession in a professional manner and possess the competences typically demonstrated through the formulation and defence of arguments and the resolution of problems within their field of study. CB3. Students should be able to gather and interpret relevant data (usually within their field of study) in order to make judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. CB4. Students should be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. CB5. Students should have developed the learning skills necessary to undertake further study with a high degree of autonomy. CG2. The prevention, diagnosis and treatment – whether individual or collective – of animal diseases, and the fight against such diseases, whether considered individually or as a group, particularly zoonoses. CG4. The production, under optimal and economically viable conditions, of animal-derived products and the assessment of their environmental impact. CG6. The development of professional practice with respect for other health professionals, acquiring skills relating to teamwork, the efficient use of resources and quality management. CG7. Identification of emerging risks in all areas of the veterinary profession CEC7. Knowledge and application of diagnostics CEC12. Knowledge and application of pharmacotherapy. CEC14. Knowledge and application of animal and environmental toxicology. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Training Module, and of the subject ‘Fundamentals of Diagnosis and Therapy’. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To understand the principles governing the use of the therapeutic arsenal required for the treatment of infectious, toxic and parasitic diseases, at both individual and population levels. 2. Understand, and be able to apply and interpret, the laboratory procedures used in the diagnosis of infectious, toxic (poisons, food, environment) and parasitic diseases 3. Be able to draft clinical records, protocols and reports relating to infectious, toxic and parasitic diseases in animals. 4. Become familiar with the use of instruments and general techniques of the scientific method 5. Understand the essential safety standards for the collection, transport and processing of biological samples in a clinical laboratory 6. Identify the toxic effects resulting from exposure to various toxic substances. 7. Develop the ability to assess such risks with a view to preventing and treating cases of poisoning. 8. Be able to design and interpret basic toxicity tests. Description of the content THEMATIC BLOCK 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES Unit 1: FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF TOXICOLOGY - Toxicology as a science. Historical perspective - Basic toxicological concepts. Toxicity assessment - Information on toxicology on the Internet THEMATIC BLOCK 2. STAGES OF TOXIC ACTION Unit 2: TOXICOKINETICS - Definition and concept of toxicokinetics - Phases of the toxicological process. General aspects of toxicokinetics: ADME Unit 3: ABSORPTION AND DISTRIBUTION PROCESSES - Concepts and definitions - Genetic polymorphism Unit 4: METABOLISATION AND ELIMINATION PROCESSES - Concepts and definitions. - Characteristics in different species. Unit 5: TOXICODYNAMICS - Concept. - Types of toxic effects - Mechanisms of toxicity I Unit 6: FACTORS AFFECTING TOXICITY - Mechanisms of toxicity II - Factors affecting toxicity - Dose-response relationship THEMATIC BLOCK 3. TOXICITY ASSESSMENT. Unit 7. TOXICITY STUDIES - Concept, objectives and usefulness - Toxicological legislation - Toxicity studies Unit 8: ALTERNATIVE EXPERIMENTAL METHODS - Genotoxicity studies - Risk assessment of chemicals intended for human consumption THEMATIC BLOCK 4. CLINICAL TOXICOLOGY Unit 9: BASIC ASPECTS OF CLINICAL TOXICOLOGY - Classification of poisonings. - Management of the poisoned patient. THEMATIC BLOCK 5. TOXICITY OF EXTERNAL AGENTS Unit 10: TOXICITY OF EXTERNAL AGENTS: ASSIGNMENTS - Iron toxicology - Toxicology of anaesthetics - Toxicology in Exotic Animals - Selenium poisoning - Toxicology of food additives - Toxicology of legumes - Toxicology of venoms: snakes, insects and arachnids - Toxicology of plants containing coumarins - Toxicology in small animals caused by cleaning products - Toxicology of anti-inflammatory agents (NSAIDs) - Toxicology of steroidal anti-inflammatory agents - Toxicology of anti-tumour drugs - Rodenticide poisoning - Doping in racehorses - Drug poisoning in animals - Xylitol poisoning in small animals - Copper poisoning in sheep - Onion poisoning in animals - Lilium spp. toxicity in dogs - Alcohol poisoning in dogs and cats - Theobromine toxicology in small animals - Poisoning caused by plants containing pyrrolizidine alkaloids - Poisoning from plants containing tannins Training activities - Lecture: Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. - Practical laboratory sessions: Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. - Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. - Lectures. - E-learning: Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus - Individual and group tutorials: Guidance and clarification of queries. - Independent study: Study. Literature review. - Exams: Oral and written assessments METHODOLOGY - Lectures: their primary purpose is to provide information in a structured manner to facilitate understanding of the subject matter. The lecturer uses PowerPoint presentations, referring to websites where necessary. Students are provided with a summary of the presentation for each topic, but are encouraged to take notes. Assessment takes the form of a written examination, which students must pass in order to pass the module. -Monographic presentations: students prepare projects on various topics from the syllabus belonging to thematic block 5 (Toxicity of external agents). This activity enhances the lecturer’s tutorial role, as they arrange meetings to monitor the students’ work. Once completed, students present their work to the rest of their classmates. This activity is assessed by the lecturer, based on the presentation given and the individual work carried out. - Practical sessions: these will enable students to apply the basic knowledge acquired in the theoretical classes. They are conducted intensively during the designated period and take place in the University’s laboratories. Students are organised into groups of 30, working in pairs. At the end of the practical sessions, students must sit an exam. Assessment will be based on both the written exam and the student’s attitude during the practical sessions. - Online workshops and seminars: various workshops and seminars will be delivered via the UAX Virtual Platform IMPORTANT: It is essential to read carefully the document entitled ‘Toxicology Assignment’ for the 2012/13 academic year, which sets out the guidelines for completing and submitting the assignment. Failure to comply with these guidelines will have a negative impact on the mark awarded for the assignment. Assessment system and criteria ASSESSMENT SYSTEM Assessment of the course content: - Sessions and assignments delivered by the lecturer will be assessed via a multiple-choice exam: The multiple-choice test will consist of questions with multiple-choice answers, only one of which is correct in accordance with the relevant section of the syllabus: o Each question answered correctly will be awarded marks. o Unanswered questions – that is, where all answer boxes are left blank or more than one option is selected – will not be marked. o An incorrect answer will be penalised by deducting one-third of the marks allocated to the correct answer. - Laboratory practicals: a multiple-choice test to assess the laboratory notebook. - Team presentation assignment: both the content and the presentation and quality of the presentation will be assessed. - Multiple-choice exam for the continuous assessment mark. - There are two examination sessions in accordance with University regulations: Regular sitting in January Supplementary in July. COURSE GRADING To pass the module, students must achieve a mark OF 5 OR HIGHER OUT OF 10 in each of the following: laboratory practicals, the presentation assignment and the final exam (ordinary and/or supplementary sitting). The final mark for the module is calculated as follows: - Assessment of practical activities: 35% Continuous assessment multiple-choice test: 15% Presentation assignment: 20% - Laboratory practicals (compulsory): 15% - January ordinary examination: 50% CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT MULTIPLE-CHOICE TEST: In accordance with the date scheduled by UAX, a continuous assessment test will be held covering the course content taught up to that date: Units 1 to 6. The mark obtained by the student in this continuous assessment test will account for 15% of the final mark for the module, and NO CONTENT WILL BE EXCLUDED. In other words, the content covered in the continuous assessment test will be included in both the January ordinary examination session and the July supplementary examination session. LABORATORY PRACTICALS: Attendance at practical sessions is COMPULSORY. Absences for valid reasons must be duly justified and documented. PRESENTATION ASSIGNMENT: The in-class defence of the presentation project is COMPULSORY; the only students exempt are those who provide written justification from the Head of Studies or the Psychopedagogical Office of Alfonso X el Sabio University, and they must present their work to the lecturer individually. The guidelines for presenting the projects can be found on the course’s online platform; FAILURE TO ATTEND the project defence on the scheduled day, unless duly justified, will result in the project being FAILED and, consequently, the course. Similarly, a failing mark for the assignment (a mark below five (5)) will result in a fail for the course in the January examination session. In accordance with this University’s regulations, there will be two examination sessions: the ordinary session in January and the supplementary session in June or July. Students must be aware of the University’s requirements regarding the number of examination sessions and shall be solely responsible for communicating and following the appropriate procedure within the stipulated deadlines to avoid forfeiting these opportunities. Furthermore, students must be aware of the University’s requirements regarding compulsory attendance at the various sessions in which the module is taught. 1. JANUARY ORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION The mark for the ordinary examination session will be based on: - The mark obtained in the multiple-choice test as part of continuous assessment, accounting for 15% - The mark obtained in the laboratory practicals, accounting for 15% - The mark obtained in the presentation assignment, accounting for 20% - The mark obtained in the ordinary examination, accounting for 50%. JULY SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION SESSION If a student fails the module in the ordinary examination session, none of the marks obtained in the continuous assessment will be carried forward. The assessment method will be a multiple-choice exam consisting of questions with multiple-choice answers, only one of which is correct in accordance with the relevant section of the syllabus. Incorrect answers will be penalised by deducting one-third of the mark allocated to the correct answer. To pass the module, students must achieve a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher, independently in both the laboratory practicals and the presentation assignment, as well as in the examination covering the module’s syllabus. UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS In accordance with this University’s regulations, there will be two examination sessions: the ordinary session in January and the supplementary session in June–July. Students must be aware of the University’s requirements regarding the number of examination sessions and are solely responsible for finding out about and following the relevant procedure within the stipulated deadlines to avoid forfeiting their right to sit these sessions. Furthermore, students must be aware of the University’s requirements regarding compulsory attendance at the various sessions in which the module is taught. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Repetto Jiménez, Manuel. *Advanced Toxicology*. Ediciones Díaz de Santos, S.A., 1995. ISBN: 978-84-7978-2 2.- Melgar Riol, María Julia... [et al.] Clinical Management of Animal Poisonings. Department of Publications and Scientific Exchange Service of the USC. 2012. ISBN: 978-84-9887-8 3.- RODER, JOSEPH; OLIVER OLIVÉ, ROSA. VETERINARY TOXICOLOGY. MULTIMEDICA VETERINARY PUBLICATIONS VETERINARIAS. 2002. ISBN: 978-84-923427 4. SAN ANDRES LARREA, MANUEL IGNACIO; JURADO COUTO, RAFAEL; BALLESTEROS MORENO, EMILIO. ANIMAL TOXICOLOGY CAUSED BY PLANTS: SPANISH WILD FLORA. EDITORIAL COMPLUTENSE S.A. 2000. ISBN: 978-84-7491-5 5. JURADO COUTO, RAFAEL INTRODUCTION TO VETERINARY TOXICOLOGY. PUBLISHED BY TEBAR FLORES. 1983. ISBN: 84-7360-048-7 6.- Poppenga, Robert H.; Gwaltney-Brant, Sharon. Fundamentals of Small Animal Toxicology. MULTIMEDICA VETERINARY PUBLISHING. 2013. ISBN: 978-84-96344- 7. ADAMS, RICHARD H.; INFANTE MIRANDA, FELIX. VETERINARY PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. ACRIBIA S.A. 2003. ISBN: 978-84-200-10 8.- Puertas Navarro, Dolores; Snijders, Albert. Veterinary Acupuncture. Mandala Ediciones. 2009. ISBN: 978- 84-8352-1 9. BUCK, W.B.; OSWEILER, G.D.; VAN GELDER, G.A. Clinical and Diagnostic Veterinary Toxicology. Acribia. 1981 ISBN: 978-84-8352-1 10.- Konnie H. Plumlee Clinical Veterinary Toxicology Mosby. 2004. ISBN: 032301125X 11.- Repetto, Manuel Fundamental Toxicology. Madrid: Díaz de Santos, 1997. ISSN: 978-84-8352-1 Addendum PREREQUISITES Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Training Module and of the subject ‘Fundamentals of Diagnosis and Therapy’. Furthermore, it is essential that students cultivate a critical mindset in order to be able to distinguish between legal obligations and technical judgement in specific cases. TEACHING METHODOLOGY The lecturer will present the topics in the theoretical section through lectures, aided by audiovisual materials. Practical sessions will take the form of work sessions supervised by the lecturer. The case-based method will be used, working on real or fictitious cases that lead to an understanding of, and the ability to carry out, tasks specific to the veterinary profession. Teamwork will be encouraged through the presentation of a class project. Training will be provided on how to conduct literature searches so that students can keep up to date throughout the course and develop a critical perspective. The teaching staff will guide students on how to stay well-informed about current affairs, and Artificial Intelligence will be introduced as a complementary tool during the sessions. Furthermore, at the teaching staff’s discretion, resources may be provided, and the use of new digital tools or other resources may be encouraged to enable students to acquire the competences intended to be achieved in the module. Student attendance is COMPULSORY, as are presentation assignments, laboratory practicals and any activities set by the teaching staff. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. ADAMS, RICHARD H.; INFANTE MIRANDA, FELIX VETERINARY PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS ACRIBIA S.A. 2003. ISBN: 978-84-200-10 2.- BUCK, W.B.; OSWEILER, G.D.; VAN GELDER, G.A. Clinical and Diagnostic Veterinary Toxicology. Acribia. 1981. ISBN: 978-84-200-04 3. Konnie H. Plumlee Clinical Veterinary Toxicology Mosby. 2004. ISBN: 032301125X 4. Poppenga, Robert H.; Gwaltney-Brant, Sharon Fundamentals of Small Animal Toxicology MULTIMEDICA VETERINARY PUBLISHERS. 2013. ISBN: 978-84-96344- 5. Puertas Navarro, Dolores; Snijders, Albert Veterinary Acupuncture Mandala Ediciones. 2009. ISBN: 978-84-8352-1 6. Repetto, Manuel Fundamental Toxicology 3rd ed. Madrid: Díaz de Santos, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 8479782633 Supplementary: 7.- JURADO COUTO, RAFAEL INTRODUCTION TO VETERINARY TOXICOLOGY TEBAR FLORES PUBLISHERS. 1983. ISBN: 84-7360-048-7 8.- Melgar Riol, María Julia... [et al.] Clinical management of animal poisoning USC Publications and Scientific Exchange Service. 2012. ISBN: 978-84-9887-8 9. Repetto Jiménez, Manuel Advanced Toxicology Ediciones Díaz de Santos, S.A. 1995. ISBN: 978-84-7978-2 10. RODER, JOSEPH; OLIVER OLIVÉ, ROSA VETERINARY TOXICOLOGY MULTIMEDICA VETERINARY PUBLISHERS. 2002. ISBN: 978-84-923427 11. SAN ANDRES LARREA, MANUEL IGNACIO; JURADO COUTO, RAFAEL; BALLESTEROS MORENO, EMILIO ANIMAL TOXICOLOGY CAUSED BY PLANTS AND SPANISH WILD FLORA EDITORIAL COMPLUTENSE S.A. 2000. ISBN: 978-84-7491-5 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0370107 | Nutrition II | OB | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nutrition IICódigo: 0370107 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Compulsory. 4 credits. Profesores
Objectives To gain an understanding of the different feeding systems for various types of animals, including both livestock and pets. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of anatomy, physiology, chemistry and biochemistry. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To recognise the importance and impact of animal nutrition on i) farm profitability, ii) animal health and welfare, iii) production and reproductive performance. 2. Ability to design nutritional programmes for monogastric animals, ruminants and in aquaculture. Formulation of rations using linear programming. Ability to critically evaluate existing programmes. 3. Knowledge of the procurement processes for raw materials and finished feed. 4. Ability to link certain pathological conditions to digestive processes. Knowledge of animal feeding as a means of medicating production animals, using medicated premixes. Course content MODULE I. FEEDING SYSTEMS FOR RUMINANTS. Topic 1. Nutritional requirements. Nutritional requirements for maintenance, growth, reproduction and lactation Topic 2. Feeding of dairy cattle. Topic 3. Feeding beef cattle or fattening cattle. Cows, bulls and breeding bulls. Nutrition-related pathologies. Topic 4. Feeding fighting bulls. Cows, bulls and stud bulls. Nutrition-related diseases. Topic 5. Feeding sheep. Topic 6. Feeding dairy sheep. Topic 7. Feeding of goats. MODULE II. FEEDING SYSTEMS FOR MONOGASTRICS. PIGS. Topic 8. Nutritional requirements. Nutritional requirements for maintenance, growth, reproduction and lactation Topic 9. Feeding of pigs. The breeding sow. Feeding of piglets. Weaning. Intensive rearing of pigs for slaughter: systems used. Free-range fattening. Feeding of boars. POULTRY Topic 10. Nutritional requirements. Nutritional requirements for maintenance, growth, reproduction and egg production. Topic 11. Feeding poultry. DOGS AND CATS Topic 12. Nutritional requirements. Nutritional requirements for maintenance, growth, reproduction and lactation. Topic 13. Feeding dogs. Growth, maintenance, pregnancy, lactation and working dogs. Nutrition-related disorders. Topic 14. Feeding cats. Growth, maintenance, pregnancy and lactation. Nutrition-related disorders. MODULE III. FEEDING SYSTEMS FOR HERBIVOROUS EQUINES. Topic 15. Nutritional requirements. Nutritional requirements for maintenance, growth, reproduction, lactation and physical activity Topic 16. Feeding equine livestock. MODULE IV. FEEDING SYSTEMS IN AQUACULTURE FISH Topic 17. Nutritional requirements. Nutritional requirements for maintenance, growth, reproduction and spawning. Topic 18. Fish feeding. Training activities Practical sessions on feed formulation and rationing. Fieldwork. Assessment system and criteria Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical or virtual presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment in the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. I have outlined the assessment criteria in general terms. More specific details are provided below REGULAR AND SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMS 50% OF THE FINAL MARK. LABORATORY WORK 35% OF THE FINAL MARK. PRACTICAL EXAM 5% OF THE FINAL MARK. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT 10% OF THE FINAL GRADE There will be two examinations for this module: • THE FIRST EXAM OR CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT: This will cover the sessions, assignments and laboratory work completed to date. It will consist of 8–12 multiple-choice questions. Maximum time: 8 minutes. This test does NOT count towards the final mark. Marking: the exam will be marked on a scale of 0 to 1. The exam date, God willing, is 14 March 25 TEST SCORE = (NUMBER OF CORRECT ANSWERS – (NUMBER OF INCORRECT ANSWERS/3)) / (NUMBER OF QUESTIONS/10) • SECOND EXAM OR FINAL EXAM: This will cover the sessions, assignments and laboratory work carried out throughout the course. It will consist of 45 to 60 multiple-choice questions covering the entire subject and 2 problems from the practical sessions carried out throughout the course. MULTIPLE-CHOICE SCORES = (No. OF CORRECT ANSWERS – (No. OF INCORRECT ANSWERS / 3)) / (No. OF QUESTIONS / 10) Grading: the exam will be marked on a scale of 0 to 10 for the multiple-choice questions and 0 to 10 for the practical problems. PRACTICAL SESSIONS Attendance at practical sessions is compulsory. Only one practical session may be resat. The maximum mark for this resit will be half the full mark. Practical sessions will be marked out of a maximum of 4 marks, allocated as follows: 3.5 marks for the submission of assignments and 0.5 marks for the final exam. There are plans to hold 5 or 6 laboratory sessions. The problems set will be marked out of a maximum of 0.7 or 0.5833 per problem. These must be submitted within a maximum of 7–10 days after the completion date of the laboratory sessions. The submission deadline for each laboratory session will be announced. Assignments submitted without having completed the corresponding laboratory sessions will be marked as zero. Punctuality, behaviour, interest and participation will be assessed. You must have passed the theory component in order to be awarded marks for the practicals. FINAL COURSE GRADE FINAL MARK = (Mark for multiple-choice questions * 0.5) + (mark for laboratory assignment submission * (0.05833 or 0.07)) + (mark for practical problems in the exam * 0.05) + mark for the first exam *** *** You must pass the multiple-choice questions to be able to apply this formula. If the mark for the multiple-choice questions is below 5, the student fails the course. The assessment system for the Extraordinary Examination Session will be the same. NO EXAMS WILL BE HELD OUTSIDE THE PROPOSED DATES. Repeat students: a file will be uploaded listing the supervised laboratory sessions attended and the corresponding mark for each session. Please check it. Laboratory results are kept on file for one year. Addendum Please note that attendance at laboratory sessions is compulsory. No exemptions will be granted. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1.- - BLAS, C. DE; GONZÁLEZ, G.; ARGAMENTERÍA, A. Nutrition and Feeding of Livestock. Ediciones Mundi-Prensa, Madrid. 1987. 2.- McDONALD, P.; EDWARDS, R.; GREENHALGH, J.; MORGAN, C.A. Animal Nutrition 7th ed. Editorial Acribia, Zaragoza. 2013. ISBN: 8420010707 Supplementary: 3.- CHAMBERLAIN, A. T. and WILKINSON, J. M. Feeding the Dairy Cow ACRIBIA. 2002. 4.- Subcommittee on Beef Cattle Nutrition, Committee on Animal Nutrition, National Research Council Nutrient Requirements of Beef Cattle: PAPERBACK. 2000. ISBN: 0309069343 5. Subcommittee on Dairy Cattle Nutrition, Committee on Animal Nutrition, National Research Council Nutrient Requirements of Dairy Cattle: PAPERBACK. 2001. ISBN: 0309069971 Others: 6. Ann Wortinger Nutrition for Veterinary Technicians Blackwell Professional Publishing. 2007. ISBN: 0813829135 7. Committee on Nutrient Requirements of Horses, National Research Council Nutrient Requirements of Horses: Paperback. 2007. ISBN: 0-309-03989-4 8.- E. Kebreab, J. France (Editor), E. Kebreab (Editor), J. Dijkstra (Editor), International Workshop on Modelling Nutrient Digestion and Utilisation in Farm Animals: Modelling Approaches, A. Bannink (Editor), W. J. J. Gerrits (Editor) Nutrient Digestion and Utilisation in Farm Animals: Modelling Approaches C A B Intl. 2006. ISBN: 1845930053 9.- Subcommittee on Dog and Cat Nutrition, Committee on Animal Nutrition, National Research Council Nutrient Requirements of Dogs and Cats Paperback. 2006. ISBN: 0309086280 10. Subcommittee on Fish Nutrition, National Research Council Nutrient Requirements of Fish PAPERBACK. 1993. ISBN: 0309048915 11. Subcommittee on Laboratory Animal Nutrition, Committee on Animal Nutrition, Board on Agriculture, National Research Council Nutrient Requirements of Laboratory Animals, PAPERBACK. 1995. ISBN: 0309051266 12. Subcommittee on Poultry Nutrition, National Research Council Nutrient Requirements of Poultry: PAPERBACK. 1994. ISBN: 0309048923 13. Subcommittee on Swine Nutrition, Committee on Animal Nutrition, National Research Council Nutrient Requirements of Swine: PAPERBACK. 1998. ISBN: 0309059933 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0370108 | Introductory Course | OB | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introductory CourseCódigo: 0370108 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Compulsory. 5 credits. Profesores
Objectives Clinical Propaedeutics is a module that teaches methods of examination and interpretation of results; in other words, it introduces the diagnostic process for various pathologies. Through this module, students will begin to gain experience in handling animals, restraint techniques, physical examination, carrying out supplementary tests and taking samples. These are fundamental methods in the practice of veterinary medicine. Therefore, the objectives of this module are: - To gain an understanding of examination techniques for different species, sample collection methods and the basics of interpreting results. - To gain knowledge of the signs and symptoms of the main syndromes. - To handle animals correctly. - To conduct a proper medical history. - To acquire a basic understanding of animal behaviour. Prerequisites It is advisable to have successfully completed the modules in Anatomy, Physiology and Pathophysiology Learning outcomes Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To be able to examine a patient methodically and correctly carry out a general physical examination and an examination of a specific system, organ or apparatus 2. Be able to handle each of the animal species 3. Know which supplementary examination methods to use depending on the patient’s symptoms or the systems affected 4. Understand the physiological examination of a healthy patient in order to subsequently identify any abnormalities that may be detected during the physical examination of a sick patient 5. Be able to present clinical cases orally after documenting them. 6. To obtain and use basic information relating to the subject. Description of the content The content covered in the theory sessions is as follows: Topic 1. Examination of the digestive and genitourinary systems in equines. Topic 2. Examination of the musculoskeletal system in large animals. Examination of the musculoskeletal system (complementary techniques). Lameness. Topic 3. Cardiorespiratory examination of equines. Topic 4. Examination of the neurological system in equines. Topic 5. General examination of ruminants. Topic 6. Examination of the digestive system in ruminants Topic 7. Examination of the digestive and genitourinary systems in small animals. Topic 8. Examination of the cardiorespiratory system in small animals. Topic 9. Examination of the nervous system in small animals. Topic 10. Examination of the musculoskeletal system in small animals. Topic 11. Introduction to exotic animals. Examination of different exotic species. Complementary techniques. Topic 12. Examination of the eyes and ears in small animals. Ophthalmological examination of the various structures of the eye and its adnexa. Fundus. Vision. Otological examination (pinna and ear canal). Complementary techniques. Topic 13. Examination of the skin in small animals. Dermatological examination (skin and appendages). Identification of lesions. Complementary tests. Training activities Practical programme Practical Session 1. Handling and general examination. Examination of the head. Small animals. Practical Session 2. Handling and general examination. Large animals. Practical Session 3. Cardiorespiratory examination. Small animals. Practical Session 4. Cardiopulmonary examination. Large animals. Practical Session 5. Examination of the digestive system. Small animals. Practical Session 6. Examination of the digestive and genitourinary systems. Large animals Practical Session 7. Genitourinary examination. Small animals. Practical Session 8. Examination of the musculoskeletal system and neurological examination. Large animals. Practical Session 9. Examination of the musculoskeletal system and neurological examination. Small animals. Practical Session 10. Examination of ruminants. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. The module consists of a theoretical part and a practical part. To pass this module, students must: • Assessment of the practical component (35 per cent): via a practical examination. This comprises two parts: large animals and small animals, which must be passed independently with a mark of 5 or above. • Laboratory logbook (15 per cent): this relates to the skills acquired through the practical session guidelines. It is assessed by means of an examination, which must be passed with a mark of 5 or above. • Portfolio (10 per cent): Students are required to complete, keep and submit their skills logbooks, duly completed, at the end of the academic year. In addition, an oral or written assessment of the content will be carried out prior to each practical session, which must be passed with a mark of 5 or above. • Final knowledge test (40%): PASSED official and/or supplementary theory exams: 35% Continuous assessment tests PASSED: 5% This assessment will NOT exempt students from the final exams in May and June, but will contribute positively to the final mark if passed independently (5%). Attendance at 70% of the practical sessions is compulsory. Addendum Three practical sessions will be held at the Navas de Rey centre. Practical session: Exotic mammals. Practical sessions: Birds and reptiles. Practical session on suids. Practical sessions at the CVS (Veterinary Simulation Centre) Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Supplementary: 1. Beynon et al Manual of Exotic Animals BSAVA. 1999. ISBN: 9788487736261 2.- Bichard et al. Clinical Manual of Procedures in Small Animals McGraw-Hill. 2002. ISBN: 9788448604639 3. Bush Interpretation of Laboratory Tests for Small Animal Practitioners S. 1999. ISBN: 978-84-87736- 4. Carrasco L, del Castillo N, Smit L, Ortiz G Propaedeutics in Small Animals BDS. 2014. ISBN: 9788495277435 5.- Cebrián L., Pastor J., Ramos J., Ferrer L. THE CLINICAL EXAMINATION OF CATTLE. Servet. 2005. ISBN: 9788493292195 6. Coles et al. Veterinary Diagnosis and Pathology. McGraw-Hill. 1980. ISBN: 9789682513992 7. Fernández A., Conde T., Fondevila J. THE CLINICAL EXAMINATION OF THE HORSE Servet. 2011. ISBN: 9788492569687 8. Ford et al. Clinical Signs and Diagnosis in Small Animals Panamericana. 1992. ISBN: 9789500607667 9. Lais R.R. Costa (Editor), Mary Rose Paradis Manual of Clinical Procedures in the Horse Wiley-Blackwell. 2017. ISBN: 978-047095927 10. Lippman Urine Analysis and Interpretation Jims. 1982. ISBN: 9788470920080 11. McCurnin et al. Small Animal Physical Diagnosis and Clinical Procedures Saunders. 1990. ISBN: 9780721659312 12. Pastor et al Manual of Veterinary Clinical Propaedeutics and Biopathology Mira. 2006. ISBN: 9788484651963 13. Prieto et al. Veterinary Clinical Examination University of León. 2004. ISBN: 9788445814239 14. Radostits et al Clinical Examination and Diagnosis in Veterinary Medicine Elsevier. 2002. ISBN: 9788481745863 15. Rijnberk Medical History and Physical Examination of Small Animals Acribia. 1997. ISBN: 9788420008332 16. Rose et al Manual of Equine Practice Saunders. 2000. ISBN: 0721686656 17. Rosenberg et al Clinical examination of cattle Hemisferio. 1994. ISBN: 5905045190 18. Rosenthal, K.L. Rapid review of exotic animal medicine 2nd ed. 2005. ISBN: 1840760559 19. Smith et al Quick guide to interpreting heart sounds, murmurs and arrhythmias Intermedica. 1996. ISBN: 9789505551453 20. Thompson, Mark S Clinical Differential Diagnosis in Small Animals Elsevier Masson. 2008. ISBN: 9788445818527 21. Tilley, L.P. Rapid Interpretation of Heart and Lung Sounds. CD-ROM. A Guide to Cardiac and Respiratory Auscultation in Dogs and Cats 2nd ed. 2005. ISBN: 0721604269 22. Wheeler Manual of Small Animal Neurology BSAVA. 1995. ISBN: 978-090521431 23. Willard Small Animal Clinical Diagnosis by Laboratory Methods Saunders. 2012. ISBN: 9781437706574 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ELECTIVE COURSES
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS |
|---|---|---|---|
| N/A | Elective | OP | 3 |
| TOTAL: | 3 | ||
Year 4
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0470101 | Medical and Nutritional Pathology | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Medical and Nutritional PathologyCódigo: 0470101 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives Medical and Nutritional Pathology is defined as the science that deals with diseases – characterised by their non-contagious nature – affecting domestic animals, which are neither infectious nor parasitic in nature, and which may present either individually or in groups, requiring treatment through hygiene-dietary and/or medicinal treatment. Medical Pathology provides students with a basic understanding of the aetiology, pathogenesis, clinical presentation, diagnostic methods, prognostic assessment and therapeutic and/or prophylactic measures for the diseases under study in small animals, equines and bovines. Practical teaching in Medical Pathology will take place at the Veterinary Teaching Hospital and through outreach clinics. During these sessions, students will take the patients’ medical history, carry out a physical examination, draw up a list of differential diagnoses and recommend further investigations, and develop a treatment plan for each case. The Day One Competencies (DOC) that students must acquire are as follows: - Effective communication with clients, the general public, veterinary and scientific professionals, and the relevant authorities, using language appropriate to each group, whilst maintaining the confidentiality and privacy required in each situation. - Preparing clinical reports that are appropriate and comprehensible to the intended audience. - Working as part of a multidisciplinary team in a clinical setting. - Understanding the economic and emotional context to which the clinical veterinarian is exposed in the practice of their profession. - Be able to critically analyse a clinical article or presentation. - Understand and practise evidence-based veterinary medicine. - Recognise professional limitations and actively seek second opinions. - Obtain and summarise a complete clinical history of the patient. - To manage and be familiar with restraint methods for each animal species, ensuring their welfare and safety. - Carry out a comprehensive physical examination and develop the skills to make informed decisions. - Develop a treatment plan in line with the resources available. - Treat and stabilise a patient during an emergency. - Collect, store and transport key biological fluid samples; select diagnostic tests, interpret the results and understand the limitations of each test. - Understand the usefulness of the available diagnostic imaging techniques and make appropriate use of each one. - Recognise notifiable diseases and the procedures for reporting them. - Access information sources regarding the use of medicines approved for veterinary use. - Prescribe and dispense medicines correctly and responsibly in accordance with current legislation. Report any adverse reactions. - Implement appropriate biosecurity measures in line with the requirements of each veterinary practice. - Recognise euthanasia as a recommended procedure when a patient requires it, and carry it out safely and appropriately. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Basic Training Module (Anatomy, Physiology, Pharmacology I and Propaedeutics) Competencies Not applicable. Syllabus adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to use the basic terminology of the subjects comprising the course correctly and with confidence. 2. Be able to compile a relevant medical history. 3. Be able to carry out a physical examination and identify the patient’s symptoms. 4. Be able to formulate and interpret a list of differential diagnoses and diagnostic tests. 5. Be able to design a treatment plan. 6. Be able to write a clinical report. 7. To establish a prognosis and monitor the patient’s progress. 8. Be able to recommend and implement preventive measures. Description of the content The theoretical programme has been divided into three thematic blocks: small animals, equines and ruminants (large animals), which are in turn subdivided by diseases affecting the various organ systems. The final timetable and definitive course content will be published in documents during September. FIRST TERM: Small animals: digestive system, oncology, endocrinology, haematology. Large animals: digestive system (horses and ruminants), metabolic disorders (ruminants), liver disorders (horses), equine neonatology, haematology (horses). SECOND TERM: Small animals: respiratory, urinary, dermatology, neurology, cardiology and ophthalmology. Exotic animals: major medical conditions in mammals, reptiles, birds and wildlife. Large animals: respiratory, endocrine/metabolic disorders in horses, urinary, neurology, dermatology, ophthalmology, cardiology in horses. Training activities Lectures or masterclasses: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Assignments or seminars: Presentation and discussion of the clinical application of theoretical principles, using IT tools and group discussion. Practical classes at the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Clinical application of the knowledge acquired. E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Individual and group tutorials Independent study: study and practice of exercises Assessments: written and oral examinations Assessment system and criteria The module consists of a theoretical part and a practical part. To pass this module, you must: 1. Have PASSED all the official theoretical and practical examinations individually. 2. Have PASSED all practical placements and the final practical examination in May–June. 3. Achieve a mark of 5 points or higher by adding together the following percentages: - Theoretical exams in the main and/or resit sessions (multiple-choice questions): 50% - Theoretical exams (regular and/or resit sessions) (clinical cases): 10% - Practical examinations and hospital rotation marks: 35% PASS = MARK OF 5 OR HIGHER OUT OF 10. The course will only be averaged and considered passed if a mark higher than 5 is obtained in each of the three components comprising the course (theoretical multiple-choice exam, clinical case exam and practicals). THEORETICAL ASSESSMENT: The exam format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical cases, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The course coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the exam, if deemed necessary. To pass, students must achieve a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher. There are two officially scheduled mid-term theory exams: - January: first term (if passed, this exempts the student from the June sitting, BUT not the July sitting) - June: second term, and first term for those who failed the January sitting. The final mark for the theory exams will be the average of the two mid-term exams. The average will only be calculated if the mark for each mid-term exam, taken individually, is above 5. There is a final exam in the supplementary sitting (July). If a student fails or does not sit any of the mid-term exams in the June sitting, they must sit the exam covering the ENTIRE syllabus in the July sitting, and the result obtained will be the mark for the theory exams in that final sitting. Throughout the academic year, there will be a minimum of two continuous assessment tests, one per term. These assessments will NOT exempt students from material covered in the January, June or July mid-term exams, but will contribute positively (5%) to the THEORETICAL mark if BOTH are passed independently. PASS = MARK OF 5 OR HIGHER OUT OF 10. PRACTICAL ASSESSMENT: Attendance at and successful completion of ALL practical sessions (hospital placements and on-call duties) throughout the year are compulsory and essential for passing the module. Failure to successfully complete any of the practical sessions, placements or on-call duties may, at the lecturer’s discretion, be classified as a failure to attend. Furthermore, the lecturer will assess each week of practical training at the HCV undertaken by the student throughout the academic year. Attendance at practical sessions is COMPULSORY for 100 per cent of sessions; the course will be deemed failed if this percentage is not fully met throughout the academic year. In addition, a practical examination will be held in May–June, which ALL students enrolled on the module must pass, regardless of whether they have passed hospital placements in previous academic years, in the case of students repeating the year. If this practical examination is not passed, the student will have to sit a final practical examination in July and pass it with a mark of more than 5 in order to pass the module. The practical assessment accounts for 35 per cent of the final mark and will be calculated as an average, taking into account the weekly marks and on-call duties (30 per cent) and the practical examination (the remaining 5 per cent). Both parts must be passed independently in order to pass the practical assessment in its entirety. PASS = MARK OF 5 OR HIGHER OUT OF 10. Students are required to complete, keep and submit their clinical activity logbooks at the end of the course for assessment. Failure to submit this logbook will result in a fail for the practical component of the module. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1.- BSAVA Manual of Canine and Feline Nephrology and Urology United Kingdom: British Small Animal Veterinary Association, 1996. ISBN: 0905214323 2.- BSAVA Manual of Canine and Feline Neurology Gloucester: British Small Animal Veterinary Association, 2004. ISBN: 0905214749 3. Small Animal Clinical Oncology Philadelphia: Saunders, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 072167755X 4. Patrick T. Colahan Equine Medicine and Surgery 5th ed. St Louis, Missouri: Mosby, 1999. 1999. ISBN: 0815117434 5. Arenas, Bermejo C, Cortés García C, del Castillo Magán N Procedures in emergency medicine. For the small animal clinician Multimédica Veterinary Publications. 2009. ISBN: 9788496344259 6. Brooks, Dennis Equine Ophthalmology for the Equine Practitioner Teton NewMedia. 2002. ISBN: 1893441512 7. Ettinger, Stephen J. Textbook of Veterinary Internal Medicine: Diseases of the D Missouri: Elsevier Saunders, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 0721601170 8. Feldman and Nelson Canine and Feline Endocrinology and Reproduction Saunders: Third Edition. 2004. ISBN: 0-7216-9315-6 9. Knottenbelt, Derek Equine Pathology: Medicine and Surgery Saunders. 2004. ISBN: 0702026921 10. Maddison, Jill E. Clinical Pharmacology in Small Animals Buenos Aires: Intermédica, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 9505552750 11. Melian C, Pérez Alenza MD, Peterson M, Díaz M, Koositra H Handbook of Endocrinology in Small Animals Multimédica Veterinary Publications. 2008. ISBN: 9788496344215 12.- Mooney, C and Peterson Manual of Endocrinology in Small Animals S. Editions. 2007. ISBN: 8487736661 13. Orsini, James A. Manual of Equine Emergencies: Treatment and Procedures Missouri: Saunders, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 0721692982 14. Reed, Stephen M. Equine Internal Medicine Missouri: Saunders, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 0721697771 15. Rush, Bonnie Equine Respiratory Diseases Blackwell Science. 2004. ISBN: 9780632052622 16. Scott, Danny W. Equine dermatology Missouri: Saunders, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 0721625711 17. Scott, Danny W. Muller & Kirk’s Small Animal Dermatology Philadelphia: Saunders, 2001. 2001. ISBN: 0721676189 18. Thomas, Simpson and Hall Manual of Gastroenterology in Small Animals Ediciones S. 2001. ISBN: 8487736424 Supplementary: 19. Reef, Virginia B. Equine Diagnostic Ultrasound Philadelphia: Saunders. 1998. ISBN: 0-7216-5023-6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0470102 | Infectious Diseases | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Infectious DiseasesCódigo: 0470102 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives Infectious diseases of general interest affecting ruminants, pigs, equines, carnivores, birds, rabbits, fish and crustaceans, bees, laboratory animals and exotic animals. Distribution and economic, medical and public health significance; diagnostic techniques and interpretation. The foundations for designing and implementing animal health programmes on livestock farms with the aim of achieving maximum productivity, and in companion animals to improve and maintain their health, and their importance within the One Health framework. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to recognise, identify and diagnose the main infectious diseases in animals. 2. Understand the aetiology, epidemiology, pathogenesis, clinical signs, lesions, diagnostic and treatment methods, and measures for the prevention, eradication and control of infectious animal diseases. 3. Understand the principles governing the use of the therapeutic arsenal required for the treatment of infectious diseases, both at an individual and a collective level. 4. To understand, and be able to apply and interpret, the laboratory procedures used in the diagnosis of infectious diseases. 5. Be able to draft medical records, protocols and reports relating to infectious diseases in animals 6. Be able to participate in campaigns and programmes for the control and eradication of infectious diseases. 7. Become familiar with the use of instruments and general techniques of the scientific method. 8. Understand the essential safety standards for the collection, transport and processing of biological samples in a clinical laboratory 9. Identify the main emerging and re-emerging diseases, and their significance within the One Health framework. Course content description The course programme is divided into nine teaching modules, which follow the criteria of the World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE): 1. General aspects of the study of infectious diseases 2. Infectious diseases common to several species 3. Infectious diseases of equines 4. Infectious diseases of ruminants 5. Infectious diseases of pigs 6. Infectious diseases of birds 7. Infectious diseases of canids and felids 8. Infectious diseases of lagomorphs 9. Other infectious diseases The full syllabus is as follows: General aspects of the study of infectious diseases 1. The concept of infectious pathology. Historical development. Economic and public health significance of diseases 2. Infection and infectious disease: patterns and types. Mechanisms of pathogenic action. Spread and transmission 3. Systematic approach to the study. Control of infectious diseases. Notifiable diseases. Data sources. Classification criteria for infectious diseases Infectious diseases common to several species: 4. Foot-and-mouth disease 5. Brucellosis 6. Tuberculosis 7. Rabies 8. Anthrax 9. Influenza 10. Leptospirosis 11. Salmonellosis 12. Clostridiosis 13. Pasterellosis Infectious diseases of equines 14. Equine infectious anaemia 15. Viral arteritis 16. African horse sickness 17. Rhinopneumonitis 18. Equine influenza 19. Contagious equine metritis 20. Equine mumps 21. Rhodococcus equi infections 22. Equine encephalitis 23. Equine glanders Infectious diseases of ruminants 24. Infectious bovine rhinotracheitis 25. Neonatal diarrhoeal syndrome 26. Peste des petits ruminants, Rinderpest 27. Bluetongue 28. Symptomatic anthrax 29. Enterotoxemia 30. Spongiform encephalopathies in ruminants: EBB, scrapie 31. Sheep Border Disease 32. Paratuberculosis 33. Bovine viral diarrhoea / mucosal disease 34. Bovine, ovine and caprine retroviruses 35. Abortive diseases in ruminants 36. Rift Valley fever 37. Mycoplasmosis: Contagious bovine peripneumonia, Contagious pleuropneumonia in goats 38. Rickettsiosis: Bovine anaplasmosis, Q fever, hydropericarditis (Cowdrioss), bovine genital campylobacteriosis 39. Malignant catarrhal fever 40. Bovine mastitis, sheep and goat mastitis. Contagious agalactia 41. Infectious bovine keratoconjunctivitis 42. Bovine respiratory syncytial virus infection 43. Bovine parainfluenza 44. Nairobi disease 45. Akabane disease 46. Sheep and goat pox 47. Foot rot. Necrobacillosis. Polyarthritis 48. Diseases caused by Corynebacteria: Caseous lymphadenitis in sheep and goats (pseudotuberculosis); Actinomycosis 49. Ovine listeriosis 50. Acute viral encephalitis in sheep (Louping-ill) 51. Contagious bovine nodular dermatosis 52. Contagious ecthyma in sheep and goats (Orf virus) 53. Schmallemberg virus infection Infectious diseases of pigs 54. African swine fever 55. Classical swine fever 56. Swine erysipelas 57. PRRS 58. Porcine circovirus disease 59. Aujeszky’s disease 60. Porcine streptococcal and staphylococcal infections 61. Enzootic swine pneumonia 62. Porcine atrophic rhinitis 63. Glasser’s disease and swine contagious pleuropneumonia 64. Infectious reproductive disorders in pigs 65. Porcine enteric diseases 66. Haemorrhagic dysentery and proliferative enteropathy in pigs 67. Epidemic swine diarrhoea 68. Other infectious diseases of pigs: Teschen disease and Talfan, swine pox, Japanese encephalitis, swine encephalomyocarditis Infectious diseases of canids and felids 69. Canine distemper 70. Canine parvovirus 71. Canine borreliosis 72. Canine ehrlichiosis 73. Canine leptospirosis 74. Canine infectious hepatitis, Canine respiratory disease complex (CRD), Canine coronavirus 75. Infectious diseases of cats I (Panleucopenia, Feline infectious coronavirus (FIC), ) 76. Infectious diseases of cats II (CRF, retrovirosis) 77. Fungal diseases: dermatophytosis 78. Other emerging diseases in dogs and cats Infectious diseases of birds 79. General information, Newcastle disease 80. Influenza / Gumboro 81. Infectious bronchitis / Infectious laryngotracheitis 82. Infectious neoplasms in birds 83. CRD, Avian Pox 84. Other diseases Infectious diseases of rabbits 85. Myxomatosis, Shope’s fibroma, Shope’s papilloma 86. Haemorrhagic viral disease, Respiratory syndrome 87. Other rabbit diseases: Pasteurellosis, Bordetellosis, Colibacillosis, Clostridiosis, Epizootic enterocolitis, Tularemia, Ringworm, Other infections Other diseases 88. Infectious diseases of bees 89. Infectious diseases of fish and crustaceans 90. Infectious diseases of wild and zoo animals 91. Infectious diseases of reptiles (aspergillosis, mycobacteriosis, etc.) 92. Infectious diseases of laboratory animals 93. Infectious diseases of camelids: camel pox Training activities Sessions: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Assignments: Presentation and analysis of case studies (exercises). Practical laboratory sessions E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Independent study: studying and practising exercises Exams: written and oral assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 85 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Without prejudice to the provisions of the University’s Academic Assessment Regulations, assessment of the module is carried out as follows: 1- Official examinations: the January sitting, the ordinary May/June sitting and the supplementary July sitting. A minimum mark of 5 out of 10 is required to pass in all of them The January examination will cover the material from the first term and exempts students from the final examination in June; the mark for this examination will be averaged with the final mark. The June examination will cover the material from the second term and, for those who failed the January session, the material from the first term as well. The result will account for 80 per cent of the examination mark. 2- Continuous assessment exams: at least two non-exemption exams will be held in October/November and March. The results will contribute 20 per cent to the examination mark. If a student does not achieve a minimum attendance rate of 85 per cent for face-to-face classes, they will not be permitted to sit the continuous assessment examination. This requirement applies to both terms. 3- Other assessable elements • Writing and/or presentation of specific course assignments • Attendance and participation in classes and course activities * Solving case studies. Students will be required to identify the most relevant information from 2–3 case studies, present their provisional diagnosis, specify which samples they would analyse, which laboratory tests they would carry out, and what the most appropriate control and treatment measures would be. The maximum mark is 10 points, and a minimum of 5 points is required to pass this section. 4- Practical sessions: Attendance is compulsory. Students who do not achieve a minimum attendance rate of 80% over the course of the academic year will not be permitted to sit the practical examination. Students must pass the practical examination with a mark of over 7 in order to be eligible to pass the module. The final mark N in the ordinary examination session will be calculated as follows: N = 80% of the examination marks + 10% of the marks for coursework + 10% for the clinical case studies. In the supplementary examination session, the mark will be based solely on the mark obtained in the exam. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Primary: 1. Aitken, ID. Diseases of sheep Oxford: Blackwell, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 1405134143 2. Beer, Joachim Viral diseases, chlamydial infections, rickettsiosis, mycoplasmosis / Joachim Beer Acribia, 1983. ISBN: 8420005169 3. Blood, Douglas C. Handbook of Veterinary Medicine / Douglas C. Blood; [translated by Olivia Núñez Fernández and Jacinta Romano] Madrid [etc.]: McGraw-Hill Interamericana, 2002 Physical description: X, [3] pp., 840 pp.; 22 cm Legal Deposit: M, 22.970-2002 ISBN: 84-486-0448-2 Subjects: Veterinary medicine Authors: Núñez Fernández, Olivia, trans. Romano, Jacinta, trans. 2002. ISBN: 8448604482 4. Coetzer, JAW; Tustin, RC Infectious Diseases of Livestock Cape Town [etc.]: Oxford University Press, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 0195761715 5. Contreras de Vera, Antonio Infectious Diseases of Ruminants / Antonio Contreras de Vera, Juan Carlos Corrales Romero, Antonio Sánchez López Murcia : DM, 1997 Physical description: II, 326 p. : ill. ; 29 cm Notes: This publication covers the section on infectious diseases of ruminants from the ‘Infectious Diseases’ module of the veterinary curriculum at the University of Murcia. ISBN: 84-89820-40-6 Subjects: Ruminants—Infectious diseases; Cattle—Infectious diseases; Sheep—Infectious diseases; Goats—Infectious diseases Authors: Sánchez López, Antonio; Corrales Romero, Juan Carlos. 2005. ISBN: 8489820406 6. Dietz & Wiesner Diseases of the horse: a handbook for science and practice Basel, SWI: Karger, 1984. ISBN: 3805534973 7. Diseases of poultry Diseases of poultry Ames: Iowa State Press, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 081380423X 8. Divers, Thomas J. Rebhun: Diseases of Dairy Cattle [No place]: Saunders, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 9781416031376 9. Edited by Ian K. Ramsey and Bryn J. Tennant BSAVA Manual of Canine and Feline Infectious Diseases Quedgeley, Gloucestershire (United Kingdom): BSAVA, reprinted 2001. ISBN: 0905214536 10. Frank Jordan... [et al.]. Poultry Diseases London [etc.]: W.B. Saunders, 1996 Physical description: XI, [2] pp., [4] colour plates, 546 pp.: ill. ; 24 cm ISBN: 0-7020-1912-7 Subjects: Veterinary pathology; Poultry diseases; Chicken diseases Authors: Jordan, F. T. W., ed.; Pattison, M., ed. 2001. ISBN: 0702019127 11. Greene, Craig E. Infectious Diseases of the Dog and Cat St. Louis, Missouri: Saunders Elsevier, cop. 2006. 2006. ISBN: 9781416036005 12. Ignacio García Bocanegra, Rafael Zafra Leva. Infectious and Contagious Diseases of Ruminants: Clinical Veterinary Manuals Elsevier. 2019. ISBN: 978-84-9113-3 13.- J.M. Alonso, A. García Sánchez, R Martínez Pérez Major infectious and parasitic diseases in extensive sheep and goat herds UEx-Sindéresis. 2020. ISBN: 978-84-9127-0 14. Jane E. Sykes Greene’s Infectious Diseases of the Dog and Cat Elsevier. 2021. ISBN: 978-141606130 15. Krauss, H et al. Zoonoses: infectious diseases transmissible from animals to Washington D.C.: ASM, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 1555812368 16. Mertens, P Bluetongue London: Elsevier, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9780123693686 17. O. M. Radostits, C. C. Gay, D. C. Blood, K. W. Hinchcliff Veterinary Medicine: A Textbook of the Diseases of Cattle, Sheep, Pigs, Goats and Horses London, [etc.]: W. B. Saunders Company Ltd., 2000 Physical description: XXVII, 1877 pp.; 31 cm ISBN: 0-7020-2604-2. 2000. ISBN: 0702026042 18. Okerman L., Moens Y.ieve Diseases of domestic rabbits : Blackwell Scientific, 1994 Physical description: VIII, 152 pp.; 22 cm Series: Library of veterinary practice ISBN: 0632038047 Subjects: Rabbits—Diseases; Veterinary pathology Authors: Moens, Yves. 1994. ISBN: 0632038047 19.— Prusiner, SB Prion biology and diseases Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 2004. ISBN: 0879696931 20. Quinn, P. J. Elements of Veterinary Microbiology Zaragoza: Acribia, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 842001057X 21. Schmidt, Robert E. Pathology of Pet and Aviary Birds Ames, Iowa: Iowa State Press, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 0813805023 22. Sellon, D.C. Equine infectious diseases St Louis, Mo.: Saunders/Elsevier, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 1416024069 23. Songer, J. Glenn Veterinary microbiology: bacterial and fungal agents of animals St. Louis, Missouri: Elsevier Saunders, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 9780721687179 Supplementary: 24. Barbara E. Straw, editor Diseases of swine Ames (Iowa): Iowa State University, reprinted 2006. ISBN: 081381703X 25. Barrett, T; Pastoret, P.P. et al Rinderpest and Peste des Petits Ruminants: Viral Plagues of the London; Burlington, MA: Academic, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 0120883856 26. Bowman, A.S.; Nuttal, P.A. Ticks: Biology, Disease and Control Cambridge: Cambridge, 2008. 2008. ISBN: 9780521867610 27. Ferrer, Luis Miguel Atlas of Sheep Pathology Zaragoza: Servet, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 9788493292119 28. Hogeveen, H Mastitis in Dairy Production: Current Knowledge and Future S Netherlands: Wageningen Academic Publishers, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 9076998701 29. Jackson, A.C. Rabies Amsterdam; London: Elsevier/Academic, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 0123693667 30. Lefevre, P.C. Major Infectious and Parasitic Diseases of Livestock Paris [etc.]: Tec. 2003. ISBN: 2743004959 31. Morilla, A Emerging viral diseases in pigs Barcelona: Multimédica, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8496344037 32.- P.J. Quinn...[et al.] Clinical Veterinary Microbiology / Edinburgh [etc.]: Mosby, 2000, 1st ed. 2000. ISBN: 0865425434 33.- Richardson, V.C.G. Diseases of small domestic rodents Oxford [etc.] : Blackwell, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 1405109211 34.- Sánchez Vizcaíno, J.M. Digital course on infectious diseases of pigs [Computer files] / editor and coordinator: J. M. Sánchez Vizcaíno León: Syva Laboratories, 2003. ISBN: 8468815853 35.- Selbitz; Moos Vaccination of domestic animals: indications, procedures Zaragoza: Acribia, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8420009725 36. Taylor, D. J. Pig Diseases / D. J. Taylor Lennoxtown. 1995. ISBN: 0950693251 Others: 37.- Colville, Joann L. Handbook of Zoonoses: Identification and Prevention St Louis, Missouri: Mosby, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 9780323044783 Links WHO Current Situation Report on Avian Influenza – WHO Current Situation Report on Avian Influenza Bluetongue – Ministry of Agriculture, Veterinary Health Alert Network, Bluetongue Manual The 3tres3 Pig Website – This site features numerous articles, monthly clinical case studies, etc., relating to pig production and health Prof. King Necropsy Show & Tell – This site contains numerous images of lesions associated with infectious and non-infectious diseases in all domestic animals. NIH (US) Library PUBMED – This is the essential website used worldwide to find scientific papers in the natural and health sciences, where virtually all veterinary scientific journals are indexed. Searches are very quick and easy using keywords (in English), e.g. ‘African swine fever’; or authors’ surnames... International Office of Epizootics – Here you can find up-to-date information on the status of animal diseases, databases, fact sheets and even job vacancies. It is available in Spanish FAO – Website of the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations. Available in Spanish; you can also find fact sheets on diseases, the current situation and their impact on developing countries. Don’t forget to have a look at the cooperation job vacancies for those interested in this field. Royal Decree 1047/2003, of 1 August – amending Royal Decree 2611/1996, of 20 December, regulating national programmes for the eradication of animal diseases Veterinary Health Alert Network – On this page of the Ministry of Agriculture’s website , you can find all the latest information relating to animal health in Spain. It is well worth checking it regularly Technical animation on microarrays – Here you can watch a 3-minute animation explaining the basics of the microarray technique (DNA chips) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0470103 | Surgical Pathology and Surgery | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Surgical Pathology and SurgeryCódigo: 0470103 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives Surgical pathology is the study of tissue samples taken from living patients during surgery to aid in the diagnosis of a disease and to determine a treatment plan. This process is used to diagnose a possible disease and to enable the doctor or specialists to determine the treatment to be followed, which in most cases is surgical. Surgery is defined as the practice involving the mechanical manipulation of anatomical structures for a medical purpose, whether diagnostic, therapeutic or prognostic. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content covered in the Common Core Training Module. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to use the basic terminology of the subjects comprising the course correctly and with confidence. 2. Be able to carry out a physical examination and identify the patient’s clinical signs. 3. To formulate and interpret a list of differential diagnoses and diagnostic tests. 4. To design a treatment plan. 5. Be able to produce a clinical report. 6. To establish a prognosis and a plan for the patient’s follow-up. 7. Be able to recommend and implement preventive measures. 8. Be able to prepare a surgical field, distinguish between the different areas of an operating theatre and move around it correctly. 9. Be able to perform routine surgical procedures. Course description The course on surgical pathology and surgery covers conditions that can be treated surgically, as well as the various surgical techniques used on different systems and organs, such as the skin, the digestive system, the urinary system, the eyes, the respiratory system and the cardiovascular system. In the first term, all the pathologies and surgical techniques applicable to small animals will be covered, whilst the second term will focus on equines and ruminants. Teaching activities Sessions: Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Assignments: Presentation and analysis of clinical cases. Workshop and/or laboratory activities (rotational) E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Independent study: study and practice of exercises Assessments: written and oral examinations Assessment system and criteria The module consists of a theoretical part and a practical part. To pass this module, students must: 1. Have PASSED all the official theoretical and practical examinations individually. 2. Have PASSED all practical placements and the final practical examination in May–June. 3. Achieve a mark of 5 points or higher by adding together the following percentages: - Theoretical exams in the main and/or resit sessions (multiple-choice questions): 50% - Theoretical exams (regular and/or resit sessions) (clinical cases): 10% - Practical examinations and hospital rotation marks: 35% PASS = MARK OF 5 OR HIGHER OUT OF 10. The course will only be averaged and considered passed if a mark higher than 5 is obtained in each of the three components comprising the course (theoretical multiple-choice exam, clinical case exam and practicals). THEORETICAL ASSESSMENT: The exam format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical cases, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The course coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the exam, if deemed necessary. To pass, students must achieve a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher. There are two officially scheduled mid-term theory exams: - January: first term (if passed, this exempts the student from the June sitting, BUT not the July sitting) - June: second term, and first term for those who failed the January sitting. The final mark for the theory exams will be the average of the two mid-term exams. The average will only be calculated if the mark for each mid-term exam, taken individually, is above 5. There is a final exam in the supplementary sitting (July). If a student fails or does not sit any of the mid-term exams in the June sitting, they must sit the exam covering the ENTIRE syllabus in the July sitting, and the result obtained will be the mark for the theory exams in that final sitting. Throughout the academic year, there will be a minimum of two continuous assessment tests, one per term. These assessments will NOT exempt students from material covered in the January, June or July mid-term exams, but will contribute positively (5%) to the THEORETICAL mark if BOTH are passed independently. PASS = MARK OF 5 OR HIGHER OUT OF 10. PRACTICAL ASSESSMENT: Attendance at and successful completion of ALL practical sessions (hospital placements and on-call duties) throughout the year are compulsory and essential for passing the module. Failure to successfully complete any of the practical sessions, placements or on-call duties may, at the lecturer’s discretion, be classified as a failure to attend. Furthermore, the lecturer will assess each week of practical training at the HCV undertaken by the student throughout the academic year. Attendance at practical sessions is COMPULSORY for 100 per cent of sessions; the course will be deemed failed if this percentage is not fully met throughout the academic year. In addition, a practical examination will be held in May–June, which ALL students enrolled on the module must pass, regardless of whether they have passed hospital placements in previous academic years, in the case of students repeating the year. If this practical examination is not passed, the student will have to sit a final practical examination in July and pass it with a mark of more than 5 in order to pass the module. The practical assessment accounts for 35 per cent of the final mark and will be calculated as an average, taking into account the weekly marks and on-call duties (30 per cent) and the practical examination (the remaining 5 per cent). Both parts must be passed independently in order to pass the practical assessment in its entirety. PASS = MARK OF 5 OR HIGHER OUT OF 10. Students are required to complete, keep and submit their clinical activity logbooks at the end of the course for assessment. Failure to submit this logbook will result in a fail for the practical component of the module. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Brockman Manual of Head, Neck and Thoracic Surgery in Small Animals Barcelona: Ediciones, 2009. 2009. ISBN: 9788497736711 2. Donald L. Piermatei ATLAS OF SURGICAL APPROACHES TO THE BONES AND JOINTS OF DOGS AND CATS, 4th ed. Multimedica. 2002. ISBN: 0721687075 3. Fossum, Theresa Welch Small Animal Surgery Elsevier. 2013. ISBN: 978-0-323-100 4. J. A. Auer, J. A. Stick Equine Surgery Saunders. 2011. ISBN: 9781437708677 5. Karen M, Tobias Veterinary Surgery: Small Animal Elsevier. 2012. ISBN: 9781437707465 6. Piermattei, Donald L. Atlas of Surgical Approaches to Bones and Joints Barcelona: Multimédica Veterinary Publications, 20. 2006. ISBN: 8496344126 7. Piermattei, Donald L. Brinker, Piermattei, and Flo St Louis: Saunders, 2006. 2006. ISBN: 9780721692142 8. Rodríguez Gómez, José Surgery in small animal practice: surgery in i Zaragoza: Servet, 2005. 2005. ISBN: 9788493292171 9. Rodríguez Gómez, José Surgery in the Small Animal Clinic: Surgery in i Zaragoza: Servet, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 9788493473693 10. Scott, Harry W. Feline Orthopaedics London: Manson/The Veterinary Press, 2007. 2007. ISBN: 9781840760569 11. Slatter, Douglas Treatise on Small Animal Surgery Saunder. 2006. ISBN: 9505553099 12. Tams, Todd R. Small Animal Endoscopy St Louis [etc.]: Mosby, 2011. 2011. ISBN: 9780323055789 13. Thrall, Donald E. Manual of Veterinary Radiological Diagnosis Madrid: Elsevier, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8481746606 14. Thrall, Donald E. Textbook of Veterinary Diagnostic Radiology Philadelphia [etc.]: W. B. Saunders, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 0721688209 15. Tobias, Karen M. Manual of Small Animal Soft Tissue Surgery [n.p.] : Wiley-Blackwell, 2010. 2010. ISBN: 9780813800899 Supplementary: 16. Adams and Stashak Adams and Stashak’s Lameness in Horses, 6th Edition Gary M. Baxter. 2011. ISBN: 9780813815497 17. Bonnie Rush, Tim Mair Equine Respiratory Diseases Wiley-Blackwell. 2008. ISBN: B000VI06J6 18. James Orsini and Thomas J. Divers Equine Emergencies, 4th Edition Saunders. 2014. ISBN: 9781455708925 19. Jessica A. Kidd (Editor), Kristina G. Lu (Editor), Michele L. Frazer (Editor) Atlas of Equine Ultrasonography Wiley-Blackwell. 2014. ISBN: 978-0-470-658 20. Karl H. Kraus EXTERNAL FIXATION IN SMALL ANIMAL PRACTICE Published by Blackwell. 2003. ISBN: 0632059893 21. Michael W. Ross, DVM, DACVS and Sue J. Dyson, MA, VetMB, PhD, DEO, FRCVS Diagnosis and Management of Lameness in the Horse, 2nd Edition Saunders. 2011. ISBN: 9781416060697 22. Raymond R. Ashdown, Stanley H. Done A Colour Atlas of Veterinary Anatomy: The Horse Elsevier. 2012. ISBN: B008WUD7XC |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0470104 | Food Technology | OB | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Food TechnologyCódigo: 0470104 Imprimir Year 4. Annual module. Compulsory. 9 credits. Profesores
Objectives To provide students with knowledge of the chemical composition of food, the functional properties of its nutrients and the processes of food deterioration. To study the various systems for the preservation and processing of food. To equip students with a basic understanding of the science and technology of food products of animal origin, enabling them to make the most of specific modules in the future. To raise students’ awareness of the importance of the veterinary professional’s role within the food industry. COMPETENCIES Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021 LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Be able to carry out basic food analysis techniques and interpret the results 2. Be able to programme and retrieve data from automatic temperature and relative humidity loggers 3. Be able to calculate heat treatments for the production of preserved foods 4. Be able to design and carry out sensory analysis of food and select tasters. 5. Be able to interpret psychrometric diagrams. 6. Be able to operate heat exchangers and apply them in the food industry. 7. Be able to carry out, monitor and manage the technological processes involved in the production of milk and dairy products, meat products, fish products, eggs and egg products, honey and bakery products. 8. Be able to design and carry out fermentation and distillation processes for the production of alcoholic beverages. 9. Be able to analyse and evaluate the various catering systems. 10. Be able to make decisions that optimise food production processes or resolve problems arising during the production process. 11. Be able to pass on the knowledge and skills acquired. 12. To develop an awareness of the role of the veterinary surgeon in the food industry and its importance within the One Health framework. Course content description First term THEORY INTRODUCTION Topic 1: Food Technology. Concept and objectives. Historical development. Relationship with other sciences. Food, nutrients and nutritional components: concepts and classification. FOOD COMPONENTS. BIOCHEMICAL AND MICROBIOLOGICAL BASICS Topic 2: Water. Water content of food. Physico-chemical constants. The water molecule; structure of water and ice. Interaction of water with food components. Concept of water activity. Sorption isotherms. Topic 3: Functional properties of food components: concept and main functional properties of chemical species. Topic 4: Carbohydrates. Classification. Heat-induced transformations of carbohydrates: caramelisation, non-enzymatic browning and gelatinisation. Main carbohydrates of interest. Topic 5: Lipids. Presence and role of lipids in food. Nutritional and dietary importance. Treatment and processing methods. Processes leading to fat deterioration: auto-oxidative and lipolytic rancidity. Topic 6: Proteins. Presence and role of proteins in food. Texturisation. Emulsions and foams: concept and mechanisms of stabilisation and destabilisation. Topic 7: Organoleptic properties of food. Sensory analysis. Methods for the evaluation of attributes and the selection of tasters. Topic 8: Vitamins and minerals. The presence of vitamins and minerals in food. Loss of vitamins and minerals during food processing and storage. Addition of vitamins and minerals to food. Topic 9: Enzymes. Endogenous enzymes in food. The use of enzymes in food technology. Exogenous enzymes; their application in food production. Enzymes as indicators and analytical tools. Topic 10: Additives in the food industry. Definition and classification. Sensory additives: flavourings, sweeteners, colourings, etc. Technological additives: preservatives and antioxidants. Topic 11: Microorganisms of interest in food technology. Bacteria: Micrococcaceae, Bacillaceae, Pseudomonadaceae, Enterobacteriaceae, Streptococcaceae, Lactobacillaceae, Halobacteriaceae. Moulds and yeasts. Interactions between microorganisms and food. FOOD PRESERVATION METHODS Topic 12: Food preservation by heat. Fundamental concepts. Mechanisms of heat transfer. The effect of heat on food components. Behaviour of microorganisms and enzymes in response to temperature. Heat resistance. Survival curves: D-value; thermal destruction curves: Z-value. Evaluation of a heat treatment: F-value. Topic 13: Heat treatments. Blanching. Cooking. Pasteurisation. Thermisation. Sterilisation. Equipment and systems for the industrial application of heat treatments. Topic 14: Cold preservation of food. Refrigeration. Effect of refrigeration temperatures on food spoilage agents. The sub-zero range. Freezing. Freezing curves. Effects of freezing on food, microorganisms and chemical reactions. Changes in quality during frozen storage. Topic 15: Industrial refrigeration. Mechanical and cryogenic systems. Equipment for the refrigeration and freezing of food. Refrigerated storage and transport. Thawing. Topic 16: Food preservation using non-ionising electromagnetic radiation. Fundamental concepts. Infrared, microwave, dielectric and ohmic heating. Topic 17: Food preservation using ionising electromagnetic radiation. Fundamental concepts. Chemical and biological effects of irradiation. Effects on the nutritional quality and nutritional characteristics of food. Irradiation chambers. Issues surrounding the use of ionising radiation. Second term Topic 18: Food preservation by reduction of water activity (Aw). Evaporation, dehydration and drying. Fundamentals of water removal. Effects of Aw-reduction processes on food characteristics. Equipment and applications. Freeze-drying. Smoking: principles, equipment and applications. Topic 19: Food preservation by modification of the packaging atmosphere. Vacuum. Modified atmospheres. Controlled atmospheres. Effects on microorganisms, chemical reactions and food quality. Equipment and applications Topic 20: New food preservation systems. High hydrostatic pressures. High-intensity pulsed electric fields. Light pulses. Ultrasound. BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES, FOOD PROCESSING AND PACKAGING Topic 21: Size-reduction processes for solid and liquid foods. Size-increase processes. Mixing, moulding and texture modification. Topic 22: Separation processes. Sedimentation, centrifugation, filtration, membrane separation, reverse osmosis. Principles and equipment. Supercritical fluid extraction. Crystallisation. Topic 23: Extrusion. Fundamentals. Cold extrusion. Hot extrusion. Equipment. Topic 24: Fermentation. Fundamentals of the fermentation process. Fermentation: lactic, alcoholic, acetic, malolactic and propionic. Other types of fermentation. Applications of fermentation processes in the food industry. Topic 25: Food packaging. Basic concepts. Packaging materials: wood, paper, cardboard, plastics, glass, ceramics and others. Packaging–food interaction. Equipment and applications. TECHNOLOGY OF ANIMAL-DERIVED PRODUCTS: MILK AND DAIRY PRODUCTS Topic 26: Chemical composition and structure of milk. Physico-chemical properties of milk. Milk collection. Microbial groups of importance in dairy science. Topic 27: Drinking milk. Pasteurised, sterilised and UHT milk; concentrated milk. Yoghurt and other fermented milk products: technology, modifications and microbiological aspects. Topic 28: Cheese. Stages of production, cheese-making technology. Microbiological and biochemical aspects of cheese ripening. Classification of cheeses. Topic 29: Production and processing of cream. Butter: production process and equipment. Caseinates and whey: production and industrial utilisation. TECHNOLOGY OF ANIMAL-BASED PRODUCTS: MEAT AND DERIVATIVES Topic 30: Structure of skeletal muscle tissue. Chemical and biochemical composition of meat. Water-holding capacity. Meat proteins. Topic 31: Technology of the slaughter and dressing of animals for meat. Transformation of muscle into meat. Rigor mortis. Meat maturation. Electrical stimulation of carcasses. Abnormal PSE and DFD meats. Topic 32: Meat products. Meat emulsions and gels. Fresh and raw marinated meat products. Cooked sausages. Raw cured sausages; biochemical and microbiological changes during maturation. Mechanically recovered meat. Restructured meat. Meat by-products. TECHNOLOGY OF PRODUCTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN: FISH AND DERIVATIVES Topic 33: Fish; chemical composition. Post-mortem changes. Processes of fish deterioration. Fishing gear and handling of fish on board, influence on quality. Topic 34: Smoking and pickling. Canned and semi-preserved fish. Surimi and derivatives. Protein concentrates and other fishery by-products; technology and industrial utilisation. TECHNOLOGY OF PRODUCTS OF ANIMAL ORIGIN: EGGS AND EGG PRODUCTS Topic 35: Eggs: structure and composition. Changes during egg storage. Topic 36: Egg products: types, properties and manufacturing processes. TECHNOLOGY OF ANIMAL-BASED PRODUCTS: BEEKEEPING PRODUCTS Topic 37: Honey: chemical composition, production and preservation. Other bee products: royal jelly, pollen and propolis. CATERING Topic 38: Catering systems for institutions. Types. Technology and equipment. Topic 39: Cleaning, disinfection, pest control and rodent control systems in the food industry. Solid waste management. Wastewater treatment. Topic 40: Advertising and communication in the food industry. PRACTICAL SESSIONS Practical classes will cover aspects relating to: - Production of invert sugar - Extraction of anthocyanins - Analytical determinations in dairy products - Operation and application of automatic temperature/RH loggers - The use of enzymes in food technology as process indicators - Application of gelling additives in the production of fish substitutes. - Sensory analysis. Application of discriminative and descriptive tests - Calculation of heat treatments. Production of tinned foods. - Production of dairy products (butter, yoghurt, cheese). - Production of cooked meat products - Production of raw, cured meat products - Production of restructured meat products through enzymatic action - Analytical testing of flours. Bread-making. - Fermentations of interest to the food industry - Distillation of alcohols. Production of spirits - Vacuum packaging of food - Rapid cooling of food - Use of cryogenic mixtures and ice cream production - Visits to food processing plants Visits to food processing plants or seminars on specific topics to be determined will be regarded as work placements for all intents and purposes. Depending on the availability of equipment, practical sessions may be modified or replaced by others covering similar concepts. Assessment system and criteria To pass the module, students must achieve a final mark of 5 or above in the ordinary examination session in May–June or the supplementary examination session in July. In general, the following percentages will be applied: PRACTICAL SESSIONS 35 % THEORY 50 % CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT AND OTHER ASPECTS 15% In each examination period, marks will be awarded as set out below: January–February assessment period: The aspects listed in the table below will be assessed, with each representing the corresponding percentage of the final mark. Aspect to be assessed Percentage of the session’s mark 1. Exam on practical work carried out during the term. 20 % 2. Workbook containing results and conclusions from LB practical sessions and visits. 10 % 3. Assignments (voluntary or compulsory) carried out during practical sessions or site visits. 5 % 4. Theory examination covering the material taught during the term. 50 % 5. Continuous assessment throughout the term (exam and assigned tasks). 10 % 6. Overall attitude and participation in theory and practical classes. 5 % Clarifications regarding the assessment criteria: 1.- The practicals examination will consist of a ‘multiple-choice questionnaire’ covering the content taught during laboratory practicals or visits to food industry sites undertaken by all students. It will be marked on a scale of 0 to 10. All students, including those repeating the module, must sit this exam. This exam will take place on the same day as the theory exam, in accordance with the dates set by the Rector’s Office for the relevant examination session. Students must attend ALL laboratory practicals, as well as all visits they are given the opportunity to attend. Any absence must be duly and appropriately justified (overlapping with practical sessions for other years or modules will not be accepted if the student is able to attend the session with another group, even if it is not their own). Students repeating the course who have already undertaken the practical sessions in previous years are exempt from attending laboratory practicals or field trips; however, they may voluntarily attend any sessions they deem appropriate. 2. The notebook containing the results and conclusions of the practical sessions and field trips carried out during the term must be uploaded to the campus as an assignment and will be assessed in accordance with the marking scheme, which will be made available to students. Where applicable, the relevant instructions will be provided. Any absence that is not duly and appropriately justified will result in an overall mark in this section of ‘very poor’ and 0 marks, regardless of performance in the remaining practical sessions and other aspects. Students repeating the module are exempt from submitting the notebook containing the results and conclusions of practical sessions and visits, and will automatically be awarded a mark of 7.5 points. However, on a voluntary basis, they may submit a new notebook, which will be assessed according to the relevant marking scheme. 3.- During laboratory practicals and field trips, students may be set voluntary or compulsory tasks to be carried out or presented during these sessions. The requirements will be set out specifically for each task, and they will be marked on a scale of 0 to 10 points. Any absence from practical sessions that is not duly and appropriately justified will result in this section not being taken into account in the case of voluntary assignments and will result in a maximum mark of 4 marks in the case of compulsory assignments. 4.- The theory examination covering the subject matter taught during the term will consist of a ‘multiple-choice questionnaire’. It will be marked on a scale of 0 to 10. 5.- As part of continuous assessment, a continuous assessment exam will be held halfway through the term. Failure to sit this exam (except for a valid and duly justified reason) will result in a mark of 0 points. Furthermore, as part of the continuous assessment, other assignments (essays, oral presentations, etc.) may be set, which may be voluntary or compulsory, and carried out individually or in groups. The continuous assessment mark for the term will be calculated as the average of the mark for the continuous assessment exam and any other assignments or activities set. 6. Students’ general attitude and participation in theoretical and practical classes throughout the term will be assessed through direct observation by the lecturers and will be marked in accordance with the rubric specified at the end of this section. Students who, in the January–February examination session, achieve a score of 5 points or higher will be exempt from the first semester module for the May–June examination session. May–June ordinary examination session: To assess both the practical and theoretical content taught during the second term, the same criteria as for the January–February examination period will be applied, with the same weightings for each aspect to be assessed. This will determine the mark for the second term. Students who did not pass the subject corresponding to the first term in the January–February examination period must sit a practical and a theoretical resit examination, each consisting of a ‘UAX questionnaire-style exam’. These examinations will take place on the same day as the examinations for the ordinary May–June examination period, on the dates set by the Rector’s Office. For all other aspects to be assessed (practical results booklet, continuous assessment, attitude, assignments, etc.), the mark obtained in the January–February assessment period will be retained. In the case of practical work logbooks assessed as ‘unsatisfactory’ or ‘very unsatisfactory’ (except where this is due to lack of attendance), students may voluntarily submit a new version for assessment. Using the marks from the resit examinations and the retained marks for the aspects mentioned above, the mark for the first term will be calculated for students who did not pass in January–February. The mark for the May–June assessment period will be calculated by averaging the marks from the first term (the mark obtained in January–February if the student passed, or in May–June following resits) and the second term. To pass the module, students must achieve a minimum final mark of 5 marks. July supplementary examination The aspects listed in the table below will be assessed, with each representing the corresponding percentage of the final mark. Aspect to be assessed Percentage of the session mark 1. Assessment of practical work carried out throughout the academic year 30% 2. Workbook containing results and conclusions from LB practicals and site visits. 5 % 3. Theory examination covering the entire academic year 50 % 4. Continuous assessment 10 % 5. Overall attitude and participation in theory and practical classes 5 % Clarifications regarding the aspects to be assessed: 1.- The practicals examination will consist of a ‘multiple-choice questionnaire’ on the content covered in the laboratory practicals or visits to food industries undertaken throughout the course. It will be marked on a scale of 0 to 10. All students must sit this exam, regardless of whether they have previously undertaken and completed the laboratory practicals or site visits for this module in earlier years as repeat students. This exam will take place on the same day as the theory exam, in accordance with the dates set by the Rector’s Office for the relevant examination session. 2.- Workbook of results and conclusions from LB practicals and visits: by default, the average mark from the January–February and May–June examination sessions will be recorded. Students may voluntarily submit a new version of the workbook, which will be assessed again. 3. The theory examination covering the subject matter taught throughout the academic year will consist of a ‘UAX-style multiple-choice test’. The test will be marked on a scale of 0 to 10. 4.- Continuous assessment: the average of the continuous assessment marks obtained in the January–February and May–June examination sessions will be recorded. The re-assessment of work or assignments submitted in previous examination sessions is permitted. 5.- General attitude and participation in theoretical and practical classes: a mark will be awarded which, depending on the student’s progress up to this assessment period, may or may not correspond to the average of the marks obtained in the January–February and May–June assessment periods. In any case, assessment will be carried out in accordance with the marking scheme that will be made available to students. SPECIFIC CRITERIA 1. ‘UAX-style questionnaire’ examinations may be taken on a computer or on paper. As a general rule, they will include multiple-choice questions with four options and a single correct answer, whereby incorrectly answered questions will result in a deduction of 33.33 per cent of the question’s mark. However, subject to prior notice, they may include other types of open-ended or problem-solving questions. The questions will cover any topic explained in class or in the documentation or notes provided. 2.- For the assessment of the notebook containing the results and conclusions from practical sessions and visits, a marking scheme will be used to evaluate the following aspects: - Results and conclusions provided - Neatness and clarity - Understanding of the process - Interpretation of the results - Reasoning behind the conclusions - Evidence of understanding of the concepts covered. Each of these aspects will be marked as ‘very poor’ (0 marks), ‘poor’ (3 marks), ‘average’ (7 marks), ‘good’ (8 marks), ‘very good’ (9 marks) and ‘excellent’ (10 marks). The final mark will be calculated as the average of the scores for all assessed aspects. NOTE: Any absence from practical sessions that is not duly and appropriately justified will result in the overall mark for the results and conclusions notebook being awarded as “very poor” and 0 marks, regardless of performance in the remaining practical sessions. 3. To assess students’ attitude and participation in theoretical and practical classes, a rubric will be used to evaluate the following aspects: - Attendance at MG, CM and TRAB classes - Punctuality - General behaviour - Appropriateness of expression - Ability to express themselves orally - Active participation in class. - Team spirit and teamwork. - Helping to keep the laboratory clean. - Compliance with laboratory safety protocols. Each of these aspects will be assessed as ‘very poor’ (0 marks), ‘poor’ (3 marks), ‘average’ (7 marks), ‘good’ (8 marks), ‘very good’ (9 marks) and ‘excellent’ (10 marks). The final mark will be calculated as the average of the scores for all assessed aspects. In any assessment period, attitudes rated as “poor” or “very poor” that occur repeatedly, in any of the aspects, will automatically result in an attitude score of 0 points, meaning that this aspect under assessment will not contribute any points. The full content of the assessment rubrics will be made available to students. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. BELITZ, H.D. and GROSCH, W. Food Chemistry 2nd ed. Zaragoza: Acribia, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 8420008354 2.- BELLO GUTIERREZ, JOSÉ Food Science: General Principles of Food Díaz de Santos, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 8479784474 3. CASP, A. and ABRIL, J. Food Preservation Processes. Mundi-Prensa. 1999. ISBN: 848476169X 4. COLES, R., McDOWELL, D. and KIRWAN, M.J. Handbook of Food and Beverage Packaging Mundi-Prensa. 2004. ISBN: 8484761762 5. DOYLE, M., BEUCHAT, L.R. and MONTVILLE, T.J. Food Microbiology: Fundamentals and Frontiers Acribia. 2000. ISBN: 8420009334 6. FELLOWS, P. Food Processing Technology: Principles and Practice. Acribia. 2007. ISBN: 9788420010939 7. HALL, G.M. Fish Processing Technology Acribia. 2001. ISBN: 8420009385 8. MAHAUT, M., JEANTET, R. and BRULÉ, G. Introduction to Cheese-Making Technology Acribia. 2003. ISBN: 8420010138 9. ORDÓÑEZ, J.A. et al. Food Technology, Vol. II: Foods of Animal Origin Sintesis. 1998. ISBN: 8477385777 10. PARRY, R.T. Principles and Applications of Modified Atmosphere Packaging of Food Blackie Academic & Professional. 1993. ISBN: 075140084X Links FREE ACCESS TO A BOOK ON FOOD ADDITIVES – BOOK: ‘Food Additives in the Spanish Diet and the Legislation Regulating Their Use’ by Dr Carlos Barros Santos BOOK ONLINE: FOOD SCIENCE (J. Bello) – This book, which is one of those recommended in the course bibliography, is available at this link. Some chapters or sections have been deliberately omitted, but the bulk of the work is available and can serve as a reference to clarify or supplement many of the topics covered. ALIMENTATEC – A very interesting website on food technology. News, R&D, market research, scientific articles, etc. It also features some animated infographics that help to better understand certain technological processes. You can sign up to receive a monthly newsletter. CONSUMER INFORMATION – A very interesting website jointly promoted by the Federation of Food and Beverage Industries (FIAB) and the Ministry of Agriculture. It features scientific articles, news, regulations, documentation and even a section where you can ask questions that are answered in detail. If you sign up, you’ll be sent a summary newsletter on a regular basis FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANISATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS (FAO) – Databases, statistics, publications, documents and access to new links of interest NUTRINFO – A Spanish-language website covering Spain, Argentina and Mexico, with a very comprehensive and interesting links section. INSTITUTE OF FOOD TECHNOLOGISTS – US Institute of Food Technologists. Publications, events, research in the food industry, etc. ARGENTINE ASSOCIATION OF FOOD TECHNOLOGISTS – News, updates, events and links to websites of interest. USDA – United States Department of Agriculture. Links to other sites of interest, e.g. MedlinePlus Nutrition. INTERNATIONAL DAIRY FEDERATION – Everything about the world of milk and dairy products. INTERNATIONAL UNION OF FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY – Access to technical reports presented at conferences. Access to over 40 new links on the subject INTERNATIONAL DAIRY FEDERATION – As they describe themselves: “the world’s leading authority on milk and dairy products” EUFIC – European Food Information Council. Articles of interest on current food-related topics. NUTRINFO – Provides access to 43 new websites of organisations related to nutrition. FAO – Human nutrition, food safety and quality… ARGENTINE ASSOCIATION OF FOOD TECHNOLOGISTS – Features a very comprehensive section with links to new pages of interest relating to food SPANISH AGENCY FOR FOOD SAFETY AND NUTRITION – Website of the Spanish Agency for Food Safety, covering topics of interest relating to food technology, food hygiene and nutrition. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 45 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0470105 | Anaesthesiology | OB | 4,5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
AnaesthesiologyCódigo: 0470105 Imprimir Course 4. First-semester module. Compulsory. 4.5 credits. Profesores
Objectives To acquire advanced knowledge of basic sciences (physics, pathophysiology and pharmacology), as well as to develop technical skills specific to the specialism and the clinical maturity required to manage critically ill patients in emergency situations whilst working as part of a team. To this end, it will be necessary to acquire knowledge of the physical, physiological and pharmacological foundations of anaesthesiology; of the techniques for administering different types of anaesthesia in species of veterinary interest; of the principles of monitoring techniques; and of pain management in veterinary patients. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Training Module. Successful completion of the modules in Anatomy, Physiology, Pathophysiology and Propaedeutics. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To prevent the occurrence of adverse reactions resulting from professional malpractice and to reduce the risk of harmful effects inherent in the use of medicines. 2. Be able to conduct a pre-anaesthetic consultation and interpret the tests requested during it. 3. Be able to design an anaesthetic protocol based on balanced anaesthesia and multimodal analgesia techniques, tailored to each patient and procedure. 4. To be able to perform routine anaesthesiology procedures. 5. Become familiar with the anaesthetic equipment and the monitoring required for each patient. 6. Be able to recognise and manage the most common peri-anaesthetic complications. 7. Be able to manage a patient’s post-operative care in terms of nursing care, monitoring and pain assessment. Course content Physical, physiological and pharmacological principles of anaesthesiology. Techniques for administering local, regional and general anaesthesia (injectable and inhalational) in the various species of clinical interest. Principles of anaesthetic and clinical monitoring. Principles of operation of the main equipment required for anaesthetic and resuscitation techniques. Pain management techniques: multimodal and preventive analgesia. 1. General concepts 2. Calculations in anaesthesia 3. Premedication and sedation 4. Pathophysiology of pain 5. Pain management 6. Pain assessment – Pain scales 7. Induction 8. Intubation 9. Maintenance 10. Equipment 1 11. Equipment 2 12. Regional anaesthesia 13. Monitoring 1 14. Monitoring 2 15. Monitoring 3 16. Fluid therapy 17. Complications 1 18. Complications 2 19. Anaesthetic management of equines 20. Anaesthetic management of ruminants 21. Anaesthetic management of pigs 22. Anaesthetic management of exotic animals 23. CPR 1 (SVB) 24. CPR 2 (SVA) 25. Client communication simulation (pre-anaesthetic assessment) Training activities Sessions: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Assignments: Presentation and analysis of clinical cases. Workshop and/or laboratory activities (rotational) E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Independent study: study and practice of exercises Assessments: written and oral examinations Assessment system and criteria The module consists of a theoretical component, a practical component and a clinical case study: the theoretical component accounts for 50% of the final mark, the practical component for 35%, and the clinical case study for 15% (provided that both are passed independently). The practical component is in turn divided into two parts: a practical examination and a hospital placement. These must be passed INDEPENDENTLY. To pass this module, you must: 1. Have PASSED the theory exam (SEPARATELY) 2. Have PASSED the practical examination (SEPARATELY) 3. Have PASSED the practical hospital placement (SEPARATELY) 4. Have PASSED the clinical case study (SEPARATELY) The final mark for the module will be the sum of the following percentages: - 50% of the final mark corresponds to the mark for the theoretical exam (taken in the main or resit sitting), which must be PASSED (i.e. a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher) - 35% of the final mark corresponds to the average of the practical examination mark and the hospital placement assessment mark, both of which must be PASSED independently (i.e. a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher) - 15% of the final mark corresponds to the mark for the clinical case, which must be a PASS (i.e. a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher) PASS = MARK GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 OUT OF 10. THEORETICAL ASSESSMENT: The exam format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the exam, if deemed necessary. To pass the exam, a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher is required. There are two officially scheduled theoretical examinations: - Ordinary Examination Session (January) - Supplementary Session (July): for students who have not passed the module in the Ordinary Session in January. A continuous assessment test will be held during the term. This test is voluntary and WILL NOT EXEMPT students from the material covered in the January or July exams. PASS = MARK OF 5 OR HIGHER OUT OF 10. PRACTICAL ASSESSMENT: Attendance at and successful completion of ALL hospital rotation placements throughout the year are compulsory and essential for passing the module. Failure to complete any of the rotations may be classified, at the lecturer’s discretion, as a failure to attend. Furthermore, the lecturer will assess and award a mark based on the student’s attitude and aptitude during each week of practical training at the HCV, as well as their practical training logbook. A practical examination will be held during the official ordinary examination period (January), and if this is not passed, the student will have to sit a practical examination during the official supplementary examination period (July). The practical placement assessment accounts for 35 per cent of the final mark and will be calculated as the average of the marks for the practical placement performance and the practical placement examination mark. The average will only be calculated if the mark for each component is 5 or above, independently. PASS = MARK GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 OUT OF 10. CLINICAL CASE: A clinical case will be presented which the student must resolve in full. The format may be multiple-choice or essay-based. The coordinator will provide further details regarding the format prior to the exam, if deemed necessary. The clinical case will be assessed during the regular examination session (January), and if the student fails, they will have the opportunity to retake it during the supplementary examination session (July). The mark for the clinical case will account for 15% of the final mark. The student will only pass if the mark for the clinical case is 5 or above, assessed independently. PASS = MARK GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 OUT OF 10. Addendum 1. The use of scientific calculators will not be permitted in any of the examinations. Only simple calculators capable of performing basic arithmetic operations (i.e. calculators that only allow addition, subtraction, division and multiplication) will be permitted. Any calculators capable of performing operations beyond addition, subtraction, multiplication and division will be confiscated immediately, and calculations must be carried out using pen and paper. Confiscated scientific calculators will be returned to students at the end of the exam. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Reading List Core: 1. Eva Rioja García, Verónica Salazar Nussio, Miguel Martínez Fernández, Fernando Martínez Taboada Manual of Anaesthesia and Analgesia for Small Animals Servet Publishers. 2013. ISBN: 9788494040252 Supplementary: 2.- Seymour C BSAVA Manual of Canine and Feline Anaesthesia and Analgesia BSAVA. 2007. ISBN: 9780905214986 3.- Thurmon J Lumb and Jones Veterinary Anaesthesia Wiley-Blackwell. 2007. ISBN: 9780781754712 Others: 4.- DiBartola SP Fluid Therapy in Small Animal Practice WB Saunders. 2005. 5. Dorsch JA Understanding Anaesthetic Equipment Lippincott Williams. 2007. ISBN: 0781776031 6. Muir W Equine Anaesthesia: Monitoring and Emergency Therapy WB Saunders. 2008. ISBN: 9781416023265 7. Silverstein D Small Animal Critical Care Medicine WB Saunders. 2008. 8. Stoelting RK Pharmacology and Physiology in Anaesthetic Practice Williams and Wilkins. 2005. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0470106 | Zoonoses | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ZoonosesCódigo: 0470106 Imprimir Course 4. First-semester module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand intervention strategies for the prevention, control and eradication of animal diseases. The networks of the veterinary public health alert system. Notifiable diseases. Zoonoses and public health. Emerging and re-emerging diseases Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Training Module and the subject ‘Fundamentals of Diagnosis and Therapy’ Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Develop guidelines for action in response to different types of zoonoses: foodborne, vector-borne, etc., within the One Health framework. 2. Identify the main emerging and re-emerging diseases, and their significance within the One Health framework. 3. Understand the local, regional, national and international organisational structure of bodies involved in the control of epizootic diseases and zoonoses. 4. Be able to find and manage information on animal health, notifiable diseases and health surveillance networks. Course content I. GENERAL ASPECTS Topic 1: The Concept of Health. The evolution of the concept of disease. Topic 2. Public Health. Veterinary Public Health. Topic 3.- The concept of zoonoses and communicable diseases. Historical aspects of zoonoses. Main agents causing zoonoses. Classification of zoonoses. Their importance in public health. Topic 4. Research and surveillance of zoonoses. The role of the laboratory in the diagnosis and detection of zoonoses. The role of the veterinary surgeon in public health. Topic 5. Animals as reservoirs of zoonotic agents. Topic 6.- International health organisations. Spanish and EU legislation on zoonoses. Topic 7.- One Health. Concept. The veterinary perspective on ‘One Health’. Topic 8.- Emerging and re-emerging zoonoses. Current risks. Future prospects. Topic 9. – Urban zoonoses. II BACTERIAL ZOONOSES. Topic 10. – Q fever. Topic 11. Brucellosis and tularemia. Topic 12. – Salmonellosis. Topic 13. – E. coli infections and yersiniosis. Topic 14. – Campylobacteriosis. Topic 15. – Listeriosis. Topic 16: Tuberculosis and Paratuberculosis. Topic 17. – Chlamydiosis and leptospirosis. Topic 18. – Lyme disease and other rickettsioses. III VIRAL ZOONOSES Topic 19. – Influenza virus. Topic 20. Rabies. Related viruses. Topic 21. Zoonoses caused by Flaviviruses, Togaviruses and Paramyxoviruses. Topic 22. Zoonoses caused by arenaviruses and bunyaviruses. IV. PARASITIC ZOONOSES Topic 23. – Leishmaniasis Topic 24. – Trichinosis. Topic 25. – Toxoplasmosis. Topic 26. – Hydatid disease. Topic 27. Larva migrans. Topic 28. – Sarcosporidiosis. Cryptosporidiosis. Topic 29. – Fasciolosis and other trematode infections. Topic 30. – Cestodosis and cysticercosis. Topic 31. Zoonoses transmitted through the consumption of fish. Topic 32. – Arthropod-borne diseases. V. FUNGAL ZOONOSES Topic 33. – Dermatophytosis. Other fungal zoonoses. VI. OTHER ZOONOSES Topic 34. – Spongiform encephalopathies. Seminar preparation: Each student is required to take part in the preparation of a seminar, which may be carried out in groups of up to three students. The topics will be proposed by the lecturers, who will act as tutors throughout the preparation process and authorise the oral presentation. The oral presentation and defence will last 20 minutes and will be followed by a five-minute discussion period. The written presentation must not exceed 10 pages, written in 12-point Times New Roman font, 1.5-spaced and paginated. The deadline for submission is 10 teaching days from the date of the oral presentation. Training activities Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Presentation and discussion of case studies. Lectures. Work placements at agricultural and livestock businesses to apply the knowledge acquired Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Guidance and clarification of queries. Study. Literature review. Oral and written assessments Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 85 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Without prejudice to the provisions of the University’s Academic Assessment Regulations, assessment of the module is carried out as follows: 1- Official examinations: January examination sessions and the supplementary examination session in July. A minimum mark of 5 out of 10 is required to pass. The examination will be multiple-choice, and marks will be deducted for incorrect answers. 2- Continuous assessment exam: one exam, which does not exempt students from the course, will be held in October/November. A minimum mark of 5 out of 10 is required to pass. The exam will be multiple-choice, and marks will be deducted for incorrect answers. 3. Other assessable components: * Writing and/or presentation of specific assignments for the module. The final mark N in the standard assessment period will be calculated as follows: N = 70% of the average mark from the examinations (continuous assessment exam + final exam, provided that a mark higher than 5 is obtained in each) + 20% mark for coursework + 10% attendance (provided that more than 85% of classes are attended). In the supplementary examination period, the mark will be based solely on the mark obtained in the exam. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Acha, Pedro N. Zoonoses and communicable diseases common to humans and animals / Pedro N. Acha, Boris Szyfres Washington: Pan American Health Organisation, Pan American Sanitary Bureau, 2003 Physical description: v. : ill. ; 23 cm Series: Scientific and Technical Publications (Pan American Health Organisation); 580 Notes: Bibliography, Index. Contains: Vol. III. Parasitic Diseases ISBN: 92-75-31991-X (o.c.) 92-75-31993-6 (vol. 3) Subjects: Zoonoses Infectious diseases Mycoses Authors: Szyfres, Boris. 2003. ISBN: 9275319936 2. Astorga, R. and Fariñas, F. Zoonoses transmitted by companion animals. A reference guide for healthcare professionals. Amazing Books. 2019. ISBN: 9788417403324 3.- Germán Bertrand Baschwitz...[et al.]. Emerging and re-emerging diseases in animal health and zoonoses Tomás Pascual Sanz Institute. 2010. ISBN: 978-84-7867-0 4. Hugh-Jones, Martin E. Zoonoses: recognition, control, and prevention / Martin E. Hugh-Jones, William T. Hubbert, Harry V. Hagstad Ames: Iowa State University, 2000. ISBN: 0813825423 5. Ignacio López-Goñi Viruses and Pandemics Glyphos Publishers; (1st ed.). 2015. ISBN: 978-84-943056 6. Luis Carlos Villamil Jiménez; Jaime Ricardo Romero-Prada and Diana Benavides Arias Veterinary Public Health. Human Well-being: Challenges and Trends in the 21st Century for the Agricultural and Livestock Sector. Unisalle Publications. 2016. ISBN: 9789588572772 7. Mate Caballero, Tomás Enrique Guide to the most common zoonoses in Spain Madrid: Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs, Directorate-General for Food Safety and Consumer Protection, Decree-Law. 1990. ISBN: 8476702469 8.- OIE Bulletin / Office International des Epizooties Paris: International Office of Epizootics, 2004–. 2003. ISBN: 1684-3770 9. Office International des Epizooties Emerging zoonoses and pathogens of public health concern = Zoonoses and emerging pathogens of public health importance / coordinated by L.J. King Paris: International Office of Epizootics, 2004. ISBN: 9290446218 10. World Health Organisation Bacterial and viral zoonoses: Report of a Joint WHO Committee, with the participation of the FAO Geneva: World Health Organisation, 1982. ISBN: 9243206826 11. World Health Organisation Parasitic zoonoses / report of a WHO Committee of Experts; with the participation of the FAO Geneva: World Health Organisation, 1979. ISBN: 9243206370 12. PALMER, S. R., Lord SOULSBY, SIMPSON, D. I. H. Zoonoses: biology, clinical practice, and public health control / [edited by] S. R. Palmer, Lord Soulsby, and D. I. H. Simpson Oxford [etc.]: Oxford University Press, 1998. ISBN: 019262380X 13.- Pastoret, P. An Update on Zoonoses = Le point sur les zoonoses = Actualización en el campo de las zoonosis Paris: Office International des Epizooties, 2000. ISBN: 9290445122 14. Piedrola Gil Preventive Medicine and Public Health Elsevier Masson. 2008. ISBN: 9788445819135 Supplementary: 15.- General Council of Veterinary Associations of Spain [Parasitic zoonoses] Madrid: General Council of Veterinary Associations of Spain, 1991. 16.- Hugh-Jones, Martin E. Zoonoses: recognition, control, and prevention Ames: Iowa State University, 2000. 2000. ISBN: 0813818214 17. Maté Caballero, T.E. Guide to the most common zoonoses in Spain Ministry of Health and Consumer Affairs. 1992. ISBN: 8476702469 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 7.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0470107 | Diagnostic Imaging | OB | 4,5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diagnostic ImagingCódigo: 0470107 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 4.5 credits. Profesores
Objectives Diagnostic imaging techniques are routinely used in small and large animal practice, forming part of standard diagnostic procedures. The aim of this module is to introduce students to veterinary radiology and other diagnostic imaging techniques such as ultrasound, computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging. In addition, students will gain a basic understanding of rigid and flexible endoscopy. The basic principles of image formation for the various techniques will be covered, along with their clinical applications. The course will explore radiographic and ultrasound interpretation in depth. Upon completion of the module, students should be able to recognise the various diagnostic imaging techniques and their clinical applications, analyse and interpret X-rays and ultrasound scans, draw up a list of differential diagnoses based on such interpretation, and produce a report using the appropriate terminology. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Training Module and the subject ‘Fundamentals of Diagnosis and Therapy’ Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to use lead shielding in radiodiagnostics, perform standard radiological projections, and develop and position X-ray films. 2. Be able to systematically examine the abdominal and thoracic organs by X-ray, as well as to examine the abdomen by ultrasound. 3. Be able to distinguish between the results of a Computed Axial Tomography (CAT) scan and a Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) scan. 4. Be able to locate and identify the most common veterinary conditions using various diagnostic imaging methods. 5. Be able to produce a clinical diagnostic report. 6. To obtain and use basic information relating to the subject. 7. Be able to present clinical cases orally after documenting them. Description of the course content Radiological imaging. Radiation protection. Radiology of the skeletal system in small animals. Radiology of the abdominal cavity in small animals. Radiology of the thoracic cavity in small animals. Radiology in equines. Radiology and other diagnostic techniques for the head and axial skeleton in small animals. Ultrasound in small animals. Computed Tomography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Rigid and flexible endoscopy Training activities Sessions: Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Assignments: Presentation and analysis of clinical cases. Workshop and/or laboratory activities (rotational) E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Independent study: study and practice of exercises Assessments: written and oral examinations Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass this module, students must: 1. Have completed all scheduled practical sessions (compulsory attendance at laboratory sessions). 2. To have achieved a minimum mark of five in both the theoretical and practical components separately 3. Achieve a mark of five or above when the percentages set out set out below: Theoretical-practical examinations: 60% of the final mark Practical examination (radiological report): 30% of the final mark. Coursework: 10% of the final mark Basic Core: 1. Liste Burillo, F Veterinary Atlas of Diagnostic Imaging Servet. 2010. ISBN: 9788492569342 2. Nyland TG and Matton JS. Small Animal Diagnostic Ultrasound. 2nd ed. WB Saunders Co. Philadelphia. 2002. ISBN: 0721677886 3. Thrall, Donald E. Manual of Veterinary Radiological Diagnosis Madrid: Elsevier, 2003. 2003. ISBN: 8481746606 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0470108 | Preventive Medicine | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preventive MedicineCódigo: 0470108 Imprimir Course 4. Second-term module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To equip students with the skills to design and implement health programmes on livestock farms and for pet animals, ensuring health and productivity and their integration into the One Health approach. To develop the skills required to implement biosecurity measures, manage facilities and apply strategies for the prevention, control and eradication of diseases, including notifiable diseases, zoonoses and emerging diseases. Furthermore, the course promotes knowledge of and compliance with current regulations on animal welfare and protection, animal health, environmental health, transport, identification and registration. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Basic Training Module and of the subject ‘Fundamentals of Diagnosis and Therapy’. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to participate in campaigns and plans for the control and eradication of infectious and parasitic diseases 2. Identify the main emerging and re-emerging diseases, and their significance within the One Health framework. 3. Be familiar with the local, regional, national and international organisational structure of bodies involved in the control of epizootics. 4. Be able to advise on the correct design of facilities to prevent or reduce the spread of diseases and to develop health programmes. 5. Be able to apply basic biosecurity measures on a livestock farm. 6. Be able to advise on waste management on a livestock farm. 7. Be able to apply Spanish and EU legislation on the transport, identification and registration of animals. 8. Be familiar with the protocol for action in the event of a suspected and/or confirmed outbreak of a notifiable disease. 9. Be able to find and manage information on animal health, notifiable diseases and animal health surveillance networks. Course description The module is divided into two blocks: Preventive Medicine and Animal Health Control. The module will be delivered in the proposed order: ANIMAL HEALTH ENFORCEMENT Topic 1. Animal Health Control: concept, purpose and objectives. Topic 2. Intervention strategies for the prevention, control and eradication of diseases. Biosecurity. Border inspection posts Topic 3. Health policy in the European Union and in Spain. National and international organisations relating to animal health. Topic 4. Animal Health Act Topic 5. Epidemiological Surveillance Networks. Topic 6. Notifiable diseases. Topic 7. Identification and registration. Movement and transport. Topic 8. Animal Welfare. PREVENTIVE MEDICINE Topic 9. Preventive medicine in veterinary science: concept, purpose and objectives. Topic 10. Preventive medicine in pigs. Topic 11. Preventive medicine in cattle. Topic 12. Preventive medicine in sheep and goats. Topic 13. Preventive medicine in poultry farming. Topic 14. Preventive medicine in equines. Topic 15. Preventive medicine in other species. PRACTICAL SESSIONS BLOCK 1: ANIMAL HEALTH CONTROL BLOCK 2: PREVENTIVE MEDICINE Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Practical laboratory sessions Experimental application of the knowledge acquired. Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. Subject-related visits Work placements at agricultural and livestock businesses to apply the knowledge acquired E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study Study. Literature review. Exams Oral and written examinations Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- ASSESSMENT Without prejudice to the provisions of the University’s Academic Assessment Regulations, assessment of the module is carried out as follows: 1- Official examinations: the May examination session and the supplementary examination session in July. A minimum mark of 5 out of 10 is required to pass. 2- Continuous assessment exam: one exam will be held in March/April; this does NOT count towards the final mark for the course. A minimum mark of 5 out of 10 is required to pass. 3- Practical work: Completion of a practical case study, an assessment of the content covered in the two syllabus blocks (which must be passed separately), and an infographic relating to one of the blocks covered. The examination format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical cases, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the examination, if deemed necessary. The final mark for the module will be calculated as follows: - THEORETICAL exam mark (May): 60% of the final mark. - Continuous assessment mark (March/April): 10% of the final mark - Practical work mark: 30% of the final mark. - The practicals mark will be calculated as the AVERAGE of the marks for the two practicals exams (both exams must be 5 or above). 10% - Practical case study: 10% - Submission and completion of the practical assignment is essential for the practicals to be taken into account in the FINAL MARK: 10% Students may only sit the practical examination if they have attended ALL practical sessions, and the passed sections will be retained ONLY for the resit if attendance is 100 per cent. The practical marks will only be added to the theoretical marks if both the theory and the practical sessions have been PASSED with a mark of 5 or above. To pass the module, students must: 1. Have achieved a mark of 5 points or higher in both practical exams, have passed the case study and submitted the assignment. 2. Have achieved a mark of 5 points or higher in the theory examinations. * In the resit sitting, the student’s final mark will be 100 per cent of the exam mark. (In the resit sitting, marks from passed practical assessment components are not carried over.) 70% THEORETICAL SECTION 30% PRACTICAL COMPONENT (15% questions + 15% practical case study) Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Committee on the National Needs for Research in Veterinary Science, National Research Council Critical Needs for Research in Veterinary Science National Academies Press. 2005. ISBN: 030909660X 2. Contreras de Vera, A. Veterinary Epidemiology Murcia: DM: University of Murcia, 2004. 2004. ISBN: 8484253422 3. Dohoo, Ian; Martin, W.; Stryhn, H. Veterinary Epidemiological Research AVC Inc., Charlottetown. 2003. ISBN: 0919013414 Supplementary: 4.- Antonio Callejo Ramos Biosecurity in dairy cattle herds Servet. 2016. ISBN: 978-84-16315- 5.- Antonio Callejo Ramos Cow Comfort: the welfare of the dairy cow Servet. 2009. ISBN: 978-84-95569- 6. Fernando Forcada Pigs: Design of housing and facilities Servet. 2009. ISBN: 9788492569076 7. Jesús Martín Zúñiga; José Mª Orellana Muriana; Josep Tur Marí Science and Technology of Laboratory Animals Alcalá de Henares: University of Alcalá: Spanish Society for Laboratory Animal Sciences. 2008. ISBN: 9788481387834 8. John Carr Biosecurity and Pathogen Control for Pig Farms Sevet. 2017. ISBN: 978-84-16325- 9. Neville G. Gregory Temple Grandin Animal welfare and meat production Wallingford, UK; Cambridge, MA: CABI Pub. 2007. ISBN: 9781845932152 10.- World Organisation for Animal Health Manual on diagnostic tests and vaccines for terrestrial animals: (mammals, birds and bees) Office International des Epizooties. 2004. ISBN: 9290446323 11. Toma B., Dufour B., Sanaa M., Bénet J.J., Ellis P., Moutou F., Louza A. Applied veterinary epidemiology and the control of disease in populations AEEMA (Maisons-Alfort, France). 1999. 12. Wayne E. Wingfield Veterinary Disaster Response Wiley-Blackwell. 2009. ISBN: 978-0-8138-10 Others: 13. Carlos Buxadé Carbó Traditional and Complementary Poultry Farming Mundi-Prensa. 1995. ISBN: 8471145812 14.- German Bertrand Baschwitz Emerging and re-emerging diseases in animal health and zoonoses Royal Academy of Veterinary Sciences. 2010. ISBN: 9788478670581 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 7.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year 5
ANNUAL SUBJECTS
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0570101 | Hygiene | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HygieneCódigo: 0570101 Imprimir Year 5. Annual module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives The overall aim of the module is to equip students with the skills to make decisions regarding the use of food and any modifications to it, whilst providing the necessary health guarantees and meeting consumers’ legitimate expectations. Students will be provided with the knowledge and skills required to develop programmes for health and quality monitoring and assurance in abattoirs and other food sector businesses, particularly those involved in the production of food of animal origin. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021 Learning outcomes 1. Be able to analyse and evaluate the various mass catering systems. 2. Be able to pass on the knowledge and skills acquired. 3. To develop an understanding of the role of the veterinary surgeon in the food industry and its importance within the One Health framework. 4. Be able to search for and interpret Spanish and EU legislation on food hygiene, inspection and control (BOE and OJEU). 5. Be able to apply food legislation across all agri-food sectors (meat, dairy, fisheries, fruit and vegetables, cereals, edible fungi, honey, beverages, etc.). 6. Be able to complete reports, certificates and other veterinary documents. 7. Be able to carry out health checks across all agri-food sectors. Description of the course content Course content. MODULE I. GENERAL CONCEPTS OF HYGIENE. Topic 1. HYGIENE, INSPECTION AND FOOD SAFETY. The concepts of hygiene, inspection and food safety. The White Paper on Food Safety. General principles of food safety. Food hygiene regulations. Topic 2. HYGIENE, INSPECTION AND FOOD SAFETY. The European Food Safety Authority and other bodies with responsibilities for food safety. The Food Safety and Nutrition Act. Topic 3. OFFICIAL CONTROL OF FOOD QUALITY AND SAFETY. Objectives, characteristics and scope of application. Competent EU and national authorities. Official control of EU products and those from third countries. Official control laboratories. EU and national reference laboratories. Measures arising from official controls. Regulation on official controls and other official activities. National Food Chain Plan. BLOCK II. MEAT HYGIENE AND INSPECTION. Topic 4. INTRODUCTION TO THE HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF MEAT AND MEAT PRODUCTS. Purposes of inspection. Concept of comprehensive meat inspection and the stages it comprises. Scope and objectives of current legislation. Topic 5. SLAUGHTERHOUSES. Slaughterhouses: concept and functions. Types of slaughterhouses. Slaughterhouses for domestic ungulates: layout of facilities, hygiene conditions and operating authorisation. Current legislation Topic 6. TRANSPORT OF ANIMALS AND PRE-SLAUGHTER CARE. Identification, registration. Animal welfare during transport: weight loss, stress and transport-related diseases. Preventive measures. Rest period prior to slaughter. Impact of transport on meat quality. Topic 7. DUTIES OF THE OFFICIAL VETERINARIAN AT THE SLAUGHTERHOUSE. Inspection and audit duties at the slaughterhouse. Procedure: Determining the suitability of meat for human consumption. Completing reports, placing animals under quarantine. Taking samples. Legal basis. Topic 8. INSPECTION OF ANIMALS BEFORE SLAUGHTER. Ante-mortem inspection: concept, purposes and importance. Animal welfare during unloading, handling and lairage. Ante-mortem inspection at the farm of origin. General rules and methodology to be followed. Emergency slaughter: concept and problems arising from its application. Topic 9. SLAUGHTER OF ANIMALS (I). Operations involved in the slaughter of animals. Slaughter: types and purposes. Animal welfare conditions during stunning and slaughter: authorised stunning methods and their application. Hygienic and humanitarian aspects of animal slaughter. Current legislation. Topic 10. SLAUGHTER OF ANIMALS (II). Bleeding and hygienic collection of blood. Skinning, scalding and dehairing. Evisceration and related operations. Hygiene and health requirements for the storage of carcasses and offal. Risk analysis and critical control points in meat production. Topic 11. OFFAL AND BY-PRODUCTS. Definition, characteristics and industrial uses. Categorisation and disposal of animal by-products not intended for human consumption (SANDACH). Handling and control of specified risk materials (SRMs). Current legislation. Topic 12. POST-MORTEM INSPECTION. Concept and importance of the examination. General standards and methodology to be followed for domestic ungulates. Veterinary report and health marking. Microbiological standards for hygiene control of processes and facilities. Decontamination of meat. Topic 13. GENERAL ABNORMALITIES. Most common causes for declaring carcasses and offal unfit for consumption: organoleptic abnormalities, generalised and localised abnormalities. Bacterial, viral and parasitic diseases. Zoonoses and notifiable diseases. Health criteria. Topic 14. COMMERCIAL VALUATION OF CARCASSES. DIFFERENTIATION OF MEAT. Factors affecting meat quality. Categorisation and classification of carcasses and meat. Quality standards for bovine, ovine and porcine carcasses. Current legislation. Topic 15. CUTTING PLANT AND COLD STORAGE FACILITIES. Technical and health requirements for cutting plants and cold storage facilities. Technical and health requirements for vehicles used to transport meat. Topic 16. POULTRY MEAT. Poultry slaughterhouses and cutting plants: technical and sanitary conditions, ante-mortem inspection. Stunning, slaughter and dressing. Post-mortem inspection. Sanitary criteria and seizures. Grading, marking, cutting and transport. Topic 17. RABBIT AND FARM-RAISED GAME MEAT. Slaughterhouses and cutting plants for rabbits and farm-raised game: technical and sanitary conditions, ante-mortem inspection. Stunning, slaughter and dressing. Post-mortem inspection. Health criteria and seizures. Grading, marking, cutting and transport. Topic 18. SANITARY INSPECTION OF ANIMALS NOT SLAUGHTERED IN SLAUGHTERHOUSES. Emergency slaughter outside the slaughterhouse. Mobile slaughterhouses. Fighting bulls. Wild game. Meat characteristics. Inspection, health criteria, seizures and marketing. Examination of pigs slaughtered for domestic consumption. SECTION III. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF MILK AND DAIRY PRODUCTS. Topic 19. MILK AND DAIRY PRODUCTS. Definitions and classification in accordance with current legislation. Compositional and physico-chemical characteristics of milk. Traceability and quality in the dairy sector: Letter Q. Determination of the commercial quality of raw milk. Other components of interest for inspection. Topic 20. HYGIENE IN THE PRODUCTION, COLLECTION, STORAGE AND TRANSPORT OF RAW MILK (I) and (II). Hygiene and health conditions for the production, collection, and transport of raw milk. Biological hazards in raw milk. Chemical contaminants in raw milk. Determination of the hygiene and health quality of raw milk. Topic 21. HEAT-TREATED MILK FOR CONSUMPTION AND PRESERVED MILK. Pasteurised milk, UHT milk and sterilised milk. Other types of milk. Fully dehydrated milk: Main biological hazards. Microbiological criteria. Topic 22. FERMENTED MILK PRODUCTS. Fermented milk products. Yoghurt: Definition and regulated characteristics of composition and quality. Other fermented dairy products. Adversities and contaminants in fermented milk products. Physical hazards. Labelling. Topic 23. CREAM AND BUTTER. Cream: Designations. Regulated characteristics of composition and quality. Adulterations of cream. Microbiological criteria. Butter: Regulated characteristics of composition and quality. Defects, adulterations and alterations. Microbiological criteria. Topic 24. CHEESE. Definition and characteristics. Classification of cheeses. Regulated composition and quality characteristics. Microbial contamination, chemical contaminants and physical hazards. Defects, spoilage and fraud. Topic 25. ICE CREAM, SORBETS AND DAIRY DESSERTS. Definition and classification. Microbiological criteria. Defects, adulterations and alterations. BLOCK IV. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF FISH AND OTHER FISHERY PRODUCTS. Topic 26. FISH AND OTHER FISHERY PRODUCTS (I) and (II). Trends in the development of fishery products. Health risks associated with the consumption of fishery products. Assessment of the hygienic quality of fish and fishery products. Main types of fraud relating to fishery products. Topic 27. INSPECTION AND CONTROL OF FISH AND OTHER FISHERY PRODUCTS (I) and (II). Hygiene requirements and health standards applicable to the production and marketing of fishery products and live bivalve molluscs. Classification and control of bivalve mollusc production areas. Organisation of official controls. Identification of fishery products. Current legislation: Microbiological criteria and maximum levels for certain contaminants. Topic 28. PROCESSED FISHERY PRODUCTS. Definition. Frozen fishery products. Seasoned, smoked and marinated fishery products. Heat-treated fishery products. Fermented and gelled fishery products. Main health hazards, spoilage and adulteration. Prevention and control measures. Current legislation. Topic 29. DISTINGUISHING BETWEEN COMMONLY CONSUMED FISH SPECIES. Class Cyclostomes. Class Chondrichthyes (subclass Elasmobranchii). Superorder Pleurotremi. Superorder Hypotremi. Class Osteichthyes. Superorder Chondrostomata. Superorder Teleostomata. Teleosts with pelvic fins in the abdominal position. Teleosts with pelvic fins in the thoracic position. Teleosts with jugular pelvic fins. Apod teleosts. Topic 30. DISTINGUISHING COMMONLY CONSUMED MOLLUSCS. Commonly consumed bivalves, cephalopods and gastropods. Topic 31. IDENTIFICATION OF COMMONLY CONSUMED CRUSTACEANS. Macruroid decapods, brachiuroid decapods and barnacles commonly consumed. SECTION V. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF FRUIT, VEGETABLES AND EDIBLE MUSHROOMS. Topic 32. HYGIENE AND HEALTH INSPECTION OF FRUIT. Definition and classification. Microbiology. Health risks. Defects and spoilage in fresh fruit. Standards and current legislation. Issues relating to pesticides and their residual effects. Dried and dehydrated fruit. Hygiene requirements for transport and storage. Topic 33. FRUIT PRODUCTS. Juices and nectars. Hygienic processing conditions. Tomato products. Fruit preparations: Classification and processing conditions. TOPIC 34. HYGIENE AND HEALTH INSPECTION OF VEGETABLES. Green vegetables. Definition and classification. Microbiology. Health risks. Defects and spoilage in fresh and minimally processed vegetables. Standards and current legislation. Problems relating to pesticides and their residual effects. Topic 35. OTHER FORMS OF VEGETABLES. Dried, dehydrated and frozen. Canned and semi-preserved vegetables. Pickles. Hygienic conditions for handling, packaging and storage. Hazards, spoilage and adulteration. Prevention and control measures. Legislation. Topic 36. EDIBLE AND POISONOUS MUSHROOMS. Definition. Hazards associated with the consumption of mushrooms. Edible mushrooms: cultivated and wild. Poisonous mushrooms: Poisoning caused by the consumption of mushrooms. Identification of mushrooms. Prevention and control measures. Current legislation. SECTION VI. HYGIENE AND HEALTH INSPECTION OF MEAT PRODUCTS. Topic 37. PRESERVED MEAT. Definition. Classification. Chilled and frozen meat. Vacuum-packed meat, and meat packed in modified and controlled atmospheres. Matured meat. Hygiene and health controls. Current legislation. Topic 38. MEAT PRODUCTS (I and II). Definition. Classification. Sanitary conditions for production and marketing. Differentiation of meat products. Mechanically separated meat. Minced meat. Definition. Classification. Hygiene and health controls. Current legislation. Shelf-life studies on meat products. Topic 39. MEAT PREPARATIONS. Fresh and raw-marinated meat products. Ingredients used in the production of meat preparations. Concept. Legislation. Inspection and control. Topic 40. MEAT PRODUCTS (I). Raw cured sausages: concept and classification. Most common Spanish varieties. Inspection. Defects and spoilage in raw cured sausages. Adulteration. Topic 41. MEAT PRODUCTS (II). Heat-treated meat products: definition. Classification. Spanish and EU legislation. Adversities in heat-treated meat products: inspection. Adversities in tinned meat products. Inspection. Adversities in pasteurised products. Topic 42. MEAT PRODUCTS (III). Salted meat products. Concept. Guaranteed Traditional Speciality. Standard for Iberian meat products. Applicable legislation. Adulterations and inspection. Other meat by-products (fats, casings, gelatine, extracts and hydrolysates, etc.). SECTION VII. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF EGGS AND EGG PRODUCTS. Topic 43. EGGS AND EGG PRODUCTS (I and II). Definition. Egg microbiology. Quality parameters. Adverse changes. Classification and labelling. Legislation. Egg products: Definition and classification. Requirements for egg product processing industries. Packaging and labelling. Current legislation. BLOCK VIII. HYGIENE AND HEALTH INSPECTION OF EDIBLE OILS AND FATS. Topic 44. EDIBLE FATS I. Olive oils: classification. Fraud. Legal regulations. Seed oils: classification and legal regulations. Topic 45. EDIBLE FATS II. Animal fats and other vegetable fats. Hydrogenated fats. Processed fats. Margarine. Adulteration. Legislation. SECTION IX. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF HONEY Topic 46. HONEY AND OTHER BEE PRODUCTS. Honey, pollen and royal jelly. Hazards, spoilage and adulteration. Prevention and control measures. Standardisation and current legislation. SECTION X. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF CEREALS, SUGARS, SPICES AND ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES. Topic 47. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF CEREALS AND CEREAL-DERIVED PRODUCTS I and II. Definition. Microbial ecology. Physico-chemical and microbiological control. Prevention and control measures. Legislation. Flours. Bread. Pasta. Confectionery, patisserie, pastries and baked goods. Breakfast cereals. Definitions. Main hazards, spoilage and adulteration. Prevention and control measures. Physico-chemical and microbiological control. Legislation. Topic 48. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF SUGAR AND SUGAR-CONTAINING PRODUCTS. Classification of sugar-containing products. Sugar, syrups, jams and preserves. Cocoa, chocolate and chocolate confectionery. Definitions. Microbial ecology. Main hazards, spoilage and adulteration. Prevention and control measures. Physico-chemical and microbiological control. Legislation. Topic 49. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF SPICES, HERBS AND SEASONINGS. Definition and classification. Spices, herbs, natural seasonings and flavourings. Microbial ecology. Sanitising treatments. Main hazards, spoilage and adulteration. Prevention and control measures. Physico-chemical and microbiological control. Legislation. Topic 50. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES. Definition and classification. Beer, wine and spirits. Microbial ecology. Main hazards, spoilage and adulteration. Prevention and control measures. Physico-chemical and microbiological control. Legislation. SECTION XI. HYGIENE AND HEALTH INSPECTION OF PULSES AND DERIVATIVES. Topic 51. PULSES. Classification. Edible pulses. Fodder and honey-producing pulses. Packaging requirements. Prohibitions. Topic 52. PULSE DERIVATIVES. Purées and flours. Presentation and physico-chemical characteristics. SECTION XII. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF TUBERS AND DERIVATIVES. Topic 53. POTATOES AND DERIVATIVES. Varieties. Storage conditions. Spoilage and toxicity. Classification of potato derivatives. Manufacturing conditions. SECTION XIII. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF FOOD INDUSTRIES AND ESTABLISHMENTS. Topic 54. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF RETAIL ESTABLISHMENTS Topic 55. INDUSTRIES ENGAGED IN THE PREPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF MEALS FOR CATERING SERVICES SECTION XIV. HYGIENE AND FOOD CHEMISTRY OF FOOD ADDITIVES AND PROCESSING AIDS. Topic 56. FOOD ADDITIVES AND TECHNOLOGICAL AUXILIARIES. General principles governing the use of additives. Toxicological assessment of food additives. General regulations. Characteristics of materials and utensils in contact with food. Residue limits in migration tests for packaging materials. Requirements for coatings. SECTION XV. HYGIENE OF BOTTLED DRINKING WATER. Topic 57. BOTTLED WATER. Natural mineral waters, spring waters and treated waters; edible ice: hazards, adulteration and fraud. Prevention and control measures. Legislation. SECTION XVI. FOOD HYGIENE AND SAFETY IN OTHER AREAS OF THE FOOD SECTOR. Topic 58. FOOD ALLERGIES AND INTOLERANCES. Definition of terms. Food allergies. Non-immune-mediated intolerances. Disorders associated with food allergies and intolerances. Topic 59. FUNCTIONAL FOODS. Characteristics of functional foods. Prebiotic and probiotic components. Topic 60. FOODS FOR SPECIFIC POPULATION GROUPS. Infant formulae, cereal-based foods, foods for special medical purposes and total diet substitutes for weight control. Topic 61. FOOD SUPPLEMENTS. Concept and characteristics. Topic 62. FOODS DERIVED FROM GENETICALLY MODIFIED ORGANISMS. Risks associated with genetically modified foods. Legislation governing their use, release, labelling and control. COURSE PRACTICAL PROGRAMME: PRACTICAL SESSIONS (LB) ON POST-MORTEM INSPECTION AND IDENTIFICATION OF LESIONS IN FOOD-PRODUCING ANIMALS. FIRST QUARTER. PRACTICAL SESSION 1: POST-MORTEM INSPECTION AND IDENTIFICATION OF LESIONS IN DOMESTIC PIGS Inspection techniques for pigs. Identification of lesions leading to rejection in pig carcasses and offal. PRACTICAL SESSION 2: POST-MORTEM INSPECTION AND IDENTIFICATION OF LESIONS IN DOMESTIC CATTLE Inspection techniques for cattle. Identification of lesions leading to rejection in bovine carcasses and offal. PRACTICAL SESSION 3: POST-MORTEM INSPECTION AND IDENTIFICATION OF LESIONS IN SHEEP. Inspection techniques for sheep. Identification of lesions leading to rejection in sheep carcasses and offal. PRACTICAL SESSION 4: POST-MORTEM INSPECTION AND IDENTIFICATION OF LESIONS IN DOMESTIC SOLIPEDS Veterinary inspection techniques. Most common lesions and causes of rejection. PRACTICAL SESSION 5: POST-MORTEM INSPECTION AND IDENTIFICATION OF LESIONS IN POULTRY AND LAGOMORPHS Veterinary inspection technique. Most common lesions and reasons for rejection. PRACTICAL SESSION 6: POST-MORTEM INSPECTION AND IDENTIFICATION OF LESIONS IN GAME, WILD GAME AND BULLFIGHTING BEAST MEAT PRACTICAL SESSION 7: Trichinella analysis in pork. Official control method. PRACTICAL PROGRAMME (LB) ON FOOD HYGIENE AND INSPECTION, QUALITY AND FOOD SAFETY. SECOND QUARTER. PRACTICAL SESSION 1. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF PROCESSED, PRESERVED AND SEMI-PRESERVED FOODSTUFFS - Review of current applicable regulations. - Theoretical review: o Preserves and semi-preserves. Storage. o Types of bulging in containers. o Packaging and labelling. o Monitoring the stability and microbiological sterility of canned foods. PRACTICAL SESSION 2. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF MILK AND DAIRY PRODUCTS - Review of current applicable regulations - Determination of acidity (titratable or valable acidity). - Determination of sodium chloride. PRACTICAL SESSION 3. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF OILS AND FATS - Review of the applicable current regulations. - Determination of the acidity level in oils. - Fluorescence test (Wood’s light). - Interpretation of lipid profiles (chromatograms) in different types of oils and food samples. PRACTICAL SESSION 4. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF FRUIT AND VEGETABLES - Review of the applicable current regulations. - Determination of commercial quality: o Firmness: use of the penetrometer. o Fibrosity: use of the Wilder fibrometer. o Sizing: use of the loop gauge o Viscosity: using the Bostwick consistometer o Turbidity: using the Kertsz turbidimeter. o Colour measurement using colour comparison charts. - Determination of sanitary quality by visual inspection. PRACTICAL SESSION 5. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF FISHERY PRODUCTS - Review of the applicable current regulations. - Sensory assessment of the freshness of fish and shellfish: o Official method. o Alternative method. - Measurement and grading of fish and shellfish. - Health inspection to detect parasites. - Determination of pH in a sample of muscle tissue. PRACTICAL 6. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF EGGS - Review of the applicable current regulations. - Determining the commercial grade of eggs: o Interpretation of egg coding and marking. o Weighing. o Assessment of the shell: colour, integrity and surface. Use of the ovoscope. - Determining the external quality of eggs: o Use of the ovoscope to assess the shell and air cell of eggs. o Use of a Wood’s UV lamp to assess the integrity of the eggshell cuticle. o Assessment of egg age using the floatation test. - Determining the freshness of eggs: o Inspection and measurement of the egg white and yolk: o Determining the yolk-to-white ratio o Measuring the resistance index o Observation of flesh spots o Determining the pH of the white and yolk PRACTICAL SESSION 7. HYGIENE AND INSPECTION OF FLOUR AND CEREALS o Review of the applicable regulations. o Structure and chemical composition of cereals. o Flours. o Analytical tests carried out on cereals and flours. o Determination of the falling number of flours and use of the Chopin alveograph (Videos) EXTERNAL PRACTICAL SESSIONS: External placements carried out as part of the hygiene module, at the central fruit market in Mercamadrid, at the Food Safety laboratory (CEMILVETDEFF) or in the hospital kitchen at Gómez Ulla Central Hospital, are compulsory. Learning activities Lectures, practical classes (laboratories), e-learning, subject-related visits, seminars, individual and group tutorials, independent study and knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria GRADING SYSTEM To pass the module, students must achieve a final mark of 5 out of 10 or higher in the ordinary examination session in June or the supplementary session in July. Students must meet the following requirements: 1. Have completed the course’s laboratory practicals in the first and second semesters with 100 per cent attendance. 2. Have passed the practical examinations for each term and obtained a mark of 5 or above independently in the January and May–June examination sessions respectively. 3. Have achieved a minimum mark of 5 in the first and second term theory examinations, independently in the January and May–June examination sessions respectively. 4. Achieve a mark of 5 or above, taking into account the weightings of the theory and practical examinations in the examination sessions specified below. Assessment in the January examination session. The mark for this sitting will be calculated as follows: - The mark for the exam covering the content taught in the theory classes (MG, CM and TRAB) in the first term, accounting for 50%. - Continuous assessment mark, comprising the mark for the continuous assessment exam, accounting for 10%. This does not exempt students from the course. If a student does not sit the continuous assessment exam, the mark will be 0. - In addition, students must pass the first-term practicals by sitting a multiple-choice exam on the first-term practicals, accounting for 40% of the mark. Students who have not achieved a mark of 5 or above in any of the theory or practical examinations taken separately during the first term will be awarded the mark of the examination with the lowest mark in the ordinary January sitting. Students who achieve a mark between 4.5 and 4.9 in the practical exams during the January examination period may be awarded a mark of 5 by submitting their practical workbook, complete with medical certificates, to the campus. Final mark for the January examination session = (examination mark for the session) × 0.5 + (continuous assessment mark for the first term) × 0.1 + (practical examination mark for the first term) × 0.4. Students who achieve a mark of 5 or above in the January examination session will be exempt from this part of the module for the ordinary June examination session. Assessment in the May–June ordinary examination session. The mark for the second term will consist of: - The mark for the exam covering the content taught in the theoretical classes (MG and TRAB) in the second term, accounting for 50%. - Continuous assessment mark, comprising the mark for the continuous assessment exam, accounting for 10%. This does not exempt students the subject. If a student does not sit the continuous assessment exam, the mark will be 0. - Furthermore, to pass the second term practicals, students must sit a multiple-choice exam on the second term practicals, accounting for 40% of the mark. Students who have not achieved a mark of 5 or above in any of the theory or practical examinations, taken separately, during the second term will have the mark from the examination with the lowest mark recorded in the ordinary examination session in June. Students who achieve a mark of between 4.5 and 4.9 in the practical exams during the ordinary May–June examination period may attain a mark of 5 by submitting the compulsory practical logbook, containing the medical reports, on campus. Final mark for the May–June ordinary examination session = (mark for the 2nd term examination) × 0.5 + (mark for the 2nd term continuous assessment) × 0.1 + (mark for the 2nd term practical examination) × 0.4. The final mark for students who have passed either the theory or practical exams independently with a mark of 5 or higher will be the arithmetic mean of the marks for the two terms (January and June). Final mark for the module in the ordinary examination session in JUNE = (1st term mark + 2nd term mark) / 2 SCENARIOS: Students may retake the first-term theory or practical examination during the ordinary examination period in May–June. If the first-term theory and practical examinations are passed, the student will only sit the second-term theory and practical examinations in June. Theory and practical exams passed during the ordinary examination period in May–June will be carried over to the extraordinary examination period in July, at which time students may sit only those parts they have not yet passed. Assessment in the July supplementary examination session: To pass the module, students must achieve a final mark of 5 out of 10 or higher by adding together the following percentages and meeting the following criteria: 1. Sit the theory exam for any part not passed in each term: This will include the theory not passed by the student in the first or second term (MG, CM, TRAB, content from site visits, videos and other teaching materials). 2. Sit the practical examination for any practicals not passed in each term. Under no circumstances will marks from continuous assessment exams be taken into account in the July resit session. Furthermore, under no circumstances will a mark between 4.5 and 4.9 points in the practical exams be rounded up to 5 points on the basis of the submission of practical workbooks containing health assessments. To calculate the final mark, the following weightings will be applied to the theory and practical components for the July resit session: Mark for each term = (theory exam mark) × 0.6 + (practical exam mark) × 0.4. The final mark for the module will be calculated by taking the average of the final marks obtained in the first and second terms. To pass the module, the final mark in July must be 5 out of 10 or higher. In summary, Final mark for the JULY sitting = (Final mark for the 1st term + Final mark for the 2nd term) / 2. Under no circumstances will partial credits for the module be carried over from one academic year to the next. PRACTICAL SESSIONS (LB): The course’s practical sessions comprise: post-mortem inspection and assessment of lesions in carcasses of slaughter animals, carried out during the first term, and practical sessions on hygiene and inspection of food groups, carried out during the second term. All students are required to complete the laboratory practical workbooks with the health assessments carried out during the practical sessions. These must be submitted via the ASSIGNMENT created on the virtual campus in PDF format, in due time and form. Attendance at all practical sessions (LB) is compulsory, and 100% attendance is required. A maximum of two absences from practical sessions may be excused throughout the academic year (15%), exclusively on the grounds of undertaking the External Academic Placement weeks. Absences from practical sessions cannot be justified on the grounds of attending other modules in other years, on-call duties at the veterinary hospital, external placements, practical sessions for other modules in the year, or any other academic circumstance. EXTERNAL PRACTICAL SESSIONS IN THE HYGIENE MODULE: The external practical placements organised throughout the academic year as part of the Hygiene module at the Official Food Safety Control Laboratory (CEMILVETDEFF), the fruit and vegetable wholesaler at Merca Madrid, or the hospital kitchen at Gómez Ulla Central Hospital are compulsory. Students who fail to meet the compulsory attendance requirements for the external placements or who display inappropriate behaviour whilst carrying out the activity at the organisation will be required to sit a compulsory external placement examination in order to pass the module. Students repeating the course do not need to undertake the course’s external placements or laboratory placements again if they have already completed them in previous years. However, they may undertake them on a voluntary basis. Students repeating the course must sit the practical examination and submit their practical workbooks in due time and form for both semesters. TYPES OF EXAMS: Theory or practical exams may consist of multiple-choice questions, essay questions, short-answer questions or a combination of these. Students will be informed of the type of exam prior to the exam session. Multiple-choice exams will consist of questions with four options, of which only one is correct. For every three incorrect answers, one correct answer will be deducted, and a pass mark of 5 is required. During the academic year and throughout the marking process described above, should any unforeseen circumstances arise, these will be dealt with in accordance with academic criteria, by mutual agreement with the students concerned, and with the authorisation of the Head of Studies and the Dean’s Office. Bibliography Essential: 1. Forsythe, S. J. Food Hygiene, Microbiology and HACCP: Zaragoza: Acribia, 2002 ISBN: 8420009865 2. Gómez, A. and Álvarez, T. Ante-mortem and post-mortem inspection of domestic ungulates: Multimédica Veterinary Publications ISBN: 9788496344518 3. – Hayes, P. R. Food Microbiology and Hygiene: Zaragoza: Acribia, 1993 ISBN: 8420007404 Addendum SPANISH AGENCY FOR FOOD SAFETY AND NUTRITION (AESAN) https://www.aesan.gob.es/AECOSAN/web/seguridad_alimentaria/subdetalle/leche.htm MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE, FISHERIES, FOOD AND THE ENVIRONMENT (MAPA) The Spanish Ministry of Agriculture’s website on food-related issues. It is a very useful resource for legislative enquiries, food databases, the list of notifiable diseases (EDO), biosecurity, animal health, and scientific and popular science publications. https://www.mapa.gob.es/es/ganaderia/temas/sanidad-animal-higiene-ganadera/sanidad-animal/enfermedades/encefalopatias-espongiformes-transmisibles/eets Madridsalud.es https://madridsalud.es/salud-publica/seguridad-alimentaria/sistemas-gestion-empresas/ THE EUROPEAN FOOD SAFETY AUTHORITY (EFSA) The European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) provides independent scientific advice on food-related risks. EFSA advises on existing and emerging food risks. Its advice is incorporated into European legislation and policies, thereby helping to protect consumers from risks in the food chain. Its remit covers the following areas: food and feed safety, nutrition, animal health and welfare, plant protection and plant health. Its tasks are: to gather scientific data and knowledge; to provide independent and up-to-date scientific advice on food safety issues; to communicate its scientific work; to cooperate with EU countries, international organisations and other stakeholders; and to build confidence in the EU’s food safety system by providing reliable advice. http://www.efsa.europa.eu/ EU REGULATORY FRAMEWORK Regulation (EC) No 853/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 laying down specific hygiene rules for food of animal origin. Regulation (EC) No 852/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on the hygiene of foodstuffs. Regulation (EC) No 178/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 January 2002 laying down the general principles and requirements of food law, establishing the European Food Safety Authority and laying down procedures in matters of food safety. Regulation (EU) 2017/625 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 March 2017, on official controls and other official activities performed to ensure the application of food and feed law, and of the rules on animal health and welfare, plant health and plant protection products. WORLD HEALTH ORGANISATION Very important for keeping data up to date on the prevention, development and progression of various types of diseases. Knowledge on nutrition and water resource management. Foodborne diseases. http://www.who.int/es/ Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Essential: 1. Forsythe, S. J. Food Hygiene, Microbiology and HACCP Zaragoza: Acribia, 2002. 2002. ISBN: 8420009865 2. Gómez, A. and Alvarez, T. Ante-mortem and post-mortem inspection of domestic ungulates Multimédica Veterinary Publications. 2013. ISBN: 9788496344518 3. Harrison, Lee Supplement to the Manual of Environmental Auditing, Hygiene and Madrid: McGraw Hill, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 8448111893 4. Hayes, P. R. Food Microbiology and Hygiene Zaragoza: Acribia, 1993. 1993. ISBN: 8420007404 5. Hobbs, Betty C. Food Hygiene and Toxicology 3rd ed. Zaragoza: Acribia, 1997. 1997. ISBN: 8420008389 Others: 6. Alonso Castaño, Luis Health and Safety in the Hotel and Catering Industry Madrid: Mundi-Prensa: A. Madrid Vicente, 1995. 1995. ISBN: 8487440797 7. Bernal Herrer, Jesús General training in occupational health and safety: aspects Madrid: Tecnos, 1996. 1996. ISBN: 8430927794 8. Fikuart, Karl Practice and Hygiene in Animal Transport Zaragoza: Acribia, 1996. 1996. ISBN: 8420008184 9. Hazelwood, D. Hygiene Course for Food Handlers Zaragoza: Acribia, 1993. 1993. ISBN: 8420007536 Links MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE, FISHERIES, FOOD AND THE ENVIRONMENT – Website of the Spanish Ministry of Agriculture, covering food-related topics. It is a very useful resource for legislative enquiries, food databases, and scientific and popular science publications. EUROPEAN FOOD SAFETY AUTHORITY – The European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) provides independent scientific advice on food-related risks. EFSA advises on existing and emerging food risks. Its advice is incorporated into European legislation and policies, thereby helping to protect consumers from risks in the food chain. Its remit covers the following areas: food and feed safety; nutrition; animal health and welfare; plant protection; and plant health. Its tasks are: to gather scientific data and knowledge; to provide independent and up-to-date scientific advice on food safety issues; to communicate its scientific work; to cooperate with EU countries, international organisations and other stakeholders; and to build confidence in the EU’s food safety system by providing reliable advice. (summary taken from the EFSA website) WORLD HEALTH ORGANISATION – Vital for updating data on the prevention, development and progression of various types of diseases. Expertise in nutrition and water resource management. Foodborne diseases. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0570102 | Obstetrics and Reproductive Pathology | OB | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Obstetrics and Reproductive PathologyCódigo: 0570102 Imprimir Year 5. Annual module. Compulsory. 12 credits. Profesores
Objectives The objectives we have set for the course in Obstetrics and Pathology of Animal Reproduction comprise the body of theoretical and practical knowledge falling within the field of Animal Pathology, the aim of which is to master and control all aspects, whether physiological, pathological or technological, that affect the reproductive function of domestic and working animals. - Students must be familiar with the main concepts, principles and terminology underpinning the subject of Obstetrics and Reproduction, and their importance within the veterinary profession. - To recall the anatomical structure and physiological function of all those parts or organ systems in domestic animals which, either directly or indirectly, are involved in reproductive function, in both females and males. - Students will learn about the reproductive techniques that enable the control of reproduction in animals to enhance efficiency in livestock production, as well as the advantages, disadvantages, risks and economic costs involved. - To know and understand the biotechnology techniques applicable in the field of animal reproduction to improve, either productively and/or economically, the reproductive performance of domestic and farm animal species. - To understand the biological processes that occur before, during and after parturition, as well as situations requiring obstetric intervention. - Students will learn to distinguish between the various pathologies that may affect reproductive capacity, diseases of the reproductive system in males and females, and the possible medical and surgical treatments. - To acquire knowledge of and understand the various methods of diagnosis and medical and surgical treatment for the different pathological conditions directly related to reproductive function in various domestic species. - To identify the essential reference literature and encourage its use. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Training Module and the Animal Production module, as well as the subjects of Therapeutics and Animal Health. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Identify the anatomical structures of different domestic species and the stage of their life cycle they are at. 2. Interactions between hormones and their effects on anatomical structures. 3. Management of medication for various reproductive disorders. 4. Methods for carrying out the various reproductive techniques. 5. Understand the methods for isolating, assessing, culturing and coding gametes. 6. Assessment of reproductive function in females and stallions. 7. Identification and management of pregnant females, obstetric procedures and the prediction of therapeutic applications in veterinary paediatrics. 8. Knowledge of how to implement reproductive programmes and assisted reproduction techniques on livestock farms, for companion animals and in the conservation of endangered species. 8. Know how to implement reproductive programmes and assisted reproduction techniques on livestock farms, for companion animals and in the conservation of endangered species. Course description COURSE CONTENT Theoretical Programme.— Introduction: Concept of the course. – Historical development. – Presentation of the programme. – Methodology. – Bibliography. Relationship with other subjects. Historical, present and future developments. Presentation of the theoretical and practical programme. Study and assessment methods. TOPIC 0 – INTRODUCTION TO ANIMAL REPRODUCTION. Sexual and asexual reproduction. Types of reproduction in nature. MODULE: ANATOMICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL AND ENDOCRINOLOGICAL BASES OF REPRODUCTION. TOPIC 1. EMBRYOLOGY OF THE GENITAL SYSTEM. Indifferentiated period. Gonadal differentiation: testis and ovary. Genital tracts and accessory glands. External genitalia. TOPIC 2. FEMALE GENITAL SYSTEM. Anatomical and physiological principles. Ovary. Oviduct. Uterus. Vagina. Vulva. Comparison across different domestic species. TOPIC 3. MALE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM. Anatomical and physiological basis. Testis. Epididymis. Spermatic cord. Urethra. Accessory glands. Copulatory organ. Comparison across different domestic species. TOPIC 4. NEUROENDOCRINOLOGY OF REPRODUCTION. Concept and classification of hormones. Mechanisms of action. Regulation of hormonal secretion. Genital and extragenital glands involved in reproduction. Hypothalamic-pituitary axis: anatomical and functional organisation. TOPIC 5. HORMONES INVOLVED IN REPRODUCTION. Prostaglandins: structure, biosynthesis and metabolism. Biological actions. Synthetic prostanoids. Pacap. GnIH. Growth factors in reproduction. TOPIC 6. HYPOTHALAMIC HORMONES. Pituitary gonadotropin-releasing factors. Other hypothalamic hormones of reproductive interest. Oxytocin. TOPIC 7. GONADOTROPINS. Pituitary and extra-pituitary. Biochemistry and biological actions. Other pituitary hormones. Prolactin. TOPIC 8. OESTROGENS. Definition. Classification. Biosynthesis and metabolism. Biological actions. TOPIC 9. PROGESTAGENS. Concept. Classification. Structure. Biosynthesis and metabolism. Biological actions. TOPIC 10. ANDROGENS. Concept. Classification. Structure. Biosynthesis and metabolism. Biological actions. TOPIC 11. PHYSIOLOGY AND ENDOCRINOLOGY OF CANINE REPRODUCTION. Specific to reproduction in dogs. TOPIC 12. PHYSIOLOGY AND ENDOCRINOLOGY OF FELINE REPRODUCTION. Specific to feline reproduction. TOPIC 13. THE FEMALE SEXUAL CYCLE. Concept. Phases and hormonal changes. TOPIC 14. THE OESTRAL CYCLE IN THE BITCH. Vaginal cytology. TOPIC 15. PUBERTY. Concept. Physiological and endocrinological aspects of puberty. General and genital anatomical changes. TOPIC 16. FEMALE GAMETOGENESIS. Ovarian cycle: Follicular phase, ovulation and luteal phase. TOPIC 17. USES OF PROGESTERONE LEVELS IN BITCHES AND CATS. TOPIC 18. MALE GAMETOGENESIS. General characteristics. Sperm maturation. Sperm structure. TOPIC 19. FERTILISATION. Gamete migration. Sperm capacitation. Mechanism of gamete conjugation. Genetic determination of sex. Disorders of fertilisation. TOPIC 20. EMBRYONIC DEVELOPMENT. Embryonic transport. Environmental conditions of the fallopian tube. Intrauterine migration. Pre-implantation uterine changes. TOPIC 21. MATERNAL RECOGNITION OF PREGNANCY. Study of the factors involved in different domestic species. TOPIC 22. IMPLANTATION. Physiology of implantation. Extra-embryonic appendages. TOPIC 23. PLACENTATION. Types of placenta. Physiology of the placenta. MODULE: REPRODUCTIVE PATHOLOGY TOPIC 1. INFERTILITY AND STERILITY. Concept. Classification. Health, economic and zootechnical significance. TOPIC 2. NUTRITION-RELATED REPRODUCTIVE DISORDERS. Malnutrition. Overfeeding. The importance of minerals in reproduction. TOPIC 3. REPRODUCTIVE PATHOLOGY IN MALES. Classification: anatomical and functional. Disorders of the excretory ducts of the testis and accessory glands. TOPIC 4. REPRODUCTIVE DISORDERS IN DOGS AND CATS. Prostate disorders in dogs. TOPIC 5. REPRODUCTIVE DISORDERS IN FEMALES Due to congenital and acquired anatomical causes. Disorders of the ovary, oviducts, cervix, uterus, vagina and vulva. Due to functional disorders. Anaphrodisia, silent oestrus, irregular cycles. Ovarian cystic disease, persistent corpus luteum. TOPIC 6. INFERTILITY IN BITCHES AND CATS. Ovarian remnant syndrome. Uterine and ovarian oncology. TOPIC 7. REPRODUCTIVE DISORDERS IN DOGS AND CATS: disorders of the ovaries and uterus; disorders of the vagina and vulva. Ovariohysterectomy and orchiectomy TOPIC 8. HEREDITARY, GENETIC AND CHROMOSOMAL DISORDERS. Hermaphroditism. Pseudohermaphroditism. Freemartinism. Gonadal hypoplasia. White heifer disease. Cryptorchidism. MODULE: REPRODUCTIVE TECHNOLOGIES TOPIC 1. REPRODUCTIVE TECHNOLOGY. General principles. Animal reproduction planning. Reproductive performance. Reproduction management. Reproductive indices. TOPIC 2. OVULATION CONTROL. Folliculogenesis-stimulating and ovulation-inducing hormones. Ovulation induction in prepubertal animals. Superovulation. TOPIC 3. ESTRAL CYCLE CONTROL. General principles and advantages of its use. Principles underlying oestrus induction and synchronisation treatments. Management methods, luteolytic agents and progestogen blockade. TOPIC 4. ASSISTED REPRODUCTION IN DOGS AND CATS TOPIC 5. PHARMACOLOGY AND CONTROL OF CANINE AND FELINE REPRODUCTION TOPIC 6. ESTRUS INDUCTION AND SYNCHRONISATION. Study in different domestic species. Induction of oestrus in anestrous animals. Induction of postpartum ovarian activity. TOPIC 7. SPERM. Seminal plasma. Spermatozoa. Biological characteristics of sperm. Physicochemical characteristics. Sperm metabolism. Sperm motility. TOPIC 8. ARTIFICIAL INSEMINATION (AI). Concept and importance. Semen collection and evaluation. Classical semen evaluation techniques: principles and procedures for macroscopic and microscopic techniques. TOPIC 9. NEW SEMEN EVALUATION TECHNIQUES. Principles and procedures. Biochemical and metabolic evaluation. Microbiological control. Sperm pathology. Semen preservation. Sperm cryobiology. TOPIC 10. ARTIFICIAL INSEMINATION IN CATTLE. Importance. Semen characteristics. Semen preservation. Insemination of the female. TOPIC 11. ARTIFICIAL INSEMINATION IN SHEEP AND GOATS. Semen characteristics. Dilution and storage of semen. Insemination of the female. TOPIC 12. ARTIFICIAL INSEMINATION IN PIGS. Semen collection and characteristics. Semen dilution and preservation. Insemination of the female. TOPIC 13. ARTIFICIAL INSEMINATION IN EQUINES. Semen collection and characteristics. Semen dilution and storage. Insemination of the female. TOPIC 14. ARTIFICIAL INSEMINATION IN DOMESTIC AND WILD BIRDS. Semen collection and characteristics. Dilution and storage of semen. Insemination of the female. TOPIC 15. ARTIFICIAL INSEMINATION IN RABBITS. Semen collection and characteristics. Dilution and storage of semen. Insemination of the female. TOPIC 16. ARTIFICIAL INSEMINATION IN FISH AND EXOTIC ANIMALS. Semen collection and characteristics. Dilution and storage of semen. Insemination of the female. TOPIC 17. ARTIFICIAL INSEMINATION IN BITCHES. Semen collection and characteristics. Dilution and storage of semen. Insemination of the female. TOPIC 18. ARTIFICIAL INSEMINATION IN FEMALE CATS. Semen collection and characteristics. Dilution and storage of semen. Insemination of the female. TOPIC 19. EMBRYO TRANSFER (ET) I. Concept and historical development. Preparation of donor and recipient females. Technologies for embryo collection. Embryo screening. Embryo sex determination. TOPIC 20. EMBRYO TRANSFER (ET) II. Embryo storage. Technology for embryo implantation in recipient females. Applications of embryo transfer. TOPIC 21. IN VITRO FERTILISATION (IVF). Indications. In vitro fertilisation technology. Oocyte retrieval and maturation. Semen preparation. Co-culture. Embryo manipulation. Intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI). TOPIC 22. NEW TECHNOLOGIES. Anti-hormones. Immunological control of reproduction. Cloning. Semen sexing. Transgenic animals. MODULE: OBSTETRICS, OBSTETRIC PATHOLOGY AND PAEDIATRICS IN LARGE AND SMALL ANIMALS TOPIC 1. BIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. Duration. Genital and general changes during pregnancy. Care of the pregnant female. TOPIC 2. ENDOCRINOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. Placental endocrinology. Regulation of ovarian function during pregnancy. TOPIC 3. PREGNANCY IN DOGS AND CATS. TOPIC 4. DIAGNOSIS OF PREGNANCY. Importance of early diagnosis of pregnancy. CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS: Probable and definitive signs of pregnancy. Diagnosis of pregnancy by rectal palpation. TOPIC 5. RADIOLOGICAL DIAGNOSIS – ULTRASOUND DIAGNOSIS. Other methods for diagnosing pregnancy. TOPIC 6. LABORATORY DIAGNOSIS. Tests based on the measurement of oestrogens, gonadotropins, progesterone and relaxin. TOPIC 7. FOETAL PHYSIOLOGY. Foetal growth and development. Foetal nutrition and metabolism. Foetal circulation. Foetal fluids. Determination of foetal age. TOPIC 8. THE PELVIS. Bones and joints. Pelvic canal. Narrow diameters. Pelvimetry. Foetal statics: foetal attitude, position, presentation and lie. TOPIC 9. CHILDBIRTH (I). Concept. Endocrinological basis. Maternal and foetal mechanisms. Prodromal signs and stages of labour. Management and hygiene during labour. TOPIC 10. CHILDBIRTH (II). Characteristics of the birthing process in different domestic species. Maternal behaviour. CONTROL OF CHILDBIRTH. Concept and rationale. Products used TOPIC 11. BIRTH IN DOGS AND CATS. TOPIC 12. POSTNATAL PERIOD. Concept. Uterine involution. Resumption of oestrus cycles. Postnatal care. TOPIC 13. THE NEWBORN. Neonatal physiology and care of the newborn. Neonatal behaviour. TOPIC 14. CANINE AND FELINE NEONATOLOGY: from birth to weaning. TOPIC 15. CANINE AND FELINE PAEDIATRICS: new conditions TOPIC 16. PHARMACOLOGY AND FLUID THERAPY IN CANINE AND FELINE PAEDIATRICS TOPIC 17. MAMMARY GLAND. Embryological and postnatal development. Lactogenesis. Lactopoiesis. Colostrum. Milk. Involution of the mammary gland. Lactation and ovarian activity. TOPIC 18. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF THE MAMMARY GLAND IN DOGS AND CATS. Pseudopregnancy in bitches. TOPIC 19. DISORDERS AFFECTING THE MOTHER DURING GESTATION. Non-gestation-related. Gestation-related. Prolonged gestation. Rupture of the pregnant uterus. Haemorrhages. Hernias of the pregnant uterus. Uterine torsion. Vaginal prolapse. TOPIC 20. FETAL PATHOLOGY. Trauma. Fetal death and retention: mummification, maceration, putrefaction and fetal emphysema. Fetal hydrops. TOPIC 21. PATHOLOGY OF THE FETAL ANNEXES. Hydrops of the amnion and allantois. Decreased or absent amniotic fluid. Diseases of the chorion and placenta. TOPIC 22. ABORTION. Definition. Significance and classification. Sporadic abortion. Abortion due to infectious and parasitic causes. Other causes. Most common aetiology in different species. Diagnosis and prevention. TOPIC 23. AUXILIARY OBSTETRIC PROCEDURES. Preparation of the obstetrician. Supporting the parturient female. Assessment of the parturient female. Obstetric equipment. Obstetric anaesthesia. TOPIC 24. NON-INVASIVE OBSTETRIC INTERVENTIONS. Manipulation: total or partial. Propulsion. Rotation. Version. Procedures to assist in replacing uterine-abdominal contractions: traction and extraction of the foetus. TOPIC 25. DISTOCIA. Concept, incidence and classification. Maternal dystocia. Due to abnormalities in uterine contractions. Due to abnormalities of the pelvic bones. Due to abnormalities of the genital organs. Malposition and prolapse of the urinary bladder. Dystocias due to lack of cervical dilation. TOPIC 26. DISTOCIA DUE TO UTERINE MALPOSITION. Due to hernias. Due to deviations. Due to bicornuate uterus. Due to uterine torsion. TOPIC 27. FETAL DYSTOCIA. General considerations. Dystocia in anterior presentation resulting from abnormal positions. Due to abnormal head positions: cap-like, bent under the chest, on the side, on the back. Due to abnormal positions of the forelimbs. Dystocia due to abnormal positions of the hindlimbs. Dystocia due to combined abnormal positions of the head and limbs. Due to abnormal positions. Due to abnormal positions of the hindlimbs. Due to abnormal positions of the head and thoracic limbs. Dystocias due to dorsolumbar, sternoabdominal and costoabdominal presentations. TOPIC 28. FETAL DISTOCIA INDEPENDENT OF PRESENTATION. Large foetuses. Twin pregnancy. Dystocia due to foetal diseases. Dystocia due to foetal teratological abnormalities. Dystocia dependent on foetal appendages. TOPIC 29. DISTOCIA IN BITCHES AND CATS TOPIC 30. INVASIVE OBSTETRIC PROCEDURES ON THE FOETUS. General considerations. Instruments. General technique for procedures using tubular foetotomes with a wire saw or metal cable. Decapitation and occipito-atlantoid disarticulation. Truncation and evisceration. Techniques for partial foetotomy of the limbs. TOPIC 31. CAESAREAN SECTION. Indications. Preparation of the female. Surgical techniques. Post-operative care. Complications. Caesarean section in cows, mares and ewes. TOPIC 32. CAESAREAN SECTION IN DOGS AND CATS TOPIC 33. POSTNATAL DISORDERS. Conditions arising from the delivery of the foetus: haemorrhages, trauma, postpartum prolapses. Lying down and abnormalities in postpartum locomotion. Retention of afterbirth. Placental subinvolution. Postpartum infections. M.M.A. Postpartum laminitis. Metabolic disorders. TOPIC 34. MAMMARY GLAND DISEASES. Traumatic injuries. Oedema. Mastitis. Agalactia. Galactostasis. TOPIC 35. BOVINE AND EQUINE PAEDIATRICS. Newborn assessment. TOPIC 36. PATHOLOGY OF THE NEWBORN. Obliteration of the anus and rectum. Intestinal obstruction due to meconium retention. Persistence of the urachus. Rupture of the urinary bladder. Omphalophlebitis. Neonatal haemolytic disease. Hypoglycaemia. TOPIC 37. CLINICAL CASES IN CANINE AND FELINE REPRODUCTION: Diagnostic protocol. PRACTICAL PROGRAMME: TOPICS TO BE COVERED IN LABORATORY AND FIELD PRACTICALS. 1. Post-mortem examination of male and female genital structures in various domestic species. 2. Study and differentiation of placentas from slaughterhouse specimens. 3. Endocrinological basis of animal reproduction. 4. Systematic clinical examination of the male and female genital tracts. 5. Vaginal cytology in bitches and cats. 6. Ultrasound diagnosis applied to animal reproduction. 7. Techniques for monitoring and synchronising oestrus. 8. Artificial insemination technology: collection of semen. Handling and use of the artificial vagina. Semen testing. Dilution and storage of semen. Artificial insemination techniques. 9. Embryo transfer technology. Selection of females; superovulation. Embryo collection methods. Embryo assessment and handling. Embryo freezing. Implantation into recipient animals. 10. Technologies for the manipulation of embryos, oocytes and sperm. Oocyte freezing, IVF, intracytoplasmic sperm injection, sex selection of semen and embryos, cleavage and cloning. 11. Recognition and management of obstetric complications. Resolution of simulated dystocias using the calving simulator. 12. Infertility in cows and mares. Diagnosis and treatments Practical programme structure: 1- Groups of up to 12 students will be formed. 2- Reproductive consultation at the UAX Veterinary Hospital. 3- Reproductive practicals at the IEGRA centre (Talavera de la Reina). (12 students) 4- Practical field trips on reproduction at Mr Álvaro Vázquez’s centre (Brunete). 5- External reproduction programmes (5 students); students will be notified one week in advance and these will consist of field-based practical sessions. Practical sessions to be held at the Spanish Institute of Genetics and Animal Reproduction (IEGRA): • PRACTICAL SESSION 1 – Biosecurity in animal reproduction. Anatomical study of the reproductive system using specimens from the abattoir. • PRACTICAL 2.- Collection of bovine and small ruminant semen. Semen evaluation and preparation of commercial semen doses. • PRACTICAL SESSION 3 – Rectal examination, handling and reproductive palpation in cattle. • PRACTICAL SESSION 4.- Ultrasound techniques and pregnancy diagnosis in large and small ruminants. • PRACTICAL 5.- Embryo transfer in cattle and small ruminants. • PRACTICAL SESSION 6.- Collection, handling and assessment of oocytes from slaughterhouse ovaries. OPU, IVF and new technologies in animal reproduction. Training activities Sessions: Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Assignments: Presentation and analysis of case studies. Workshop and/or laboratory activities E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Independent study: studying and practising exercises Assessments: written and oral exams RECOMMENDED READING: W. EDWARD ALLEN. Canine Fertility and Obstetrics. Published by Acribia, Zaragoza IAN GORDON. Controlled Reproduction in Cattle and Buffalo. Published by Acribia, Zaragoza CARLOS E. SORRIBAS. Atlas of Canine Reproduction. Published by Intermedica. H.H. COLE and P.T. CUPPS. Reproduction of Domestic Animals. Published by Acribia, Zaragoza LUBOS HOLY. Biological Basis of Bovine Reproduction. Published by Diana MORROW. Current Therapy in Theriogenology. W.B. Saunders Company C. THIBAULT and M.-C. LEVASSEUR. Reproduction in Mammals and Humans. Published by Ellipses. GUSTAVO A. PALMA. Reproductive Biotechnology. INTA. E.S.E. HAFEZ. Reproduction and artificial insemination in animals. Published by Interamericana. ALBERT GÖRLACH. Embryo transfer in cattle. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the ordinary examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS To pass the module, students must meet the following requirements: 1. Have completed the course’s practical sessions on small animals, cattle and horses, with a minimum attendance rate of 95 per cent. 2. Have sat the practical examination and achieved a minimum mark of five. 3. Achieve a minimum mark of five in both theory examinations. 4. Achieve a mark of five or above when the averages for the theoretical and practical components of the module are combined: - Theoretical examination: 60% of the final mark (based on two examinations in February and June) - Practical examination: 40 per cent of the final mark (based on attendance and an examination in May) In the first term, a continuous assessment exam will be held covering the theoretical material relating to the anatomical features and reproductive hormonal activity of domestic animals. This exam will not exclude material from other exams; its purpose is to assess the student’s learning and interest in the subject. However, students who pass the exam with a mark higher than six will have their final course mark increased by 0.5 points. Passing the theoretical mid-term exam during the course will only exempt students from covering that material in the final exams in June and July. ASSESSMENT CRITERIA: The course consists of a practical component and a theoretical component. Both components must be passed in order to pass the course. The final mark for the course will consist of 60 per cent from the theory mark and the remaining 40 per cent from the practical mark. To pass this module, students must have completed all practical work. Students must pass the theory and practical examinations separately. Achieve a minimum score of 5 marks in each mid-term exam, as well as in the final average mark for both theory and practicals, which will assess the knowledge acquired in each of the subjects covered in the theory classes, practical sessions and seminars. THEORY: To pass the theory component, it is ESSENTIAL to pass the practical component and to achieve a mark of 5 or above in the mid-term exams corresponding to the theory component. Throughout the course, there will be three theory exams: two in the first term (November as an EC and February as the first mid-term exam in the official examination session) and one in the second term (June in the official examination session). If a student fails the first mid-term exam in February, they must sit the full module exam in the final exam session in June. If they pass the first mid-term exam, they will only sit the second mid-term exam in June. The continuous assessment exam does not exempt students from further assessment, but a mark of 6 or above will count as 0.5 points added to the average of the final theory mark. Students who have passed all these exams with a mark of 5 or above will be exempt from the theory part of the module. Passed exams will be retained until the extraordinary examination session in July. The final theory mark for students who have passed the exams with a mark of 5 or above will be the average of those marks. Students who have obtained a mark below 5 in any of the exams taken (1st and 2nd mid-term exams) will be marked as having failed (mark = 3) in the ordinary examination period, but may sit the extraordinary examination period solely for the part they did not pass. The final mark in the supplementary examination period for students who have passed all their exams with a mark of 5 or above will be the average of those marks. If a student fails any part of this final supplementary sitting, or fails the practical examination, they will fail the ENTIRE theoretical module (theory marks are not carried over to the following academic year). Theory examinations: Each exam will consist of 40 multiple-choice questions. Any serious conceptual error, significant spelling mistakes or any other factor that the teacher deems appropriate may result in the exam being failed, regardless of the numerical mark obtained. In both the ordinary and supplementary examination sessions, students will sit an exam comprising 40 multiple-choice questions. PRACTICAL SESSIONS To pass the practicals, ATTENDANCE IS COMPULSORY and students must pass a practical exam with a mark of 5 or above. Practical exams: A practical exam will be held in April or May. All students must sit the practical exam, including those who are missing a practical session required to pass the module. Students who fail will have to retake the exam in the June sitting, and if they fail again, they will have another opportunity in the July supplementary sitting. A multiple-choice practical exam will be held, featuring images relating to the practical sessions undertaken, to assess the practical knowledge acquired during the course. NOTE: Students who, for special reasons, are unable to sit any of the exams on the scheduled date must provide supporting documentation and contact the course coordinator to arrange a date for an ORAL exam with all the course lecturers. Addendum RECOMMENDED READING: W. EDWARD ALLEN. Equine Fertility and Obstetrics. Published by Acribia, Zaragoza L.E. McDONALD. Veterinary Endocrinology and Reproduction. Interamericana G.A. PALMA & G. BREM. Embryo Transfer. Published by Hemisferio Sur J. DERIVAUX AND F. ECTORS. Pathophysiology of Gestation and Veterinary Obstetrics. Published by Acribia, Zaragoza. W. EDWARD ALLEN. Canine Fertility and Obstetrics. Published by Acribia, Zaragoza IAN GORDON. Controlled Reproduction in Cattle and Buffalo. Published by Acribia, Zaragoza CARLOS E. SORRIBAS. Atlas of Canine Reproduction. Published by Intermedica. H.H. COLE and P.T. CUPPS. Reproduction of Domestic Animals. Published by Acribia, Zaragoza LUBOS HOLY. Biological Basis of Bovine Reproduction. Published by Diana MORROW. Current Therapy in Theriogenology. W.B. Saunders Company C. THIBAULT and M.-C. LEVASSEUR. Reproduction in Mammals and Humans. Published by Ellipses. GUSTAVO A. PALMA. Reproductive Biotechnology. INTA. E.S.E. HAFEZ. Reproduction and Artificial Insemination in Animals. Published by Interamericana. ALBERT GÖRLACH. Embryo transfer in cattle. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0570106 | Supervised Work Placements | OB | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Supervised Work PlacementsCódigo: 0570106 Imprimir Year 5. Annual module. Compulsory. 14 credits. Profesores
Objectives Veterinary Clinical Hospital Rotation: Pre-professional placements, in the form of a clinical rotation with a final assessment of competencies, within the UAX Veterinary Clinical Hospital and in the mobile veterinary services for large animals Animal Production Rotation: Pre-professional placements based on: the use of livestock management software, carrying out tasks related to these areas, placements in the mobile services for large animals, and a final assessment of competencies. Food Hygiene, Safety and Technology Rotation: Pre-professional placements in abattoirs, cutting plants and centres for the selection, processing and/or distribution of food. Learning outcomes 1. To understand and acquire proficiency in hygiene control, inspection and the technology involved in the production and processing of food for human consumption, from primary production through to the consumer. 2. To understand and acquire proficiency in the prevention, diagnosis and treatment—whether individual or collective—as well as the control of animal diseases, whether considered individually or in groups, particularly zoonoses. 3. To acquire knowledge and proficiency in the control of animal rearing, management, welfare, reproduction, protection and feeding, as well as in improving animal production. 4. To acquire knowledge and skills in the production, under optimal and economically viable conditions, of animal products and the assessment of their environmental impact. 5. To acquire knowledge and proficiency in the application of legal, regulatory and administrative provisions across all areas of the veterinary profession and public health, whilst understanding the ethical implications of health within a changing global context. 6. To understand and acquire proficiency in the practice of the profession with respect for other health professionals, developing skills relating to teamwork, the efficient use of resources and quality management. 7. To understand and acquire proficiency in identifying emerging risks across all areas of the veterinary profession and their significance within the One Health framework. Course content Clinical placements: students will undertake five weeks of placements at the HCV and two weeks of mobile clinical placements. They will also complete two practical TRABs on clinical topics. Seminars on swine clinical practice will also be delivered. Animal production placements: two weeks of field placements in animal production will be undertaken, and 10 practical TRABs will be dedicated to various topics related to animal production. Hygiene and feeding placements: visits will be made to abattoirs, cutting plants and food distribution centres. Training activities Seminars, practical placements (hospital rotations, field placements) Individual and group tutorials Assessment system and criteria Assessment will be divided into three areas: 1. Clinical placements involving small animals, exotic animals, equines, cattle, small ruminants and pigs. 72% of the mark 2. Practical work relating to animal production in cattle, small ruminants and pigs. 21% of the mark 3. Practical work relating to food hygiene and inspection. 7% of the mark. Within each topic, 80 per cent of the mark will be based on the practical sessions themselves and 20 per cent on the portfolio (Practicum, clinical reports and assignments submitted via the portal) Upon completion of all scheduled practical sessions and all assignments, an exam will be held, compulsory for all students, which will assess the content covered in seminars and TRABs (except those on livestock management, which have an associated assignment), as well as in the practical sessions at Navas del Marqués and Yunclillos, the abattoir and Mercamadrid. This exam will account for 10% of the total mark. Failing or failing to attend a day of practical sessions in any of the scheduled weeks will result in a fail for the entire week. The weeks will be made up by means of a written exam on the subject matter covered that week, on the same day as the compulsory exam is held. Failure to submit the practical assignment, the street traders’ Excel spreadsheet, or the complete and signed case studies and procedures booklet will result in a fail for the module until the deficiencies are rectified in the next examination session. Failing the resit exam for individual weeks in the May sitting will result in a fail for the module until the next sitting, at which point the exam must be passed in order to pass the module. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0570107 | External academic placements | OB | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
External academic placementsCódigo: 0570107 Imprimir Year 5. Annual module. Compulsory. 10 credits. Profesores
Objectives Pre-professional placements, in the form of an independent clinical rotation with a final assessment of competencies, at university veterinary hospitals, mobile clinics, farms, pilot plants, and departments equipped with facilities for practical teaching on the veterinary degree programme, as well as placements at veterinary practices, abattoirs, companies and external organisations within the veterinary or related fields. Prerequisites It is recommended that students have successfully completed the 240 ECTS comprising the preceding modules. Competencies Not applicable. Programme description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To understand and acquire proficiency in hygiene control, inspection and the technology involved in the production and processing of food for human consumption, from primary production through to the consumer. 2. To understand and acquire proficiency in the prevention, diagnosis and treatment – whether individual or collective – of animal diseases, and in combating such diseases, whether affecting individual animals or groups, particularly zoonoses. 3. To acquire knowledge and proficiency in the control of animal rearing, management, welfare, reproduction, protection and feeding, as well as the improvement of animal production. 4. To acquire knowledge and skills in the production, under optimal and economically viable conditions, of animal products and the assessment of their environmental impact. 5. To acquire knowledge and proficiency in the application of legal, regulatory and administrative provisions across all areas of the veterinary profession and public health, including an understanding of the ethical implications of health within a changing global context. 6. To understand and acquire proficiency in the practice of the profession with respect for other health professionals, developing skills relating to teamwork, the efficient use of resources and quality management. 7. To understand and acquire proficiency in identifying emerging risks across all areas of the veterinary profession and their significance within the One Health framework. Training activities Practical placements (minimum 200 hours) and independent study. Students receive individual and group tutorials Assessment system and criteria Report from the external academic placement tutor: 50% Report by the academic supervisor of the external work placement: 50% |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 48 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0570104 | Food Security | OB | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Food SecurityCódigo: 0570104 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Compulsory. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To study the various toxic agents and contaminants present in food and their significance as causes of foodborne illnesses. To provide students with knowledge of food safety management systems applied to the agri-food industry, with particular emphasis on the Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) system. To raise students’ awareness of the importance of the veterinary profession in the field of public health. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to communicate the knowledge and skills acquired. 2. To develop an understanding of the role of the veterinary surgeon in the food industry and its importance within the One Health approach. 3. Be able to implement and supervise quality management systems in agri-food industries. 4. Be able to structure and carry out hazard analyses and critical control point analyses. 5. Be able to implement certification schemes for agri-food products. Course content THEORY PART I. GENERAL CONCEPTS 1. FOOD QUALITY AND SAFETY. Concept and objectives. The food hygiene package. Risk analysis. Official control of food products. 2. HEALTH HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH FOOD CONSUMPTION. Biotic and abiotic hazards: classification. PART II. TOXIC ASPECTS AND FOOD CONTAMINANTS 3. ABIOTIC CONTAMINATION OF FOOD (I). Industrial contaminants. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. Heavy metals and organometallic compounds. Pesticides. Radioactive isotopes. 4. ABIOTIC FOOD CONTAMINATION (II). Contaminants originating from pasture, animal feed and veterinary treatments. Pesticides. Antibiotics, sulphonamides and other chemotherapeutic agents. 5. ABIOTIC CONTAMINATION OF FOOD (III). Meat growth promoters. Antithyroid substances, hormonal compounds and beta-adrenergic antagonists or beta-agonists. Ataraxics or tranquillisers. 6. NATURAL TOXICITY IN FOOD. Toxic substances naturally present in food. Intrinsic components of plant-based foods. Compounds contaminating foods of animal origin. Marine toxins. 7. TOXIC AND UNDESIRABLE COMPOUNDS IN FOOD (I). Biologically active amines. Nitrosamines and other nitroso compounds. Compounds derived from lipid degradation. Mutagenic and carcinogenic compounds in heat-treated foods. 8. TOXIC AND UNDESIRABLE COMPOUNDS IN FOOD (II): Compounds resulting from the pyrolysis of carbohydrates and fats. Compounds resulting from the pyrolysis of amino acids, peptides and proteins. Compounds resulting from moderate heat treatment of food. 9. FOOD ADDITIVES AND PROCESSING AIDS. General principles governing the use of additives. Toxicological assessment of food additives. General regulations. Characteristics of materials and utensils in contact with food. Residue limits in migration tests for packaging materials. Requirements for coatings. Detection of foreign matter in packaged products. 10. FOODS DERIVED FROM GENETICALLY MODIFIED ORGANISMS (GMOs). Definition. Health and environmental issues. Legal regulation. PART III. FOODBORNE ILLNESSES 11. FOODBORNE ILLNESSES CAUSED BY GRAM-POSITIVE BACTERIA. 12. FOODBORNE ILLNESSES CAUSED BY GRAM-NEGATIVE BACTERIA. 13. FOOD-BORNE VIRUSES AND PRIONS. Food as a vehicle for the transmission of viruses and prions. Main viruses and prions of concern in food. 14. FOOD-BORNE PARASITES. Parasitic infestations. 15. FOODBORNE DISEASES OF FUNGAL ORIGIN. Mycotoxins and mycotoxicosis. Main foodborne mycotoxins and their mechanism of action, legal limits. Prevention and control. 16. FOODBORNE DISEASES: Epidemiology. Outbreak studies. PART IV. FOOD SAFETY MANAGEMENT IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY 17. THE HAZARD ANALYSIS AND CRITICAL CONTROL POINTS (HACCP) SYSTEM AS A FOOD SAFETY TOOL. PLANNING AND PREPARATION OF THE HACCP SYSTEM. Origins of HACCP. Terminology and general principles. The seven basic principles of the system. Applicable legislation. Human resources and training. Assessment of the baseline situation. 18. PREREQUISITE PROGRAMMES (I). Control of drinking water. Hygienic design of premises, equipment and facilities. Maintenance plans. 19. PREREQUISITE PROGRAMMES (II). L+D/DD plans. Staff training plans. Supplier control plan. Traceability. 20. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HACCP PLAN (I). Components and stages of the HACCP Plan. Product description. Development and verification of the flow chart. Identification of hazards and establishment of preventive measures. The hazard analysis table. 21. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HACCP PLAN (II). Determination of critical control points (CCPs). The decision tree. The HACCP control table. 22. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HACCP PLAN (III): Establishment of critical limits. Critical limits and target levels. Establishment of monitoring procedures for each CCP. Monitoring requirements and types. 23. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HACCP PLAN (IV): Establishing corrective actions. Documentation and records of the HACCP system. Verification of the HACCP plan. 24. FOOD SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS. Basic concepts. The ISO 22000:2005 series of standards. Key features of the standard. Definition of basic terms. BRC, IFS and other food safety standards. PRACTICAL SESSIONS The practical sessions will cover aspects relating to: The design, development and implementation of the Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) system as a fundamental food safety tool. Analytical techniques applied to the detection of pathogenic microorganisms and abiotic contaminants in food. Training activities Lecture Practical sessions (laboratory) Seminars E-learning Individual and group tutorials Independent study Assessments Assessment system and criteria GENERAL CRITERIA: To pass the module, you must: 1. Attend 100 per cent of the practical sessions. 2. Sit the practicals exam and achieve a minimum mark of five. 3. Submit an original research paper on a HACCP system. 4. Achieve a minimum mark of five in the course’s main examination, which will assess the content covered in the MG, CM and SM classes. 5. Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: FINAL MARK = Theory (60%) + Practical Work (40%) Where: Theoretical component (60%): Regular examination (50%) + Continuous assessment (10%) Practical component (40%): Practical exam (30%) + HACCP monographic assignment (10%) ASSESSMENT CRITERIA: The module consists of a theoretical part and a practical part. Both must be passed in order to pass the module. Students must complete all practical work and pass the standard and practical examinations separately, achieving a minimum mark of five in each examination. The final mark for the module will consist of 60% from the theory mark and 40% from the practical mark, and a minimum mark of five is required to pass. THEORY: Two theory examinations will be held during the semester: the continuous assessment examination in November and the regular examination in February. Students who do not pass the theoretical part of the module in the regular examination session will sit the examination again in July. Continuous Assessment Exam If a mark of five or above is achieved in the continuous assessment exam, the module will be deemed passed. This condition applies exclusively to the ordinary exam. If the mark is below five, the subject will not be marked as passed for the ordinary examination. In this case, only the mark from the ordinary examination will be taken into account when calculating the mark for the theory component, and this will account for 50 per cent of the final mark for the theory component. If you do not sit the exam, your mark will be 0. January ordinary examination To pass the theory component in the ordinary January examination session, the mark for the ordinary examination must be five or above; otherwise, the module will be failed, and students will be required to sit the examination for the entire module again in the extraordinary July examination session. If the regular exam is not passed, the final mark for the module in this sitting will be the mark obtained in this exam. July supplementary examination To pass the theory component in the July supplementary examination session, the mark for the supplementary exam must be five points or higher. In this case, only the mark for the supplementary exam will be taken into account when calculating the mark for the theory component, and this will account for 60 per cent of the final mark. If the student has passed the practical part, 40 per cent of the mark obtained in the theoretical part will be applied; the final mark must be five or more to pass the module. If the resit examination is not passed, the final mark for the module in this examination period will be the mark obtained in that examination. Type of exam The continuous assessment exam will be a multiple-choice test comprising 20 questions, each with four options, of which only one is correct. Both the regular and resit examinations will be multiple-choice and will consist of 40 questions, each with four options, only one of which is correct. In all cases, for every 3 questions answered incorrectly, 1 correct answer will be deducted. PRACTICAL WORK: To pass the practical component: 1. Attendance at ALL practical sessions is COMPULSORY. 2. You must pass a practical examination with a mark of five points or higher. 3. You must submit a group project on the HACCP system and achieve a minimum mark of five points. Practical exam The laboratory practicals will take place over 7 sessions. The practical examination will take place on the same day as the theory examination, in accordance with the dates set by the Vice-Chancellor’s Office for each examination session, and will cover the material from all the practical sessions completed, with the exception of the material covered in the last two sessions, which will be assessed via the group project on the HACCP system. All students must sit the practical examination, including those who have not completed all the practical sessions required to pass the module. Students who fail this examination will be re-examined during the July supplementary examination session. If the mark for the practical examination is five or above, it will be carried over to the extraordinary examination session in July, but under no circumstances will it be carried over to the following academic year. In all cases, the practical component will continue to account for 40% of the final mark. If the practical exam is not passed, the student will fail the ENTIRE module (marks for the theoretical part will not be carried over to the following academic year) and the final mark for the module in the relevant examination session will be that of this exam, if it is lower than the mark for the theoretical part. Type of exam The exam will be a multiple-choice test comprising 20 questions, each with four options, only one of which is correct. For every three questions answered incorrectly, one correct answer will be deducted. Monographic assignment on the HACCP system Submission of the group project on the HACCP system is compulsory. It is marked on a scale of 0 to 10. The minimum mark required to pass the practical component is five marks. Projects may be submitted from the day following the end of the practical sessions in the format specified. The deadline for uploading them to the course portal is 00:00 on the day before the January ordinary exam. There will be no option to submit it at a later date. Failure to submit the project will result in a fail for the ENTIRE course. Students repeating the course Students repeating the course will not be required to attend the practical sessions again if they have already passed this part in the previous academic year, but they will still be required to sit the practical exam. Students repeating the course may resubmit the HACCP assignment on a voluntary basis; otherwise, the mark they previously obtained will stand. PLEASE NOTE: Students who, for special reasons, are unable to sit any of the exams on the scheduled date must provide supporting documentation and contact the course coordinator to arrange a date and sit the ORAL exam with all the course lecturers. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Denis O. Krause, Stephen Hendrick Zoonotic pathogens in the food chain 1st ed. Wallingford. 2011. ISBN: 9781845936815 2. José Miguel Soriano del Castillo Mycotoxins in food 1st ed. Díaz de Santos. 2007. ISBN: 9788479788087 3. Victoria de las Cuevas Insua Advanced HACCP 1st ed. Ideaspropias Editorial S.L. 2010. ISBN: 9788498392821 4. William H. Sperber, Michael P. Doyle Compendium of the Microbiological Spoilage of Foods and Beverages 1st ed. New York: Springer. 2009. ISBN: 9781441908254 5. Y.H. Hui, David Kitts, Peggy S. Stanfield Handbook of Foodborne Diseases. Vol. 4, Seafood and Environmental Toxins 2nd ed. New York: Marcel Dekker. 2001. ISBN: 0824703448 Supplementary: 6.- Marion P. G. Koopmans, Dean O. Cliver and Albert Bosch Foodborne viruses: advances and challenges 1st ed. Acribia. 2010. ISBN: 9788420011547 7. Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives Evaluation of certain contaminants in food: seventy-third report of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives 1st ed. World Health Organisation. 2011. ISBN: 9789241209595 8. ICMSF Microorganisms in Foods, Vol. 6: Microbial Ecology of Food Commodities 2nd ed. Kluwer Academic / Plenum Publishers. 2010. ISBN: 9781441934659 9. Luis Couto Lorenzo Audit of the HACCP system 1st ed. Ediciones Díaz de Santos. 2011. ISBN: 9788499690353 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0570105 | Final-Year Project | OB | 6 | ||||
Final-Year ProjectCódigo: 0570105 Imprimir Course 5. Second-term module. Compulsory. 6 credits. Profesores
Objectives A cross-curricular subject which will be studied in conjunction with various other subjects. Prerequisites To sit the final defence of the Final-Year Project, students must have passed all other ECTS credits for the degree programme Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Demonstrate knowledge in a field of study. 2. Be able to develop and defend arguments and solve problems within their field of study. 3. Be able to interpret data and form judgements that include reflection on relevant social, scientific or ethical issues. 4. Be able to communicate information, ideas, problems and solutions to both specialist and non-specialist audiences. Course description Written presentation of an original piece of work. Once the supervisor has deemed the student ready for the defence, the student must present their work orally; this will be assessed by an examination board Learning activities Seminars – Coursera course Individual and group tutorials Independent study Thesis defence Assessment system and criteria The final mark for the Final Year Project is calculated on the basis of the following percentages, provided that each component individually achieves a mark of at least 5 out of 10: - 50% – mark for the thesis and the student’s progress, as assessed by the supervisor - 50% – mark for the presentation and defence awarded by the assessment panel The supervisor must assess the student’s work throughout the term as part of continuous assessment, with the manuscript being merely the final submission. To this end, the supervisor will submit a series of reports throughout the semester, and finally a final report with the mark (the assessment rubrics can be found on the course portal) If all the supervisor’s reports are positive, with a final mark of 5 out of 10 or higher, the supervisor will indicate that the student is eligible to proceed to the defence stage. To be eligible, the manuscript must be submitted on time and in the correct format. The examination board reviews the manuscript and prepares questions to be put to the student during the defence. Following the oral presentation and defence of the Final Year Project, each member of the examination board awards a mark (using an assessment rubric available on the course portal) based on the presentation and the student’s responses to the questions. The mark for the defence will be the average of the marks awarded by the panel members and must be 5 out of 10 or higher for the module to be passed in that examination session. If the final-year project defence is not passed, it must be retaken in the next examination session with an examination board comprising at least one member who was present at the failed defence, and the same manuscript (unless the examination board requests a modification to it). The TFG must be an unpublished document, for which the student bears full responsibility as the sole author. The use of artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools in its preparation is restricted to auxiliary functions such as grammar checking, the generation of outlines or the search for general information. Any use of AI must be properly cited, specifying the tool used, its specific function and when it was applied. The use of AI to draft substantial content, carry out critical analysis or interpret results compromises the originality and authorship of the work. Checks for plagiarism and/or the use of AI will be carried out using the tool available on the virtual campus (TAREA) and will be assessed by the tutor to verify the integrity of the work submitted. |
|||||||
| TOTAL: | 6 | ||||||
ELECTIVE COURSES
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS |
|---|---|---|---|
| N/A | Elective | OP | 3 |
| TOTAL: | 3 | ||
List of Elective Modules
FIRST FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0570131 | Dentistry | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DentistryCódigo: 0570131 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To demonstrate to students the importance and benefits of veterinary dentistry as a clinical specialism. To provide students with the basic knowledge required for the diagnosis, treatment and prevention of the most common oral and dental diseases in veterinary dentistry. To provide an update on the most commonly used techniques in the field of veterinary dentistry To present veterinary dentistry as a further career option within the veterinary clinical sector. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Training Module. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To have a sufficient understanding of oral and dental anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology. 2. Be able to diagnose and treat oral and dental conditions appropriately. 3. Knowledge and application of dental diseases in various animal species. 4. Knowledge and application of procedures for the treatment and prevention of dental diseases in various animal species. Course description Introduction to veterinary dentistry Dental and head anatomy in veterinary dentistry Instruments and materials in veterinary dentistry Veterinary dental radiology Other diagnostic imaging techniques in veterinary dentistry Animal Periodontology in Veterinary Medicine Tooth extraction in veterinary medicine Endodontics in veterinary medicine Orthodontics in veterinary medicine. The most common oral and dental diseases in small animals. Basic principles of equine dentistry. Basic principles of exotic animal dentistry. Training activities Sessions: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Assignments: Presentation and analysis of case studies (exercises). Laboratories and practical workshops E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Independent study: studying and practising exercises Assessments: written and oral tests Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- The module will be taught through Lectures (MG) and Seminars (SM) related to and dedicated to each of the topics described above. An eliminatory mid-term exam will be held halfway through the term with the aim of allowing students to cover material in advance of the corresponding ordinary final exam. To cover material in this mid-term exam, students must achieve a mark of 7 out of 10 or higher. Those who pass the mid-term exam will sit the final exam covering only half the theoretical material. To pass the final exam, a mark of 5 out of 10 or higher is required. A practical assignment will be set during the course to supplement the final mark for the module. The final mark for the module will be the average of the two examinations taken, or of the final examination if no content has been cleared beforehand. This mark may be supplemented by the practical assignment. Class attendance (for both MG and SM) will be assessed and given significant weighting in the final mark. Bibliography Essential: 1. AN ROMAN, F et al. ATLAS OF VETERINARY DENTISTRY EDITORS MEDICOS S.A. 1998. ISBN: 9788487054709 2.- Cecilia Gorrell, F. Nind SMALL ANIMAL DENTISTRY Elsevier. 2010. ISBN: 9788481747935 3. Whyte Dentistry in Dogs, Cats and Exotic Animals Marban. 2019. ISBN: 9788417184964 Supplementary: 4.- Cedric Tutt Small Animal Dentistry: A Manual of Techniques Blackwell Publishing Ltd. 2006. ISBN: 978-1-4051-23 5.- DuPont, Gregg A, Linda J. DeBowes ATLAS OF DENTAL RADIOGRAPHY IN DOGS AND CATS Saunders, Elsevier. 2009. ISBN: 978-1-4160-33 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0570132 | Ophthalmology | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
OphthalmologyCódigo: 0570132 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To enable students to acquire an advanced understanding of veterinary ophthalmology, as well as the ability to deal with clinical cases relating to this field. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content covered in the Common Core Training Module. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021 Learning outcomes 1. To have a sufficient understanding of ocular anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology. 2. Be able to diagnose and treat ocular conditions appropriately. Course content 1. VISION IN DOMESTIC ANIMALS 2. ANATOMY OF THE EYE. 3. GENERAL AND DISTANCE EXAMINATION. (SYMMETRY, MUSCLES, REFLEXES 4. CLOSE-UP EXAMINATION (SLIT LAMP, CONTRAST TESTS) 5. INSTRUMENTAL EXAMINATION I (GONIOSCOPY, H-LAMP,... 6. INSTRUMENTAL EXAMINATION II (ERG, AFG, ULTRASOUND). 7. EYELIDS I. ANATOMY. CONGENITAL ABNORMALITIES. 8. EYELIDS II. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL PATHOLOGY. 9. CONJUNCTIVA. ANATOMY. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL PATHOLOGY. 10. LACRIMAL SYSTEM: MEDICAL AND SURGICAL PATHOLOGY. 11. CORNEA I. ANATOMY. CONGENITAL ABNORMALITIES. 12. CORNEA II. MEDICAL PATHOLOGY. 13. CORNEA III. SURGICAL PATHOLOGY 14. CORNEA IV. SURGICAL PATHOLOGY 15. LENS DISEASES. 16. CATARACT SURGERY. 17. Uvea. Anatomy. Congenital Anomalies. 18. UVEITIS. 19. IRIDOCORNEAL ANGLE. ANATOMY. CONGENITAL ABNORMALITIES. 20. GLAUCOMA. 21. GLAUCOMA SURGERY. 22. VITREOUS. ANATOMY. CONGENITAL ABNORMALITIES. ACQUIRED CONDITIONS. 23. VITRECTOMY 24. FUNDUS ANATOMY. PHYSIOLOGICAL VARIATIONS. 25. FUNDUS. CONGENITAL AND HEREDITARY ABNORMALITIES. 26. FUNDUS. ACQUIRED DISEASES. 27. ORBIT. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL PATHOLOGY. 28. SYSTEMIC DISEASES AFFECTING THE EYE. Training activities Lecture Seminars: Presentation and discussion of case studies. E-learning Individual and/or group tutorials Independent study Knowledge tests Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official examination period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Students must have attended all sessions and actively participated in the course’s practical sessions held at the HCV Students’ continuous assessment will take place during the practical sessions on clinical cases held at the HCV Bibliography Supplementary: 1. Barraquer, Rafael. Uveal melanomas Ancora, S.A., 1982. 2. Slatter, Douglas. Fundamentals of Veterinary Ophthalmology Intermedica. 1992. 3. Walde. I Canine and Feline Ophthalmology Grass Ediciones. 1990. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0570134 | A&E and Intensive Care | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A&E and Intensive CareCódigo: 0570134 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives The aim of this module is to provide the knowledge required to deal with the main emergency situations in small animals competently and effectively. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021 Learning Outcomes 1. To be able to prioritise upon the arrival of an emergency case. 2. Be able to make effective decisions. 3. Be able to inform the owner of an animal’s critical condition. 4. Be able to use all the resources at our disposal. 5. Be able to identify and distinguish between an emergency and a serious case. 6. Be able to select and direct emergency staff. 7. Knowledge and application of the assessment of emergency situations in small and large animals, as well as the treatments and intensive care to be provided in each case. Course content Lectures 1. Introduction to the module. Triage and primary assessment of the critically ill patient. 2. Secondary assessment in emergencies 3. Shock and hypotension. 4. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation 5. Respiratory Emergencies 1 6. Respiratory Emergencies 2 7. Management of the multi-trauma patient 8. Fluid therapy 9. Cardiovascular Emergencies 1 10. Cardiovascular Emergencies 2 11. Neurological Emergencies 1 12. Neurological Emergencies 2 13. Haematological Emergencies 1 14. Oncological Emergencies 15. Urinary Emergencies 1 16. Urinary Emergencies 2 17. Gastrointestinal/Abdominal Emergencies 1 18. GI/Abdominal Emergencies 2 19. Endocrine Emergencies 20. Electrolyte and Acid-Base Emergencies 21. Haematological Emergencies 2 22. Infectious Emergencies 23. Reproductive emergencies 24. Neonatal/Paediatric Emergencies 25. Ophthalmological Emergencies 26. Management of the poisoned patient 27. Dermatological Emergencies 28. Miscellaneous (Anaphylaxis, electrocution, heatstroke, hypothermia, CO inhalation) Seminars 1. Preparation of the A&E department 2. Basic and advanced monitoring 3. POCUS ultrasound a. Chest b. Abdomen c. Ultrasound-guided sampling in A&E 4. Respiratory function assessment and ventilatory support techniques. – Clinical cases of respiratory distress. 5. Clinical cases: triage and haemodynamic stabilisation. 6. Management of severe skin wounds/injuries. 7. Clinical cases in neurology. 8. Emergency procedures 1 9. Decision-making: Is this a medical or surgical emergency? 10. Communication in the A&E department. 11. Euthanasia. 12. Nutritional support for the sick patient. 13. Emergency procedures 2 14. ECG 15. Analgesia and anaesthesia for emergency and ill patients Training activities Sessions: Explanation of theoretical principles, using IT tools. Assignments: Presentation and analysis of practical case studies (exercises). E-learning: self-assessment questionnaires Individual and/or group tutorials Independent work: study and practice of exercises Assessments: written and oral tests Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Bibliography Essential: 1. Fragío Arnold, Cristina. Manual of Small Animal Emergency Medicine / Multimédica Veterinary Publications. 2011. ISBN: 9788496344358 2. Karol A Mathews Veterinary Emergency and Critical Care Manual LifeLearn. 2017. ISBN: 189698598X Supplementary: 3.- Richard B Ford, Elisa Mazaferro Veterinary Emergencies, Therapeutic Procedures Elsevier Saunders. 2007. 4.- W.E. Winfield, M.R. Raffé The ICU Book: Emergency and Intensive Care Multimédica. 2005. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0570136 | Precision Animal Production | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Precision Animal ProductionCódigo: 0570136 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives A study of livestock production in Spain continues to rank among the highest. Dairy and beef cattle, sheep, pigs and poultry are some of the national livestock sectors that contribute most to the economy and food supply. Study of precision techniques using high technology Prerequisites Animal production, nutrition and agriculture Learning outcomes Knowledge and application of advanced animal production techniques and their importance within the One Health framework. Course description Theoretical section: 1. Introduction to precision livestock farming and modern livestock farming. 2. Digitalisation of livestock production - Definition and scope of digitalisation in the agricultural context - Impact of digitalisation on production operations and animal health 3. Tools available on the market 4. Precision livestock farming in pig production - Precision farming in pig production - Examples of digitised farms 5. Precision farming in poultry production - Precision farming in poultry production - Example of digitalised farms 6. Precision livestock farming in dairy cattle production - Precision farming in dairy cattle production - Example of digitised farms 7.- Precision livestock farming in other livestock species (small ruminants) - Precision livestock farming - Examples of digitised farms 8. Big Data in animal production and health I - Definition and importance in decision-making - Impact on productivity and animal health 9. Precision livestock farming: nutrition and feeding strategies 10.- Precision livestock farming in selection and reproduction 11.- Precision livestock farming and environmental control 12. Big Data in animal production and health II - Information management - Data analysis at different levels 13.- Artificial intelligence in animal production and health - Introduction and application in the livestock sector - Use of machine learning algorithms - System for detecting diseases and production losses 14.- Integration of Big Data, artificial intelligence and digitalisation - How these technologies complement each other in animal production - Benefits for production companies - New professional roles 15.- The future of precision livestock farming Practical sessions: 1.- Swine I. Reproduction 2. Swine II. Transition and finishing 3.- Swine III. Animal Health 4. Swine IV. Process structure and management 5. Poultry I. Laying Poultry 6. Poultry Farming II. Broiler Production 7.- Poultry Farming III. Animal Health in Laying 8. Poultry Farming IV. Animal Health in Broiler Production 9.- Cattle I. Reproduction in dairy cattle 10. Cattle II. Lactation Management 11. Cattle III. Animal Health 12. Cattle IV. Calf Management 13. Precision Livestock Farming and Nutrition 14. Precision livestock farming and environmental control 15.- Precision Livestock Farming and the Veterinarian Training activities Theoretical and practical sessions incorporating e-learning and independent study by the student. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Assessment of practical activities 35% Portfolio 15% Final knowledge assessment 50% |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0570137 | Small Animal Oncology | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Small Animal OncologyCódigo: 0570137 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives The main objective of the module is to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the diagnosis and management of the main neoplasms in small animals, as well as the interpretation of imaging tests, blood tests, clinical pathology and specialised tests; so that they can select the best treatment for their patient: - To identify the presence of a neoplasm and any possible concomitant diseases. - Communication with the client. - Selecting the appropriate diagnostic tests to determine the clinical stage. - Selecting treatment protocols for the most common neoplasms and providing a prognosis. - Management of the main cytotoxic drugs, basic principles of radiotherapy, and basic principles of electrochemotherapy. Learning outcomes Knowledge of diseases such as mastocytoma, lymphoma, sarcomas, melanomas and breast tumours, amongst other oncological conditions. Application of advanced diagnostic imaging techniques. Course content The course programme will focus on diseases such as mastocytoma, lymphoma, sarcomas, melanomas and breast tumours, amongst other oncological conditions, as well as on advanced diagnostic imaging techniques. Learning activities Lectures and practical sessions, including e-learning. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official examination period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Assessment of practical activities: 35% Portfolio: 15% Final knowledge test: 50% Total: 100% Appendix In addition to the bibliography provided, further information can be found at: vin.com (free for students) ivis.org oncologiavet.com vetcancersociety.org esvonc.com Postgraduate training in oncology: aevaveterinaria.com https://www.instagram.com/clatovok/p/C--nfFkNzaE/ improveinternational.com ifevet.com Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Core: 1. David M. Vail, Douglas Thamm, Julius Liptak Withrow and MacEwen’s Small Animal Clinical Oncology Elsevier. 2019. ISBN: 978-032359496 2. David M. Vail, Douglas Thamm, Julius Liptak WITHROW AND MACEWEN’S SMALL ANIMAL CLINICAL ONCOLOGY Servet. 2022. ISBN: 978-84-18706- 3. Donald J. Meuten Tumours in Domestic Animals John Wiley & Sons. 2016. ISBN: 9780813821795 Supplementary: 4.- Josep Pastor, Noemí del Castillo, Ricardo Ruano Oncology in Small Animals: A Case-Based Approach Multimédica Veterinary Publications. 2022. ISBN: 9788418636035 5.- Kenneth Crump, Douglas H. Thamm Cancer Chemotherapy for the Veterinary Health Team John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2011. ISBN: 9780813821160 6. Rick L. Cowell, Ronald D. Tyler, James H. Meinkoth, Dennis B. DeNicola Diagnostic Cytology and Haematology of the Dog and Cat Elsevier Health Sciences. 2007. ISBN: 9780323058209 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0570138 | Treatment of Exotic and Wild Animals | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Treatment of Exotic and Wild AnimalsCódigo: 0570138 Imprimir Course 5. First-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Aims The course ‘Therapeutics of Exotic and Wild Animals’ examines the most common diseases affecting exotic and wild animals and their therapeutic implications. It is aimed at students with a keen interest in the medicine and surgery of exotic animals. As future clinical vets, we will need to treat exotic species that have not been covered in depth in other university modules, hence the importance of this module: 1. To understand the anatomical and physiological characteristics, diet, care, handling and capture of exotic and wild animals 2. To understand the most common diseases affecting exotic and wild animals, and the administration of anaesthesia and routes of medication according to the species. Furthermore, it ensures compliance with the ODC: - Promote, monitor and maintain health and safety in the veterinary setting; demonstrate knowledge of quality assurance systems; apply principles of risk management to their practice. - Promote, monitor and maintain health and safety in the veterinary setting. - Work effectively as a member of a multidisciplinary team in the delivery of services. - Understand the economic and emotional context in which the veterinary surgeon operates. - Be able to critically review and evaluate literature and presentations. - Obtain an accurate and relevant history of the individual animal or group of animals, and its/their environment. - Develop appropriate treatment plans and administer treatment in the best interests of the animals in their care taking into account the resources available. - Assess the physical condition, welfare and nutritional status of an animal or group of animals and advise the client on principles of husbandry and feeding. - Understand the role that imaging and other diagnostic techniques can play in reaching a diagnosis. - Apply biosecurity principles correctly. Course content TOPIC 1: Lagomorphs and rodents. Housing and nutrition. TOPIC 2: Lagomorphs and rodents. Diseases and treatments. TOPIC 3: Lagomorphs and rodents. Oral cavity. TOPIC 4: Mustelids. Housing and nutrition. TOPIC 5: Mustelids. Diseases and treatments. TOPIC 6: Other exotic mammals. TOPIC 7: Avian patients. Housing and nutrition. TOPIC 8: Avian patients. Specialised diets. TOPIC 9: Avian patients. Anatomical review with clinical application. TOPIC 10: Avian patients. Diseases and treatments. TOPIC 11: Reptiles. Housing and nutrition. TOPIC 12: Reptiles. Diseases and treatments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- GENERAL CRITERIA: To pass the module, students must achieve a final mark of 5 or above in either the Ordinary Assessment Period or the Extraordinary Assessment Period, as specified in the sections for each assessment period. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT SESSION: This will consist of an exercise comprising questions on the content covered in the lectures. The continuous assessment session accounts for 15 per cent of the final mark for the module. REGULAR EXAMINATION SESSION: This will consist of two exercises, each corresponding to the theoretical material covered in the first and second blocks respectively. -Students who have passed the continuous assessment, having thereby completed that module, may sit only the exercise corresponding to the material covered during the second block. Students who have passed the continuous assessment may, if they wish, sit the examination on the entire subject to improve their mark by completing both exercises; in all respects, they will be subject to the criteria set out below for students who did not pass the continuous assessment. - Students who have NOT passed the continuous assessment will sit the both exercises. The final mark for the module will be the average of the marks for the two exercises, provided that a mark of at least 4 out of 10 has been achieved in each of them. EXTRAORDINARY EXAMINATION SESSION: Continuous assessment results and practical work marks are not carried over to this sitting; in other words, the mark for the Extraordinary Sitting will be the mark obtained in the exam. The exam consists of a single paper covering the entire course, which will include questions on all the material taught throughout the academic year (lectures, supplementary materials, videos, practical work carried out, topics covered during visits, documentation provided, etc.). PRACTICAL WORK: Practical work is assessed separately from the theoretical component, through examinations and assignments. The practical assessment accounts for 35 per cent of the final mark for the module. The minimum compulsory attendance is 60% of the practical sessions, and students who have not achieved this percentage must sit and pass a specific exam covering the practical work. EXAM TYPE: Exams will be multiple-choice. Some questions may require students to match concepts. Oral exams may also be held, subject to prior notice. Where multiple-choice questions are included, they will consist of four options, only one of which is correct. Incorrect answers to multiple-choice questions will result in marks being deducted. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SECOND FOUR-MONTH PERIOD
| Code | Subjects | Character* | ECTS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0370131 | Laboratory Animals | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Laboratory AnimalsCódigo: 0370131 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives To understand the principles of biology and the care of laboratory animals. To understand the most common general and specific experimental procedures used in biomedical research. To understand the existence of alternatives to the use of laboratory animals and their limitations. To understand the ethical criteria and current legal regulations. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of biology, anatomy, genetics, physiology and pharmacology Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To recognise the value of animal experimentation in the field of medicine. 2. Be able to carry out standard procedures on the species of greatest interest in animal experimentation. 3. Acquire the fundamentals for the effective management of an animal facility 4. Understanding and applying ethical principles in animal experimentation 5. Understand and apply standard procedures, genetics, breeding, nutrition and feeding practices for the most common laboratory animal strains. 6. Knowledge and application of experimental units, biomodels and animal facility management. Course content Topic 1. Ethics of animal experimentation Topic 2. Historical concepts of animal experimentation Topic 3. Legal framework Topic 4. Pain and stereotyped behaviour Topic 5. Rodent genetics Topic 6. Euthanasia Topic 7. Anaesthesia Topic 8. The 3Rs Topic 9. Facility Design Training activities Lectures, practical sessions, and assignment work. Theory classes are delivered by the course lecturers. These are traditional lectures covering fundamental issues such as the existing legal provisions relating to each topic and other basic aspects in accordance with the syllabus Practical sessions involve working with animals at specific centres, during which students are instructed in procedures for working with laboratory animals. Supplementary sessions to the lectures will guide students in the completion of their end-of-course project and facilitate discussions on specific ethical cases proposed by the lecturers, enabling students to express their views on these cases and analyse the various ethical dimensions they may involve. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Continuous assessment examinations may be held throughout the academic year. In such cases, these examinations will count towards the final mark. Students who have failed any of the continuous assessment examinations may sit the ordinary examination session only for the part they have failed. If a student does not sit either the continuous assessment examinations or the ordinary examination session, they will not be eligible to sit the supplementary examination session. The mark for the ‘exams’ component – not for the course as a whole – will be the average of the exam marks, provided that these have been passed with a mark of 5 or above. During the academic year, students will prepare a project based on a syllabus set by the lecturer and present it orally in class. The final mark will consist of 50 per cent of the average mark for the examinations and 50 per cent of the mark for the topic presented in class. Bibliography Essential: 1. Martín Zúñiga, Jesús; Nora Milocco, Silvana Science and Technology in Animal Protection and Experimentation: Advanced Postgraduate Training McGraw-Hill / Interamericana de España, S.A. 2000. ISBN: 9788448603106 2. Giráldez Dávila, Alberto A Brief History of Animal Experimentation Royal Academy of Pharmacy. 2008. ISBN: 9788493443085 3. J. Rodriguez, Mª D. - An Introduction to Animal Experimentation Editum. University of Murcia Press. 2001. ISBN: 9788483712313 4. J.M. ZUÑIGA, J.M. ORELLANA, J.A. TUR, Science and Technology of Laboratory Animals. Vol. II University of Alcalá. Publications Service. 2011. ISBN: 978-84-8138-9 Supplementary: 5.- Bernhard Voelkl, Naomi S. Altman, Anders Forsman, Wolfgang Forstmeier, Jessica Gurevitch, Ivana Jaric, Natasha A. Karp, Martien J. Kas, Holger Schielzeth, Tom Van de Casteele, Hanno Würbel Reproducibility of animal research in light of biological variation *Nature Reviews Neuroscience*, volume 21, pages 384–393 (2020). 2020. ISBN: PMID: 3251410 6. N. Bryce Robinson, Katherine Krieger, Faiza M. Khan, William Huffman, Michelle Chang, Ajita Naik, Ruan Yongle, Irbaz Hameed, Karl Krieger, Leonard N. Girardi, Mario Gaudino The current state of animal models in research: A review International Journal of Surgery, Volume 72, December 2019, pp. 9–13. 2019. ISBN: PMID: 3162701 7.- Sonali K Doke, Shashikant C Dhawale Alternatives to animal testing: A review Saudi Pharm J. July 2015;23(3):223–9. 2015. ISBN: PMID: 2610626 8. Tomasz Pietrzykowski Ethical Review of Animal Research and the Standards of Procedural Justice: A European Perspective J Bioeth Inq. September 2021;18(3):525–534. 2021. ISBN: PMID: 3428334 Links Laboratory Animals – Journal related to the course |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0370132 | History of Veterinary Medicine | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
History of Veterinary MedicineCódigo: 0370132 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module aims to provide an introduction to the history of veterinary medicine so that, through the study of the technical aspects of this science from its origins, its developments, the transmission of knowledge, and the evolution of its economic, social and ethical aspects, to enable students to gain a general understanding of the contribution and importance of veterinary science to the history of humanity, whilst also introducing them to the methods of historical research. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content of the Common Core Module. Competencies Not applicable. Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. Be able to apply basic knowledge of the history of veterinary medicine to the other subjects comprising the curriculum. 2. To be familiar with the ‘veterinary practices’ that took place prior to the emergence of veterinary science as a discipline and as a profession. 3. Ability to work, both independently and as part of a team, on tasks involving the search for information and the interpretation of the bibliographic sources consulted. 4. Ability to convey the knowledge and skills acquired in any professional context. Description of the course content This module will examine all aspects of the interaction between humans and animals throughout history, from its origins to the present day, with the study divided into the following periods - Prehistory -Mesopotamia and Egypt - Greece and Rome - The Middle Ages -Albeitería -One Health milestones Each period will examine the development of all aspects relating to veterinary science and its scientific, economic and social role at that time. Particular emphasis will be placed on the history of Spanish veterinary medicine and, in particular, on its most notable aspect: albeitería. The study of each period will be carried out primarily using historiographical techniques specific to historical disciplines. Teaching activities Lectures: explanation of theoretical foundations, making use of audiovisual media and IT tools. Seminars: learning historical research methodology, analysis of relevant texts and works, discussion and debate on various aspects of specific periods, and the completion of assignments through manual or computerised literature reviews. Consultations: guidance, clarification of queries and bibliographic advice. Assessment system and criteria The final mark for the module is based on the final examination (50%) and the final mark. Assignments are compulsory (40%). Students must complete assignments that will be set in advance; these will be collaborative, utilising digital tools and promoting innovation. Assignments must achieve a minimum mark of 5, and each student will be assessed individually. Attendance at project sessions accounts for 10% of the final mark. Two examinations will be held during the course: the first around the middle of the term (continuous assessment) and the second during the official examination period. The continuous assessment exam does NOT count towards the final mark. Therefore, all students must sit the main exam, and the minimum mark required in that exam to pass the module is 5. Summary: the final mark will be calculated as follows: 40% from the presentation and final outcome of the assignments, 10% from attendance at sessions, and the remaining 40% from the final multiple-choice exam. Timetable Click on this link to view the detailed timetable in Excel
Bibliography Basic: 1. Cid Díaz, J.M. Topics in the History of Veterinary Medicine University of Murcia. 2001. ISBN: 9788483712061 2.- Dunlop, Robert H., Williams, David J. Veterinary Medicine: An Illustrated History St Louis Mosby. 1996. ISBN: 0801632099 3. Sanz Egaña, C. History of Spanish Veterinary Medicine Espasa Calpe. 1941. ISBN: 9788423961467 Supplementary: 4.- Cordero del Campillo, M.; Márquez, M.A.; Madariaga de la Campa, B. Albeyteria, Marshal’s Office and Veterinary Medicine: Origins and Literary Perspective University of León. 1996. ISBN: 9788477195665 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0370133 | Fish Pathology | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fish PathologyCódigo: 0370133 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module examines the most common diseases affecting fish reared for production. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of the content covered in the Common Core Training Module. Competencies Not applicable. Syllabus adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning outcomes 1. To understand the importance of aquaculture as a form of livestock farming. 2. Understand the diseases caused by environmental, toxicological and nutritional problems, and management issues 3. Understand the diseases caused by viruses, bacteria, fungi and parasites, including their epidemiology, aetiopathogenesis, clinical presentation, diagnosis, treatment, prevention and control. 4. To understand the importance of fish as vectors of infectious and parasitic diseases and their implications for public health. Course description 1. Introduction to the module 1.1. The importance of aquaculture 1.2. Aquaculture production and its challenges 1.3. Diseases and welfare in aquatic species 2. Theoretical programme 2.1. Topic 1 – Introduction, epidemiology and basic concepts 2.2. Topic 2 – Non-infectious diseases 2.3. Topic 3 – Infectious diseases and the legal framework 2.4. Topic 4 – Diagnosis, treatment and prevention 2.5. Topic 5 – Bacterial diseases I 2.6. Topic 6 – Bacterial diseases II 2.7. Topic 7 – Viral diseases I 2.8. Topic 8 – Viral diseases II 2.9. Topic 9 – Fungal diseases I 2.10. Topic 10 – Fungal diseases II 2.11. Topic 11 – Parasitic diseases I 2.12. Topic 12 – Parasitic diseases II 3. Practical programme / workshops 3.1. Applied epizootiology 3.2. Fish post-mortem examination techniques 3.3. Antibiotic resistance 3.4. Biosecurity in aquaculture Training activities Lecture Explanation of theoretical principles, using computer-based tools. Practical sessions at the Experimental Teaching Farm Experimental application of the knowledge acquired Seminars Presentation and discussion of case studies. Presentations. E-learning Interactive distance learning via the virtual campus Individual and group tutorials Guidance and clarification of queries. Independent study Study. Literature review. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- 1. To have completed all scheduled practical sessions. 2. Have achieved a minimum mark of five in the theoretical and practical examinations 3. Achieve a mark of five or above by adding together the percentages set out below: • Theoretical and practical examinations: 40 per cent of the final mark • Practical examination: 40 per cent of the final mark. • Coursework: 20 per cent of the final mark. - Set and solved problems - Continuous assessment tests - Literature review assignments and oral presentations - Attendance, engagement and collaboration in tutorials and seminars. - Attitude, skills, knowledge and interaction with the group during practical sessions |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0370135 | Management of Wild and Feral Animals | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management of Wild and Feral AnimalsCódigo: 0370135 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives The overall aim of the module is to equip students with the technical skills required to understand, analyse and assess the status of wild animal populations, and to propose, implement and evaluate the effectiveness of the measures necessary for their proper management. Prerequisites Students must have successfully completed the following modules and acquired the relevant competences: Biology, Statistics and Genetics. A high level of competence in the following modules is desirable: Biological Agents, Animal Health and Animal Production. Prerequisites Students must have successfully completed and acquired the competencies required for the following modules: Biology, Statistics and Genetics. A high level of competence in the following modules is desirable: Biological Agents, Animal Health and Animal Production. Learning outcomes Knowledge and application of wildlife conservation and management techniques and their importance within the One Health framework. Interpretation and analysis of epidemiological data and their importance within the One Health framework. Knowledge of livelihoods and food security and their importance within the One Health framework. Course content Theoretical content: TOPIC 1. Introduction to natural resource management. Types of natural resources; economic, biological and social benefits. One Health. TOPIC 2. Legislation relating to wildlife. IUCN, CITES, Law 42/2007, the Habitats Directive, national and international organisations and bodies involved in conservation. TOPIC 3. Types of wildlife centres. Rehabilitation centres, zoos, sanctuaries, wildlife centres: characteristics and applicable legislation. Act 31/2003. TOPIC 4. Protected areas. National Parks, Natural Parks, Sites of Community Importance (SCI), Special Areas of Conservation (SAC) and Special Protection Areas (SPA). The Natura 2000 network. International conservation and protection networks. TOPIC 5. Ecology applied to wildlife management. Territory and home range, ecological and effective niche, reproductive value, minimum viable population, inbreeding, source and sink populations, demography. TOPIC 6. Environmental impact. Potential problems, edge effects, ecosystem degradation, connectivity and corridors, interactions within fragmented populations. TOPIC 7. Geographic Information Systems. GIS, use of maps, coordinates, position triangulation, distribution ranges, ecological corridors. TOPIC 8. Wildlife monitoring. Conducting censuses and studies of population dynamics of species in protected areas. Direct and indirect methods. Individual identification. TOPIC 9. Wildlife utilisation models. Commercial, hunting, agricultural and tourism activities. TOPIC 10. Pressures and threats. Favourable/unfavourable conservation status, analysis of pressures and threats, poaching, human–wildlife conflict, invasive alien species. TOPIC 11. The most common diseases in wildlife. Traumatic, infectious and parasitic diseases; intoxication and poisoning; droughts and famines; natural disasters. TOPIC 12. Immobilisation and transport of wildlife. Physical and chemical immobilisation, capture techniques, anaesthetics used, tele-injection methods, associated risks, protocols for action and risk prevention, monitoring of anaesthetic levels in wildlife, transport of wild animals. TOPIC 13. Sampling and forensic identification. Identification of environmental crimes, post-mortem techniques, prevention of zoonoses and identification of risks to public health. TOPIC 14. Wildlife rescue operations. Care in rescue and rehabilitation centres; feeding; maintenance in captivity; release; imprinting and conditioning. Practical content: PRACTICAL SESSION 1. Individual identification methods, the IUCN Red List and CITES. Individual identification techniques for wildlife management and use of the IUCN Red List. Knowledge of the CITES Appendices and how they operate. PRACTICAL SESSION 2. Software. Basic statistics applied to research. Creating graphs and statistics. Applications and use of XLSTAT, GraphPad Prism and simple statistical analysis software. PRACTICAL SESSION 3. Software. Geographic Information Systems (GIS) and camera trapping. Applications and use of QGIS and camera trapping techniques. PRACTICAL 4. Software. Population viability analysis. Applications and use of Vortex and Eddy. PRACTICAL SESSION 5. Tele-injection systems. Preparation and loading of darts. Dart-firing systems. Risks and safety protocols. PRACTICAL SESSION 6. Visit to a wildlife rehabilitation centre. Visit to a wildlife rehabilitation centre. Understanding the work carried out at these centres and the types of tasks performed. Training activities Lectures and practical sessions, including e-learning. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be specified in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities—which require the student’s physical or virtual presence—will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- To pass the module, students must achieve a mark higher than 5.00 in both the theoretical and practical assessments. The theoretical assessment will consist of an end-of-term examination, which will account for 50 per cent of the final mark for the module. The practical assessment will consist of a report on the practical activities, which will be marked out of 10 and will account for 50 per cent of the final mark. There may be continuous assessment tests throughout the course. The exam format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical case studies, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The course coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the exam, if deemed necessary. To be eligible for assessment of the practical component, students must attend 100 per cent of the sessions in person. Attendance at the theoretical classes must be at least 75 per cent. Failure in either or both parts will result in students having to retake them during the June resit session. Bibliography Core: 1. Bowman, Dwight D; Lynn, Randy Carl; Eberhard, Mark L Georgis’ Parasitology for Veterinarians Elsevier. 2004. ISBN: 84-8174-719-x 2. Fowler, Murray E; Miller, R Eric Fowler’s Zoo and Wild Animal Medicine W.B. Saunders. 2015. ISBN: 978-1-4557-73 3. Hickman, Cleveland P; Ober, William C; Garrison, Claire W Comprehensive Principles of Zoology McGraw-Hill Interamericana de España. 2011. ISBN: 9788448197780 4. Sinclair, Anthony Ronald Entrican; Fryxell, John M; Caughley, Graeme Wildlife Ecology, Conservation, and Management Blackwell. 2006. ISBN: 9781405107372 5. West, Gary (Gary Don); Heard, Darryl J; Caulkett, Nigel; Abou-Madi, Noha Immobilisation and Anaesthesia of Zoo Animals and Wildlife Wiley Blackwell. 2014. ISBN: 1-118-79286-6 Supplementary: 6.- Kock, Michael D., Burroughs, Richard Chemical and Physical Restraint of Wild Animals IWVS. 2012. ISBN: 9780620358118 7.- Terry J. Kreeger, Jon M. Arnemo, Nigel A. Caulkett, Jordan O. Hampton, Leith C.R. Meyer Handbook of Wildlife Chemical Immobilisation Authors. 2023. ISBN: 9798852889836 Links IUCN Red List – Access to the Red List, which assesses the conservation status of each species and includes relevant information on its taxonomy, geographical range, pressures and threats, etc. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 0370136 | Food Microbiology | OP | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Food MicrobiologyCódigo: 0370136 Imprimir Course 3. Second-term module. Elective. 3 credits. Profesores
Objectives This module examines the microorganisms present in food, the hygiene standards of food, and the microorganisms that cause foodborne infections. Competencies Course description adapted to Royal Decree 822/2021. Learning Outcomes 1. To acquire the basic knowledge required for the assessment and control of the microbiological quality of food. 2. To understand the microorganisms that cause foodborne infections, the methods for isolating and identifying them and their toxins in food, and their importance within the One Health framework. Course content UNIT 1. MICROBIAL ECOLOGY OF FOOD. Topic 1. The concept of food microbiology. Topic 2. Food contamination, types of contaminants and mechanisms of microorganism transmission. Topic 3. Microbial ecology of food. Ecological factors. UNIT 2. MICROBIAL SPOILAGE OF FOOD. Topic 4. Microbial spoilage of fish. Initial biota. Microbial contamination. Topic 5. Microbial spoilage of meat. Initial biota. Microbial contamination. Topic 6. Microbial spoilage of milk. Microbiology of milk. Microbial contamination. Topic 7. Microbial spoilage of eggs. Initial biota. Microbial contamination. Topic 8. Spoilage of fruit and vegetables. Initial biota. Microbial contamination. UNIT 3. FOODBORNE MICROBIAL DISEASES. Topic 9. Bacterial infections. Salmonella, Shigella, Yersinia, Escherichia coli, Campylobacter and Listeria monocytogenes. Topic 10. Foodborne toxic infections. Vibrio parahaemolyticus and other vibrios, Clostridium perfringens and Bacillus cereus. Topic 11. Food poisoning. Botulism: Clostridium botulinum; Staphylococcus aureus poisoning; Bacillus cereus poisoning; poisoning caused by filamentous fungi: mycotoxins, aflatoxins, ochratoxins, fusarins and marine biotoxins. Topic 12. Gastrointestinal diseases caused by viruses (infections) and protozoa. The hepatitis virus. Amoebiasis. Cryptosporidiosis. Giardiasis. LABORATORY PRACTICALS. Culture media: classification, preparation, storage and quality control. Sampling techniques. Preparation and dilution of samples. Tube and plate inoculation techniques. Plate count techniques. Cell staining. Use of PETRIFILM®. Identification of pathogenic microorganisms in food. Basic Bibliography: James M. Jay, Martin J. Loessner, David A. Golden. Modern Food Microbiology: ACRIBIA, S.A. Publishers: ISSN: 978-84-200-11 Training activities Face-to-face training activities: Lectures, practical sessions (laboratory), individual and group tutorials, independent study, knowledge assessments. Assessment system and criteria Without prejudice to any other requirements that may be set out in the relevant course syllabus, as a general rule, failure to attend more than 75 per cent of the course’s teaching activities requiring the student’s physical or virtual presence will result in the loss of the right to continuous assessment during the standard examination period. In this case, the examination to be held during the official period set by the University will be the sole assessment criterion, with the weighting specified in the course syllabus. ---- Assessment criteria: To pass the module, students must: 1. Attend 100 per cent of the laboratory practicals. 2. Pass the laboratory practicals (LB) examination with a mark of 5 or above. 3. Achieve a minimum mark of 5 marks in the examination covering the content taught in the theory classes (MG and TRAB). 5. Achieve a mark of 5 points or higher by adding together the percentages set out below: • Theory component (60%): Regular examination (50%) + Continuous assessment (10%). • Practical component (40%): Practical examination (20%) + Practical logbook (15%) + Assessment of the student’s attitude and laboratory skills during practical sessions (5%). In other words, FINAL MARK = (Theoretical component) × 0.6 + (Practical component) × 0.4. The module consists of a theoretical part and a practical part. Both must be passed in order to pass the module. Students must complete all practical sessions and pass the theory and practical examinations separately, achieving a minimum mark of 5 in each examination. The final mark for the module will consist of 60 per cent from the theory mark and 40 per cent from the practical mark, and must be at least 5 points to pass. THEORETICAL PART: Throughout the term, there will be a continuous assessment exam and the regular June exam. Continuous assessment exam: If a mark of 5 or above is obtained in the continuous assessment exam, the theory component (TRAB and MG) is deemed to have been passed. This condition applies exclusively to the June ordinary exam. If the mark is lower, no content will be exempted for the ordinary exam. In this case, the mark for the theoretical part will be calculated solely on the basis of the ordinary exam mark, which will account for 50 per cent of the final mark. If a student does not sit the exam, the mark will be 0. A minimum attendance rate of 75% at teaching activities is required for students to be entitled to have their continuous assessment counted towards their final mark or to have content exempted. June ordinary examination: To pass the theory component in the May–June ordinary examination session, the mark for the ordinary examination must be 5 points or higher; otherwise, the student will fail the module and must retake the entire module in the July supplementary examination session. If the ordinary exam is not passed, the final mark for the module in this examination period will be the mark obtained in this exam. July supplementary examination: To pass the theory component in the July supplementary examination session, the mark for the supplementary examination must be 5 points or higher. In this case, only the mark for the supplementary examination will be taken into account when calculating the mark for the theory component, and this will account for 50 per cent of the final mark. If the student has passed the practical part, 40 per cent of the mark obtained in the theoretical part will be applied, and the final mark must be five or above to pass the module. If the resit examination is not passed, the final mark for the module will be that of this examination. Theory exam: The exam format may include multiple-choice questions, short-answer or matching questions, essay questions, clinical cases, practical exercises, procedures or protocols, to be completed in writing or orally. The coordinator will provide further details on the format prior to the exam, if deemed necessary. Multiple-choice exams will consist of questions with four options, only one of which is correct. For every three incorrect answers, one correct answer will be deducted. Assessment of practical activities: 1. Attendance at 100 per cent of the laboratory practicals is compulsory. 2. Students must submit a practical workbook, which the lecturer must mark as satisfactory (5 marks). This will account for 15 per cent of the practical component. The criteria for assessing the workbook are: - Quality of presentation. - It sets out the steps required for the isolation and identification of microorganisms. - It accurately describes the methods used in microbiological diagnosis. 3. Students must pass a laboratory practicals examination (LB) with a mark of 5 or above. The laboratory practicals examination (LB) will take place in the laboratory and will cover the material from all the practical sessions undertaken. All students must sit the practical examination, including those who have not completed all the practical sessions required to pass the module. Students who fail this examination will be re-examined during the supplementary examination session in July. If a mark of 5 or above is achieved in the practical examination, this mark will be carried over to the July resit session but under no circumstances to the following academic year. In all cases, the practical component will continue to account for 20 per cent of the final mark. If the practical exam is not passed, the student will fail the ENTIRE module (marks for the theoretical part will not be carried over to the following academic year). In this case, the final mark for the module in the relevant examination session will be that of this exam if it is lower than the mark for the theoretical part. The practical examination: • The exam will consist of 4 practical tests, each worth a maximum of 2.5 marks. It will account for 20% of the practical component. Attitude, skill, interest, interpretation, reasoning and the student’s understanding of the subject matter in the laboratory will be assessed. It will account for 5% of the practical component. Students repeating the course: Students repeating the course will not be required to attend the laboratory practicals (LB) again if they have already completed and passed them in the previous academic year. In this case, they may undertake them on a voluntary basis. All students repeating the course must sit the laboratory practicals (LB) examination and are required to hand in their laboratory notebook. The following percentages will be applied to the final mark: Theoretical component (60%): Regular exam (50%) + Continuous assessment (10%). Practical component (40%): Practical exam (20%) + Practical workbook (15%) + Attitude, skill and interest (5%) FINAL MARK = (Theoretical component) × 0.6 + (Practical component) × 0.4. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| TOTAL: | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
*Character: BT: Basic Training, Ob: Required, Op: Optional
At UAX we train students from day one to be hired by the most relevant companies and clinics in the veterinary sector:
Special facilities for multidisciplinary training:
At UAX we are in constant contact with over 70 of the sector’s leading companies to adapt the academic curriculum of each of our degrees to the needs of the market, and so that our students can apply for internships. Furthermore, our students participate in clinical visits, attend congresses and thematic conferences, etc.
Some of the companies with whom we have agreements:
The team is in constant contact with professional associations and major institutions to adapt the degree to the needs of the market and provide students with an up-to-date overview of the sector:
You will train alongside a prestigious teaching team that includes professors, doctors, veterinary clinicians and researchers, who will provide you with an up-to-date and innovative overview of the profession:
Dean. Head of the Internal Medicine Department at UAX Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Graduate of the American College of Veterinary Internal Medicine.
Head of the Bromatology and Food Safety Department at CEMILVETDEF.
Manager at Aljibe Laboratory. Researcher at the Castille-La Mancha Regional Government Research Centre.
Director of UAX Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Head of the Anatomical Pathology Department.
Head of Anaesthesiology at the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Graduate of the American College of Anaesthesia and Analgesia.
Head of the Sports Medicine Department at the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Graduate of the American College of Veterinary Sports Medicine and Rehabilitation.
Surgery Specialist at the Veterinary Teaching Hospital. Graduate of the American College of Veterinary Surgery.
Complete our form, give us a call or request a visit to UAX. We’re excited to show you everything we’ve prepared for you.
A professional from our university will offer guidance and help you select the path that aligns best with your interests.
Apply for admission to our university and take an admission test, either in person or online, whichever suits you best!
We recognise your potential and believe you have the right skills to thrive as a UAX student. Now, proceed with the necessary formalities—reserve your spot!
Enrol in your courses, meet the deadlines and follow the payment procedures to secure your place and fulfil the legal admission requirements.
You’re now part of UAX! Prepare to embark on a unique educational journey where you’ll take centre stage. Welcome to your university!
We need to know a little bit about you so that we can offer you a personalised response.
All fields are required
At UAX we know that studying is an investment, which is why we give you the resources to access our qualifications. Learn about some of our scholarships and grants:
Train with the best professionals
We motivate our students to achieve their goals and become great professionals.
We conduct clinical simulations that provide confidence and safety to students during their practices.
As a veterinary surgeon, you will be able to work in:
The Degree in Veterinary Medicine gives access to a regulated profession according to Order ECI/333/2008, of 13 February, which establishes the requirements for the verification of official university degrees that enable students to exercise the profession of Veterinarian and the respective Royal Decrees, Royal Decree 1393/2007 (now repealed) and Royal Decree 822/2021, of 28 September, which establishes the organisation of university education and the procedure for quality assurance.
You may also be interested in
We boast a very diverse academic offer, so you can be sure to find a programme that suits you.
Bachelor Degree in Physiotherapy
In collaboration with:
Start:
September
Length:
4 years
Bachelor’s Degree in Dentistry*
In collaboration with:
Start:
September
Length:
5 years
Superior Technician in Prosthetic Audiology Online
In collaboration with:
Start:
September
Length:
2 years